Dtm_ Tape 2h2-01

Time : 0024-0154 GM_

8/30/73
Page i of 13

242 01 13 59 CDR All right, this is the CDR and I'm

getting ready to debrief T20. T20 went
well today. It - The restraint you sent
up - By the way, this goes to - Donny
Hughes - one - Bruce McCandless, Ed Whitset,
and, last but not leasr, Lou Rsmon. So
here's the little word. Let me get off
the debriefing guide so that I don't go
too far afield. It's 6 - Say again. Yeah,
uh, first of all, the restraint that you
ca_-_ up with was complicated but it looked
like it held me in pretty well. I gave
a lot - several comuents real time and
I'll go over them once more here just
to ire - re - Just to make sure we got
it down again. One, you need to come in
with more padding in the seat for unsuited.
MY ree_mnendation would be to come up
sc_e sort of snap-on pad that you can
bring up here that would be already
configured for Jerry. He could Just
pop it over the top and maybe stretch
a couple of pieces of tape around it or,

near the bottom of it somewhere - con-

re,lent hold, maybe springloaded or
something - I think. But he pops it in
the:re and then it feels not only - not
only cushions him through the crouch.
And the way you can tell if it's good
enough if you can sit on the FMU for
15 or 20 minutes without anybody holding
him - without holding his weight off
wit_ his feet. If he can Just sit there,
then it's comfortable enough. If you
can't it isn't. Cause the thing bumps you
in the tail end - it'll move away from
yot_r bottom when you thrust away with
yot_c feet and then when you pull up, it
bangs into your bottom. So you need to
ha_ something that's fairly soft. Also
it needs to bulge out more around the
inner thigh, so that you can grip it.
•MY gaess is you want to be able to grip
it in the relaxed position. You'll still
D_mp Tape 2h2-01
Page 2 of 13

have plenty of room to push down and

fire the thrusters, pull up and fire the
thrusters, but this'll let you be more
stable and give you a better feel. Right
now, you're sort of hanging in the breeze,
and, if you could grip it with your legs,
I think you'd feel more at home. I know
when I ride a motorcycle over a bumpy
road, I always grip it with mY knees.
When I'm just flying along on the motor -
the motorcycle without any bumps ~ Just
on a street, don't need to do it. But
it sure gives you stability. It - it
_l]ows you to control more than Just with
your hand. Here you're using your hands.
Next, let's discuss the backpack. The
backpack does not fit well, it's not
contoured to anybody's back. You should
come in with some - maybe some mosite or
bungees or something and - S_y it agsin.

242 01 16 59 CDR Okay, thanks. And - uh - Sorry I was

interrupted there to get a Nu Z update for
S019 I'm _oin_ to run in Just-a few m_ n*,_
The - It needs to have more contour and
I think maybe some sort of Mosite Just along
the edges. The part that would be out-
board on your shoulders and your back would
allow you to tig_iten those straps up.
The mosite would compress somewhat and
then it would provide friction and be
steady on your back. As it is, it moves
aro_md way too roach - disturbing - you
put all these little straps all over you
and it still moves around. So that - that
coulLd easily be fixed. And the back has
holes in it so it can be easily done in
there some way. Okay, let's talk about
the other restraints. - Uh - In a suited
run_ mY guess is that these restraints we
hav_ are going to come loose if - if I
don't tie them or tape them. So I plan
to do that. Now, if - if this restraint
works okay, then for suited runs, certainly
you don't need anything else. My guess
is that - it's still going to move around.
I'm going to be too - mY guess is that I
 D_np Tapes 242-01
Page 3 of 13

wi]1 be too loose on the cycle - on

the - on the maneuvering unit and we '3_1
Just have to wait and see. But - let's talk
about then - We'll have an answer to that;
let's don't do too much conjecture. But
fox" Jerry, I think you ought to come up
with a little better right than these -
sn_Lp straps. He ought to come up with a
co_Lple of snaps that are made for him,
ths.t have nice buckles on them, and
adjust them and he csn fly them up. It
wouldn't weigh much and then do it right.
All this other stuff is a - it takes -
it took me an hour to get into that rig.
It'd take him the same length of time.
TiMe is much too valuable. I'm sure you'd
rather have your time evaluating the
maneuvering unit than sitting on it trying
to get the observer to rig you in somehow.
This isn't the way to do it. And if you
want to get the maximum valuation while
the guy's fresh, that's what you'll do in
- my opinion. Okay, let's go on from there.

been a lot easier to fly standing. Could

fly it any waif I wanted to. I had trouble -
only in two thin _s. One - going wherever
I wanted to go and Just standing motionless
anywhere. Those two things you can't do.
At least I eoul_:'t do it. Now, I can
hold an attitude, I can go generally toward
the place and things like that, but that's
Just not good enough. You can't fly a space
mae[hine that - around a vehicle that you
can't be still relative to the rest of it or
go to a place thst you want to go to. Six
degrees of freedom are a 100-percent must.
We've talked about it. I won't say anymore,
but to say that, although the controlling
was easier and the restraints better, six de-
grees of freedom is necessary. Controlling
it _ith the feet wasn't that difficult
tod:sy. I don't see much of an advantage
to controlling with the feet actually.
You've got a backpack on. You could have a
little short arm controller and have one
in _ flexible handhold. Hold it in one
hand and operating the hand control with
Dump Tape 242-01
Page 4 of 13

the other. Tt would be no trouble, and

going all the way to put these thrusters
at your feet - controls at your feet,
in my opinion is - you can do it, but why
bother? You don't - you don't have that
work to do. The reasons you do it in a
ca:r, in an airplane, in a - in a motorcycle
is cause you've got various functions.
You've got shifting gears, brakes, turning -
a3£[ that. You don't have anything here.
You've got a little thruster that you can
work with the hand controller; translation,
s%u[tch from one to the other hand. You
don't have more than a two-hand job, see?
So, your - your feet - all these . .. doesn't
seem to me really - uh - uh - improve any-
thing. It certainly doesn't make things
better. You can do it but it doesn't
improve.

2h20l 20 53 CDR "_:e your body _ud feet properly restrained

by the straps." I mentioned a - I still
think you need a strap that comes right
uo over the ton of the thigh, where the
thigh Joins the body. It could he there,
it could he just in that groove and it
wouldn't hurt you moving your legs up
and down. That's good, but - Also you
need to take them back and put a wedge in
it, a wedge whose apex is near the butt,
and whose - wide part of the wedge is up
near the small of the back, so that you
won't lay 8o far back in that vehicle.
You're you're way too far back. Once again,
in the suit it's perfect perhaps; but
unsuited, it's somewhat of a bad - disabil-
ity. You're constantly leaning up_to see
where you're going. "Is the controller pedal
action or feel satisfactory9. " I would say for
unsuited operations, no. Too much throw and
too hard forces. Constantly bagging hard.
You - you can't he subtle. There's no
subtlety to this operation.

242 01 21 54 CDR "Do controller forces and travels appear to

be high, normal, or lowg." They're high and
too far. You're not subtle. Can't be
 Dump Tape 2h2-01
Page 5 of 13

subtle. '_Do thruster pairs appear to

be generating equal thrust as indicated
by differences in noise level?" Pretty
muoh, l'd say so. Crosscoupling? There is
crosscoupling. Now we - I mentioned it to
Jack when we were doing it. He called it
out. When l'd yaw left, I'd roll - left,
I believe. _md l'd yaw right, l'd roll
right. I don't remember, for sure. But
it's all there on the tape and l'm certain
it's there in the movie. But we have
erosscoupling. It's a lot of trouble to
get that roll out, believe me. When
roll e_nes in, probl_ come up.

CDR "Describe the nature of control inputs."

Most of them were strictly 0N/0FF control
inputs. Modulating for me wasn't possible.
They were usually multiple sinai] ones.
Every once in a while, I'd get down on it
re_l hard if it looked like I was going to
bt_p into something. But generaS]y
- speaking,they were small- bang-
......
.--.__. ".._ _ z--nimtu_iz_uls_z zatizfa_ta_ 5-
for commanding minimum rotational rates
and holding attitude?" Yes, they are for
holding attitude. Translational rates,
forget it! You're - you're not pointing in
the way you want to stop. You can get small
impulse here if you Just happen to be standing
there perfectly still. Somebody lets you
go still. And then you want to translate
your - headward or feetward a sma]1 amount,
you can do it. Okay, once that's done, that's
it. You'll never be still again. And it's
going to be _nteresting to see how Jerry does.
My guess is - same thing. Rates - You can't
get any - Oh, about what? What?

2)42 01 30 16 CDR Ok_y, here we go again back to T20. We had

to take time out to talk with the Surgeon.
"A2_ coal [sic] responses steady, variable,
or erratic?" I think control responses are
vsa'iable. For the simple reason that you're
not precise with your feet. It's that
simple. Bang-bang; straps work loose on
your feet. One may be a little bit looser
 Dump Tape 242-01
,_ Page 6 of 13

thml the other. By the way, my right

foot came out today. So I just kind
of leaned over, looked at it, and shoved
it back in; so there wasn't a disaster area,
but it did come out. I don't know if in a
suit I could have done that. "Are minimam
impulses satisfactory?" We talked about
th_.t. "Are control responses satisfactory?"
Well, we talked about that. "Are control
responses harmonious?" So-so. I was
sDa_rised at the total amount of roll
th_.t you get with yaw. You put in Just a
little yaw - that introduces quite a bit
of counter roll to stop it. So you end
up putting more thrust on those counter
rolls than you d_d to the ... you ought
to begin with. Now this may be known,
but I don't think it's on your friend/y
little simulators over there. Six de_ee,
that is.

CDR "Does control erosscoupling due to any

of the following factors appear to be

each maneuver? Pitch due to transla-

tion." Tolerable, but - You notice it
and, as you move arour_d, you look down
at your feet and look at the target, it
chasges - the pitch due to translation
and you're able t6 count on it. You've
got pretty good authority. Roll due -

242 Ol _q 51 CDR "Roll - roll due to translation caused

primarily by center-of-mass lateral
offset." Didn't notice much. "Yaw due
to translation." I think you have more
problems -

2h2 01 39 L1 CDR We keep getting interrupted on this

debriefing, but we're going to get there
eventually. This is so, correction -
T20 briefing still. All this yaw due
to translation caused by differential
ali_vlment of the quads and mass distribu-
tion - and all that Jazz - except for maybe
the roll to yaw - yaw to roll - those are all
lost and annoying. You've always drifting
 Dump Tape 242-01
"_ Page 7 of 13

around and you - those - those are

not worth worrying about. This roll
to yaw and yaw to roll is bad and
you can learn to live with it, but I'm
sure it's a gas waster.

CDR "Do any of the following items appear to

si_nificanly affect commanded responses
or cross - Body motion or 'slosh.'" Yes,
if you lean forward, you get a different one
than if you lean back. Body slosh with
ths - with tDe restraint improved was much
better. 'Backpack motion" I think pos-
sibly so, although there's no way to tell.
It's hitting among all these other variables.
All1 you know is that you're not getting
exactly what you want; it's hard to tell
why not. 'Thruster jet impingement on
ho_y." I couldn't tell. '_4hat was the
order of task difficulty?" Task was
doggone difficult.

242 01 40 27 CDR I think the ratings that I gave the - the

still here. Ms_inly that - for an EVA,

performance was not adequate - control-
ability was definitely not satisfactory_
it was not tolerable. System was
controllable. Now, if you want to say
controllable in attitude, I could give
that a 9. If you want to talk about
translation in _ttitude which I think you
have to, I got to give it a i0. M_inly,
it is not acceptable for EVA operation.
If you want to talk about inside - '_Wss
design performance achieved?" No, I would
not say it was schieved. '_4as the system
at least marginally satisfactory without
im]provement?" No. '_Was the work level
tolerable?" It was tolerable. '_Was per-
fo:rmance adequate?" No, I would have to
give it a 6. You can't get where you want
to go. You can't stay in the middle of
the workshop for 3 minutes. All of a sudden,
you're floating and the other side of
the workshop; and you can't stay there.
N(_¢, that's not tolerable. And performance
Dump Tape 2h2-01
Page 8 of 13

not adequate. You've got to be able to

stay somewhere. So it'd be 6 inside; i0 out-
side. "In your Judgment, do the initial,
maneuvering, and terminal criteria listed
on page 20-5 appear to be pertinent?" No.
"Reasonable?" Okay, I guess. You don't
remember them and - I don't know. You Just
don't fly that way. Interesting to put
them down on paper, but people don't fly
that way. "In general, did it take less
than I0 seconds to meet the attitude-hold
criteria in al] areas." Generally. '%[as
the time to perform the maneuver too high
or too low due to high or low rates or
attitude control problems?" I'd say the
time was okay, except you couldn't
do maneuvers you wanted to. You couldn't
do the translational maneuvers you wanted.
You couldn't translate the direction you
wanted because you weren't facing that way
with your feet or your head. '_4as the
non_al [sic; should be number] of control
inputs high, normal, or low?" I'd say

hig)l. Higher th_n normal. Then you would

use with the hand controller obviously,
cause it's not as precise. In - '_ninten-
tional." I don't think there were too
many. There's some. But I don't think
that's a major problem. Next, "Did the
control logic present any significant
problem?" None. '_Were live - thruster
sounds useful as a piloting cue?" Yes.
'_4hat parts or features of your body or the
maneuvering unit were used as visual refer-
ence points?" Generally, my toes. Now
one of the things I did not like and thought
was generally unacceptable - in this fly
maneuver and everything, you're always pitching
down. And the minute you start pitching
dowT, to do something - in other words, you're
translating and you pitch down. When you
pitch down, you don't know what's behind you.
You don't know what's going on down there.
This is disturbing, particularly in this
workshop. I was always concerned I was
goiz_ to hit the food boxes or hit something
else that was in here. And - I wasn't
Dump Tape 242-01
Page 9 of 13

concerned about S019 because we were

oper.%ting higher than that. But you
just don't know what's there. And you'd
llke to not hit things.

242 01 43 25 CDR "What parts or features of the 0DS - 0WS

were used as visu_l reference points or
motion cues? Used most of them, but I
found that to do pitch and things, I
use the - the same - the film vault
because it's got a good flat front face
sad you can see when you're normal to
it; you can see when you're - parallel to
it. And that serves as a good thing.
I tend to use the FMUs; I tend to use
the iBO19, sad I tended to use the ring
lockers when I was there. And, when I
was working up sad down, I used the
tunnel and the hole. '_4ere lighting and
shadows a significant problem?" Definitely
not. No problem at all. '_Was there any
degree of spatial disorientation?" None.
'Were the forces and dynamicsresulting from
el_ner pi_line_ or t_i_L_6ional uo,_L_uL wiL:,
the 0WS as expected?" Yes. "Do you think
any procedural anomalies that o_curred
might have influenced your task performance?"
Nope. '_{ow woulg you rate the relative
importance of the follo_ring design features?
Foot controller configuration and operating
characteristics.' I'd give it a - the
relative importar_ce - I 'd say foot controller
configuration - configuration operation was
bothersome, probably. A lot of trouble
to operate with your feet when you can
operate it with your hands. "Control logic."
Bothersome; you had to think it through
instead of intuitively doing it with a
control stick. "One degree of translational
control." Significant hindrance: unaccept-
able. Safety problem; period. "Visual
reference." Nothing. IVA, but EVA.
'_Tisual reference." No sweat; nothing
t_usual, "Control response." Thrustlevels,
I would say, usef_l. '_Jnstabillzed control
system." Bothersome." Hands free operatlon."
Use_l, not a factor. Somewhere in there.
Dump Tape 242-01
Pa@,ei0 of 13

"_luipment ivcation (between legs)."

Bothersome but not a factor. "FCMU con-
fi_uration (envelope)." Bothersome,
because it extends down below your feet
where you can't see what you're doing.
And you'd much rather have it behind you,
so that you - you can't work behind you,
but you can move up to things seat level, so
I'd definitely say it's definitely not as
good as in the backpack. '_ackpack envelope."
Okay. Back combined with the foot is a
little bit distressing. It's unnecessary.
Take the time you spend on training
sis_ilars with position to do that, but
they aren't sufficient. Nothing's suf-
ficient to make a - two-degree of transla-
tional degree-of-freedom vehicle work in
a three-dimensional space. Let's face the
_acts. Six-dimensional space or one degree -
de_mnd-ing on how you look at that ... One
de_ee freedom in a three-dimensional space
doesn't hack it. '_as the time between your
sessions- did not significantlyaffect

could fly it. I don't have any trouble

pointing in the right direction or trans-
lating. It's Jt_st once that occurs, that's
the end of the game. "Did performance
improve noticeably or wokload decrease with
each successive run?" Yes. But it would -
I believe mostly it was restraints. "Do
you feel that the training and experience
you received is performing the planned
maneuvers was sufficient for the dis-
cretionary maneuvers performed in the OWB?"
Yes, but the vehicle doesn't have what it
takes. I'm going to have to leave, I'll
call you back with the remainder of the 17 -
S019. CDR out. This information goes to
Lou Rsmon, Ed Whitset, and Donny Hughes,
and - Bruce McCandless. CDR out.

2_2 01 h7 02 CDR Now here's the CDR again. He's getting

ready to do S019, believe or not. And
he's got his sheet of paper here ready to
study and he notices that on this sheet
of paper that it's about time to start.
He's checked his clocks and found that
D_mp Tape 242-01
Page ii of 13

he's 15 seconds slow. And being 15 sec-

on&_ slow sad been trying to get it out
at i_7, he's just about on schedule now.
If you're staudlng up, he goes - by the
way, actual is minus 2.6, ... pass is
minus 4.4. I made a subtraction correction
of - of 1.8. Okay. PRO 260.7.

242 01 47 50 CDR 260.7.

CDR Good. Okay, this is seal number 432 sad

we're going to do a 270.

242 01 48 28 CDR MAP_{. We Just started a 270-second

exposure.

242 01 48 46 CDR h32, frame 079.

2h2 01 49 26 CDR Okay, this is - Oh, l'm gonna Just enter

this first S019 and T20. This is T20
thing. Do you think that your experience
wi%/l M509 or with Skylab EVA operations
assistedor influencedin any way the
manner in which you performed the T207"
Haven't done Skylab EVA; 509, definitely.
I gave you a good index of what could - of
what is possible_ uh, what you could
expect from the maneuvering unit and, uh,
how simple sad cc,mplex the control system
should be sad I think that flying them
both together is the only way you csa do it.
That way you understand what options are
available, what maneuvering unit entails any
of these options, how they may he combined,
etc.. "Did you note any influence of long-
time zero-gravity physiological effects on
yo%n_ ability to perform?" Yeah, it improves
it. You don't mind being upside down in
the workshop, you don't mind flying backwards,
you don't mind a lot of things. It sort of
impl_oves your performance. "Simulation
effects. Co_nent on the expected and un-
expected differences between T20 operations
in the OWS and the air bearing and six de-
gree." Okay, I will do that. "Task perform-
auce." Task performance is significantly
 Dump Tape 242-01
Page 12 of 13

hsa'der here than either the airbearings

or the six degree of freedom. Six degree
has got more room to fool around in and
so you can recover sometimes. The airbearing
is obviously - hasn't got as many degrees
of freedom; simple, there's lots of nothing.
In fact, I'm not sure we want - hardly
even train on that thing any more. It's
alw,ost a complete waste of time. It lets
you know how much thrust gives you something
on the airbearings. But it - it's a real
problem. Seems to me that if you ever
came with a unit like that you got to get
a good six degree of freedom simulator
like up at - Martin has for 509. That
was probably was one of our biggest mis-
takes. I'm not sure that the reason that
we didn't do it, uh, Was also the fact
ths.t we would have been a little aware
that uh, been more aware of the difficulty
of flying this thing in a small space.
Because there we would have suddenly dis-
-- coveredwe couldn't even hold position.

we were sort of out of luck. And so, uh,

maybe it's wise _f you do not elect to - to
use that simulator up there, hut stuck with
the uh, uh, airbearings. It uh, it uh, it
made a considerable difference. Okay, now
I'm shifting over right now to S019; I'm
getting ready to close the shutter. Now you
close it on _ mark and this one's a
270 wide and I'm going to go for a 90 wide
in Just a moment. Stand by.

2h2 01 52 i0 CDR MARK. Okay, that's done. Now, let me uh,

go for a 90-second. I'll pick up a slide
and go back to the thing. I'll reset if you
don't mind. Stand by for a mark. Stand by.

242 01 52 27 MARK. Now tlhis is PO432 90-second exposure, frame 080.

Now, let's back and talk about T20 again.
Uh, '_ilot workload." Pilot workload's
uh, about the same, because uh, as the
six degree of freedom simulator. The
difference is uh, you're working in here
and before you can make a correction, or
even see the futility of making, you
Dump Tape 242-01
Page 13 of 13

start to drift backwards. You say l'm

gorLna get to the lockers in about 15 sec-
onds. I can pitch up to correct it in
about B0 seconds. Ah, forget it; I'll Just
btm_? into it. So your - your workload is
not too much more. You realize that, in
order to fly it, uh, you're gonna have to
loc_ a little further ahead. When you
brske, you're not only gonna have to watch
uh, if you don't want to start going
up and down or for and aft, you gotta not
on3_r watch your pitch attitude as you brake
but you gotta watch your roll attitude.
Now, all the times you can't get these
combined. Let's say you're starting to
drift away backwards. Okay, let's stop
ts//_ing about this and go to S019. This
is gonna be a mark and I'm gonna close the
sht_ter on the 90-second exposure
wide. P0432, frame 080. Stand by.

242 01 53 44 CDR MA!_(. Okay, we're gonna go for a 30-second

one now. Won't discussT20 between 'em;we
Just won't have time. Pick up a frame; I
get in position; gonna rewind now and
sta_id by to give you a mark.

242 01 54 02 CDR MAPJC. Open. No, I pushed at the right

time, but I'm not sure that it opened
right. I 'm gonna - -

END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 242-02
Time: 0154 to 0231 GMT
813o/7o
Page i of i0

242 01 53 50 CDE We just won't have time.

242 01 53 53 CDR I pick up a frame. I get in position. I

rewind now and stand by to give you a mark.

242 01 54 02 CDR MARK.

242 01 54 04 CDR OPENed. I pushed at the right time but l'm

not sure it opened right, l'm gonna start
pulling it I00 percent but it'll probably
close a little bit later then that and it_ll
give you some good reading. Stand by.

242 01 54 31 CDR MARK.

242 01 54 32 CDR Okay, that was a 30-second one. Let's go

to a new field and go for a 270. 304.0.
Okay. 3040, 15.2, field 552. I'll pick
up a frame. I've got it. Come over here
near the closed. Standing by. I'll give
you a mark to open the shutter, 270.

242 01 55 16 CDR MARK. SHUr'J.'.e._OPENed.

242 01 55 18 CDR Okay. I'm going to ta]_k to T20 [sic]

again. Let's talk about vehicle charac-
teristics. Vehicle characteristics - uh -
actually with more degrees of freedom,
the vehicle moves around a lot more and it
creates more problem for you. I - it
moves much - I tell you, I don't think
you could fly this at all if you hadn't had
time on the 6 degrees of freedom simulator
there in - uh - at - uh - at uh - Langley.
But that thing up there flies a lot easier.
Part's the volumn and part's the cross
coupling and part's Just the fact that - uh -
you can sense smaller rates here and you
try to correct them. And then, when you
correct them, that gives you other problems.
And you can see you drift much. If you're
there you're satisfied floating out 50 feet
and then coming in to 15 or 20 or whatever
it is. I don't know them but you can operate
on a wider dispersion. Here you're not
_-_ Dump Tape 242-02
Page 2 of i0

satisfied with it. There you Just can't

even tell it. So vehicle's much more
difficult I think, - uh - to hold precisely
here. But as far as holding attitude or
staying roughly at the right attitude;
that's pretty easy. Uh - not as easy as -
direct and - uh HHMU, but it's pretty
easy.

242 Ol 56 B2 CDR Piloting cues: same as there's except

there's even more. That one we'll discuss
at translation.

242 01 56 40 SC Discuss the relative importance of the

following simulation artifacts: Degree
of freedom; we discussed it. Audio-visual
cues - audio visual cues ought to be real.
This - uh - EVA flyaround using the
little - uh - picture helps you somewhat
but it doesn't do the thing. Let's call
it - uh - gives you 50 percent vis_1,l.
Gravityvector: I don'tthink that's

that critical. Operating envelope: very

critical. And - uh - EVA, you wouldn't
want to get too far away from the
spacecraft. You wouldn't be satisfied
with moving in and out if you had to go
up with 6 degrees. Extraneous noise:
No; no effect. In your EVA experiences
discuss the relationships - forget it,
I ihave none.

242 01 57 23 CDR Discuss the following operations factors.

Procedural anom_] _ es : None. Equipment
modifications: we've talked about it.
Set/up and stowage: complex with these
new equipment modifications. W_V too
complex. It's got to be simplified
for SL 4. Camera operations, okay.
Ailot of trouble but I think we need
it okay. Co_unications okay. Body/foot
restraints. - uh - I think I mentioned
my foot from my foot when it's - uh -
metal thing came, and I put it back in.
I think that that ought to be fixed or
we could never do that EVA, but you
 Dump Tape 242-02
Page 3 of i0

know that. Influence of surrounding

lighting: none. Influence of lighting:
none: Volume? Yeah, it's small in
here. External disturbances : none. Air
flow and all that is a waste of time to
worry about it. It's lost in the noise.
Jet impingement/noise? I don't know.
Noise ... Contact forces/dynamics: none,
doesn't seem to be ... Retrieval's a
lot of trouble for Jack at this time.
And - uh - it takes the observer mere
time than you think. Training adequacy:
8s good as you can get. I don't think I
could've trained any better. I would not
ha_e wanted to trained any more. Uh -
because my level of skill was adequate.
Hod - uh - as - uh - had the same level
of squill [sic] on 509, had no trouble at
all flying it. Okay, I 'm gonna have
to stop here now, and go back to S019.

242 01 5_30h CDR Okay, S019, we're getting ready to - uh -

shutyour shutterand go to a new field.
So stay happy. Stand by.

242 01 58 57 CDR MARK. Okay, SHUTTER CLOSED.

2h2 01 58 59 CDR We're going to _he next field. We're

going to 111.7. Iii.7, 072. Okay,
going for 270. Okay, stand by. We're
almost ready to take it.

242 01 59 3h CDR MARK.

2_2 01 59 36 CDR This is a 270, on field 560, frame num-

ber 83.

2h2 01 59 _7 CDR Get back to T20 again. Here's T20.

Long-term zero-g psychological effects :
helps you. You don't mind zipping
around. Other zero-g experience: none.

2_2 01 59 58 CDR Uh - con_nent - I'ii comment on them.

Controller characteristics: uh - controller
characteristics prevents you from being
precise. Bang, bang, I would try to
figure out a way to listen to that whole
_ thing for Jerry. I don'tthink you get
 Du,p Tape 242-02
Page h of i0

msmy - uh - accidental inputs. And

I hope that when we get our suited run,
we find out that also is true there. If
that's true, I would recomend that we
decrease the spring tension here for
Jerry. RCMU response: it's okay. And
nc_ that it's a little bit tighter to
you, you seem to move with it. I never
have the feeling that the _mit and I
were one - uh - as I've had with the
backpack, or airplanes or automobiles.
I always felt that I was riding atop
something. Now I think this is caused
a little bit by the fact that you don't
rotate about your normal center of
gravity. You rotate around your feet
down there somewhere. Everything happens
at your feet. When you kick down, the
thing moves away from your butt. When
you pull up, it Jams it. And so ya -
you're constantly reminded that your
riding something and you're not part of
P something. This might be eliminated
somewhat by rigidizing the packs and
the lower pieces together and then - uh -
strapping yourself in even tighter.
This might eliminate that feeling.

2h2 02 O! 16 CDR Control input coordination to mismatch:

I'm sure there was a lot of that but the
point of it was, you can't tell that from
Cg offset, from - uh - so many - there's
a lot of variables in action a]] the time.
Same way with the - uh - with the NWMU
or the DIRECT MODE of the - uh - uh - 509.
The pilot has to - fskes them out. He
flies the airplanes in air currents, bumps,
clouds - you name it. And - uh - he
intuitively fakes them out. Here it's a
little bit more than that.

2_2 02 O1 _8 CDR Control logic: I would have preferred it

much different. I would have preferred it
in the hands where - where it's a normal
thing, a natural thing. If it had to be
on the feet, I would have had something
more sensitive and had one foot attitude
and one translation. And had it so that -
uh - you couldn't foul up the translation.
Ik_p Tape 242-02
Page 5 of i0

You'd push the translation button;

it gives you a nice easy translation.

242 02 02 19 CDR Fit, comfort and bodymotion: we've

te/ked about it. Initial and final
conditions: Uh - I tried to be as
steady as I could get. And depending
on - uh - the situation, sometimes that
wa.c_real steady and sometimes it wasn't.
I 6_dn't just keep playing with it until
I _inally got it. I noticed that I could
get very steady from a pitch. If I
tried to get steady from g yaw, I could
scmletimes and sometimes it went to hell.
If it didn't stay still then I could
ne_r real]y get it to still again.
Reference cues/disorientation: forget
it, Jet impingement noise: you don't -
you can't tell. Noise is okay but you
don't know what it is impinging on. It's
wm_r down there.

,_1.--. ,',,_ ,',._ _1_ r_'rm mno.,% _ l& _-T11 1.e_l - -it. -P'H, . ,

O_;r.

242 02 02 52 CDR Tell him we're gonna though. Not yet,

but we 're gonna.

242 02 03 01 CDR Okay, I've got co go back to - uh - S019.

Stand by. This is gonna be the end of
9 270-exposure. Stand by.

242 02 03 14 CDR MAI_K.

242 02 03 15 CDR 27(3 degrees - uh - uh second exposure.

We're gonna go for 90 now. So stay loose.
I'31 pick up a slide first because I
found that to be appro - you should move.
Okay, here we go. Stand by. We're going
to give you a mark at zero.

242 02 03 30 CDR M_P,K.

Dump Tape 242-02
Page 6 of i0

242 02 03 32 CDR Beginning a 90-second exposure, field

5 ... something, 580, 560. 90-
90-second exposure coming up. Okay,
let's t_]_ a minute - -

242 02 03 53 CDR Simulation deficiencies: We've talked

about 'em. System deficiencies: we've
talked about "era. External disturbances :
none, forget it. Training adequacy:
l'd - l'd get rid of some of these things.
l'd say forget - I would can from Jerry
Carr's checklist. It's Just wastes his
time, and it Just makes me want to throw
the book down. He - uh - There's Just
nothing going on. All the - I've - uh -
misaligned thrusters, the accidental inputs,
the - uh - motions that you get when you
start, the cross coupling. All that is so
much bigger than s_e of these other
things like air currents that it isn't
even - uh - important. Training adequacy:
We talked about that - definitely
a_eouately trained, maybe over trained.
Uh - had no trouble doing the things - uh -
that were simil-._rto the - tr - simulators
we used. Better simulator would have
probably allowed us to do better. Stand
by for a 90-second stop - open - uh -
close.

242 02 0_ 48 CDR Shutter was Just closed. Now I've got to go

to a new one for a 270. That's SO19 again.
Going to 350, 403.

242 02 05 08 CDR 19, i. I think we can do that. Okay,

that's good. Okay, let's go for a 270
on this field which happens to be 608.
It's one of our favorite fields; 608.
I'll go pick up a slide. Get ready.
Okay. 608 is going to be exposure 85.
It's going to be a 270 and then we're
going to do a 90 right afterward. Gonna
give you lots of pictures. Stand by.

242 02 05 45 CDR MASK. SHI_'I'EHis OPEN. Okay, back to

T20 again.
 DtunpTape 242-02
Page 7 of I0

CDR Yes, I would say with the simulators

available our training and skill was - uh -
Just as good as it could be. Uh - certainly
as good as it needed to be. I didn't find
any of the attitude maneuvers a problem,
as far as - you know, holding attitude.
And I didn't find pointing ... translating.
It was Just extra buildup of translation
in other directions that was the main
problem and lack of flexibility - uh -
I don't think any amount of training is
going to fix that. You could get a better
trainer but we've got a funa_ental
decision. It's like trying to teach
somebody to drive a car when you don't
give him but 2 or 3 degrees of steering
wheel play and then asking him - You say,
"could I have trained you better to make
that 90-degree turn?" The answer is no.
No way - It ain't gonna turn 90 degrees,
period.

242 02 06 40 CDR 0ks,v, other zero-_ experience. Uh - no

ccmment there - uh - other than to say
we've been zin_. ng around in zero g here
for a long time. Uh - 34 days, I guess
it is now. And - uh - uh - we're pretty
hsndy at it. We - uh - not disoriented.
We do spins, fZips, go all directions.
Sc I think that - uh - the s_me thing
will apply to Jerr when he gets up here.
He won't have any trouble adapting to
it; psychologically, physiologically, and
all that. And those sort of questions,
to _ mind, are trivial and should be
omitted and concentrate on scme of these
others that may exist, llke straints
and harmony and the like.

242 02 07 19 CDR CDR out.

PLT ... go to S019 ...

CDR ... T20. Now l'm going to continue on

with S019 but l'm going off the come for
a minute.

_--_ 242 02 09 18 CDR Okay, this is CDR again. We're going to cut
off this 270-second exposure on S019. Stand
by for a mark.
 Dump Tape 242-02
P_ Page 8 of i0

242 02 09 25 CDr MARK. That's in CLOSED. Now we're

going to go for a 90. For 90s, I
always pick up a frame first. Here
we go. Brace yourself. I'll give
you a mark.

242 02 09 40 CDR MARK. Beginning 19 - 90-second exposure,

frame - correction, field 608, frame 086.

242 02 l0 56 CDR Stand by.

242 02 l0 58 CDR MARK. We Just closed the shutter on

that 90-second. Now we're going to go
to a new field.

242 02 11 05 CDR 06,3.8.

242 02 Ii 19 CDR 2630. Huh? Sould be 6.3. Okay, 60.8.

0k_ay, let's crank up for a 270, one of
your favorites. Karl Henize loves these
270s for some reason. I've never quite
figured it out. And again I don't have to.
I'1,Justpushingknobs. Standby.

SPT ...

242 02 ii 53 CDR MARK. Yeah. Why does he pick 270 and 90?
Why doesn't he pick 5 minutes, and 4 min-
utes, and I minute?

SPT ....

242 02 12 25 CDR Hey, S019 experts. How about sending us

some information on how you happened to
pi¢'/_the - uh - time. My simple mind
wotLld have thought to put on there - uh
5 aLinutes, and 2 minutes, and 1 minute
or something. Owen Garriott seems to
think it has to do with magnitude in that
90 is 1 magnitude less than a 460 or what-
ever it is - 270, and that - uh - then a
30 is also. And it kind of makes you
think it's true because if you multiply
each of them by three you get the next
one. But I don't know what that means.
But maybe it's a film characteristic.
One over E is some word, being banted
4 around here.
_-_ Dtm_p Tape 2_2-02
Page 9 of i0

2_2 02 13 07 CDR CDR out.

242 02 15 21 CDR Stand by for a mark. We're approaching

100 percent on frame 087, field 109.
We're going to have time to get in this
whole pad. I knew you'd like that. Stand
by for a mark. Don't move now; don't move.

242 02 15 39 CDR MA_. That was it. Pick up a new frame

in this case. Go there. Stand by for
a 90-second, one of your favorites.
(Whistling) Here we go. Stand by.

242 02 15 51 CDR MARK. This is the beginning of a

90-.second exposure; field 109, frame 088.

242 02 17 04 CDR St_d by for a mark. We're going to close

the shutter off the 90-second one.

242 02 17 08 CDR MA}_. Shutter closed. Pick up the ne_

fr_,ne. Stand by. Go for 30 seconds.
We've got it made, gentlemen. We will
A have no trouble making sunrise.

242 02 17 16 CDR _K. I was a little bit late. It's

hard to get that thing in. Also, it
moves the - uh - mounting somewhat.
I'll pull it out a little late, Karl,
and that may give you Just what you want.
It's easier to pull out than to push in,
I've noticed in this particular instrument.
I guess you know that frame 89 on field 109
30--second exposure, last of the great ex-
posures. And we're going to pull it in.
Stand by. Stand by.

242 02 17 _5 CDR MARK. Okay, that's it. Let's close the

fi_hnhatch. Film hatch is closed. Refill
the numbers.

CDR E_rything is precise. Nothing is left

to chance. Everything is as you would
like if you were here yourself doing it.
N_ we go to RETI_ACT. l, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, 10, ll. When we get to ll, then
we take our hand off the knowb, and turn it
in by hand very easily till we feel it go
_-_ Dump Tape 242-02
Page l0 of lO

home. That's it. It's home now.

Then we lean over and operate the lock.
We go as you well know - Let me see if I
got a film stow tonight, or they Just want
me to leave it in. I hope they want me to
leave it in. No, it's a stow. You realize
now with this type of schedule I've got
a film stow when this thing is cold so
you're going to get some condensation.
Stow it away. What I can do is wait until
tomorrow morning to film stow for you
canse it only takes about 5 minutes. I'll
do it tomorrow morning. I'll lay this
thing in a vacuum tonight where it's -
warm up, the way you'd like it. Okay.
That's good.

242 02 19 ll CDR CDR out. That information, by the way,

goes to S019 interested individ_1-1_,
Karl Henize, W_1]y Teague.

2_2 02 19 20 CDR CDR out.

E_D OF TAPE
 D',.,_p
Tape242-02
Time: 0154 to 0231 GMr
/-- 8/30/70
Page i of i0

242 01 53 50 CDR We Just won't have time.

242 01 53 53 CDR I pick up a frame. I get in position. I

rewind now and stand by to give you a mark.

242 01 54 02 CDR MARK.

242 01 54 04 CDR OPENed. I pushed at the rig_ht time but I'm

•not sure it opened right. I'm gonna start
pulling it 100 percent but it'll probably
close a little bit later then that and it'll
give you some good reading. Stand by.

242 01 54 B1 CDR MA_.

242 01 54 32 CDR Okay, that was a 30-second one. Let's go

to a new field and go for a 270. 304.0.
Okay. 3040, 15.2, field 552. I'll pick
up a frame. I've got it. Come over here
near the closed. Standing by. I'll give
you a mark to open the shutter, 270.
r

242 01 55 1G CDR M_K. SHUTT£_ OPENed.

242 01 55 18 CDR Okay. I'm going to ta/_k to T20 [sic]

a@aln. Let's talk about vehicle chsrac-
teristies. Vehicle characteristics - uh -
actually with mere degrees of freedom,
the vehicle moves atoP-rida lot more and it
el_gates more problem for you. I - it
moves much - I tell you, I don't think
you could fly this at all if you ha_L_'t had
time on the 6 degrees of freedom simulator
there in - uh - at - uh - at uh - Lmugley.
Bu_ that thing up there flies a lot easier.
P_rt's the voltmm and part's the cross
coupling and psmt's Just the fact that - uh -
yoga can sense sms31er rates here _nd you
t_J to correct them. And then, when you
correct them, that gives you other probl_ma.
And you can see you drift much. If you're
there you're satisfied floating out 50 feet
and then coming in to 15 or 20 or whatever
it is. I don't know them but you can operate
ca a wider dispersion. Here you're not

f-
Dtmp Tape 242-02
Page 2 of i0

satisfied with it. There you Just can't

even tell it. So vehicle's much more
difficult I think, - uh - to hold precisely
here. But as far as holding attitude or
starving roughly at the right attitude;
that's pretty easy. Uh - not as easy as -
direct and - uh HHMU, but it's pretty
easy.

242 01 56 32 CDR Piloting cues: same as there's except

there's even more. That one we'll discuss
at translation.

2_2 01 56 _0 SC Discuss the relative importance of the

following simulation artifacts : Degree
of freedom; we discussed it. Audio-visual
cues - audio visual cues ought to be real.
This - uh - EVA flyaround using the
little - uh - picture helps you somewhat
but it doesn't do the thing. Let's c_11
it - uh - gives you 50 percent vis11AI.
Gravityvector: I don'tthink that's

that critical. Operating envelope: very

critical. And - uh - EVA, you wouldn't
want to get too far aw8_ from the
spacecraft. You wouldn't be satisfied
with moving in and out if you had to go
up with 6 degrees. Extraneous noise:
No; no effect. In your EVA experiences
discuss the relationships - forget it,
I have none.

2h2 01 57 23 CDR Discuss the following operations factors.

Procedural anom_1 _es : None. Equipment
modifications: we've talked about it.
Set/up and stowage: complex with these
new equipment modifications. W_y too
complex. It's got to be simplified
for SL 4. Camera operations, okay.
A lot of trouble but I think we need
it okay. Communications okay. Body/foot
restraints. - uh - I think I mentioned
my foot from my foot when it's - uh -
metal thing came, and I put it back in.
I think that that ought to be fixed or
we could never do that EVA, but you
• i-- Dump Tape 242-02
Page B of I0

know that. Influence of surrounding

lighting: none. Influence of lighting:
none: Volume? Yeah, it's small in
here. External disturbances: none. Air
flow and all that is a waste of time to
worry about it. It's lost in the noise.
Jet impingement/noise? I don't know.
Noise ... Contact forces/dynamics : none,
doesn't seem to be ... Retrieval's a
lot of trouble for Jack at this time.
And - uh - it takes the observer more
time than you think. Training adequacy:
as good as you can get. I don't think I
could've trained any better. I would not
have wanted to trained any more. Uh -
because my level of skill was adequate.
Hs_ - tth - as - uh - had the same level
of' squill [sic] on 509, had no trouble at
all flying it. Okay, I 'm gonna have
to stop here now, and go back to S019.

_ 242 01 5S 04 CDR Okay, S019, we're getting ready to - uh -

shut your shutter and go to a new field.
So stay happy. Stand by.

2h2 01 58 57 CDR MARK. Okay, SHUTTER CLOSED.

2)42 01 58 59 CDR We're going to the next field. We're

going to lll.7. Ill .7, 072. Okay,
going for 270. Okay, stand by. We're
almost ready to take it.

242 Ol 59 34 CDR MARK.

242 Ol 59 36 CDR This is a 270, on field 560, frame nam-

bet 83.

242 01 59 47 CDR Get back to T20 again. Here's T20.

Long-term zero-g psychological effects :
helps you. You don't mind zipping
around. Other zero-g experience: none.

242 01 59 58 CDR Uh - comment - I'ii c_nment on them.

Controller characteristics: uh - controller
characteristics prevents you from being
precise. Bang, bang, I would try to
figure out a way to listen to that whole
thing for Jerry. I don'tthinkyou get
-P_ D1_p Tape 242-02
Page 4 of i0

msmy- uh - accidental inputs. And

I hope that when we get our suited run,
we find out that also is true there. If
that's true, I would reco_m_end that we
decrease the spring tension here for
Jerry. RCMU response: it's okay. And
now that it's a little bit tighter to
you, you seem to move with it. I never
have the feeling that the trait and I
were one - uh - as I've had with the
bs.ckpack, or airplanes or automobiles.
I always felt that I was riding atop
something. Now I think this is caused
a little bit by the fact that you don't
rotate about your normal center of
gravity. You rotate around your feet
down there somewhere. Everything happens
at your feet. When you kick down, the
thing moves away from your butt. When
you pull up, it j_=s it. And so ya -
you're constautly reminded that your
riding something and you're not part of
sc_ethinz. This mi_jat be eliminated
somewhat by rigidizing the packs and
the lower pieces together and then - uh -
strapping yourself in even tighter.
T_is might eliminate that feeling.

242 02 Cl 16 CDR Control input coordination to mismatch:

I'm sure there was a lot of that but the
point of it was, you can't tell that from
Cg offset, from - uh - so many - there's
a lot of variables in action a11 the time.
Same way with the - uh - with the HHMU
oz' the DIRECT MODE of the - uh - uh - 509.
The pilot has to - fakes them out. He
flies the airplanes in air currents, bumps,
clouds - you name it. And - uh - he
intuitively fakes them out. Here it's a
little bit more than that.

242 02 Ol h8 CDR Ccmtrol logic: I would have preferred it

much different. I would have preferred it
in the hands where - where it's a normal
thing, a natural thing. If it had to be
on the feet, I would have had something
mere sensitive and had one foot attitude
r and one translation. And had it so that -
tub - you couldn't foul up the translation.
_-_ D_np Tape 242-02
Page 5 of I0

You' d push the translation button;

it gives you a nice easy translation.

242 02 02 19 CDN Fit, comfort and body motion: we've

ts/ked about it. Initial and final
conditions: Uh - I tried to be as
steady as I could get. And depending
on - uh - the situation, sometimes that
was real steady and sometimes it wasn't.
I @idn't Just keep playing with it until
I finally got it. I noticed that I could
get very steady from a pitch• If I
tried to get steady from g yaw, I could
scmletimes and sometimes it went to hell•
If it didn't stay still then I could
never really get it to still again.
Reference cues/disorientation: forget
it.. Jet impingement noise: you don't -
you can't tell. Noise is okay but you
don't know what it is impinging on. It's
w_v down there.

Over.

242 02 02 52 CDR Tell him we're _,onna though. Not yet,

but we're gonna.

242 02 03 01 CDR Ckay, I've got co go back to - uh - S019.

Stand by. This is gonna be the end of
9 270-exposure. Stand by.

242 02 03 14 CDR MARK.

242 02 03 15 CDR 270 degrees - uh - uh second exposure.

We're gonna go for 90 now. So stay loose.
I'_LI pick up a slide first because I
follud that to be appro - you should move.
Okay, here we go. Stand by, We're going
to give you a mark at zero.

242 02 03 30 CDR M_EK.

Dtm_ Tape 242-02
Page 6 of i0

242 02 03 32 CDR Beginning a 90-second exposure, field

5 ... something, 580, 560. 90-
90-second exposure coming up. Okay,
let's talk a minute - -

242 02 03 53 CDR Simulation deficiencies: We've talked

about 'era. System deficiencies: we've
tEdked about 'era. External disturbances :
none, forget it. Training adequacy:
I1d - I'd get rid of some of these things.
I'd say forget - I would can from Jerry
C_T's checklist. It's Just wastes his
t_me, and it just makes me want to throw
the book down. He - uh - There's just
nothing going on. All the - I've - uh -
misaligned thrusters, the accidental inputs,
the - uh - motions that you get when you
start, the cross coupling. A]] that is so
much bigger than some of these other
things like air currents that it isn't
even - uh - important. Training adequacy:
We talked about that - definitely
adequately trained: maybe over t_alned.
Uh - had no trouble doing the things - uh -
that were simil:_r to the - tr - simulators
we used. Better simulator would have
probably allowed us to do better. Stand
by for a 90-second stop - open - uh -
close.

242 02 04 48 CDR Shutter was Jus_ closed. Now I've got to go

to a new one for a 270. That's S019 again.
Geing to 350, 403.

242 02 05 08 CDR 19, 1. I think_we can do that. Okay,

that's good. Okay, let's go for a 270
on this field which happens to be 608.
It's one of our favorite fields; 608.
I'll go pick up a slide. Get ready.
C_ay. 608 is going to be exposure 85.
It's going to be a 270 and then we're
going to do a 90 right afterward. Gonna
give you lots of pictures. Stand by.

242 02 05 45 CDR MARK. SHUI'T_ is OPEN. Okay, back to

T;!0 again.
_-_ Dump Tape 2h2-02
Page 7 of i0

CDR Yes, I would say with the simulators

available our training and skill was - uh -
Just as good as it could be. Uh - certainly
as good as it needed to be. I didn't find
asy of the attitude maneuvers a problem,
as far as - you know, holding attitude.
And I didn't find pointing ... translating.
It was Just extra buildup of translation
in other directions that was the main
problem and lack of flexibility - uh -
I don't think any amount of training is
going to fix that. You could get a better
trainer but we've got a fundamental
decision. It's like trying to teach
somebody to drive a car when you don't
give him but 2 or 3 degrees of steering
wheel play and then asking him - You say,
"could I have trained you better to make
that 90-degree turn?" The answer is no.
No way - It ain't gonna turn 90 degrees,
period.

2h2 02 06 40 CDR Oke.v,other zero-_ ex-oerience. Uh - no

cogent there - uh - other than to say
we've been zinging around in zero g here
for a long time. Uh - 3_ d_ys, I guess
it is now. And - uh - uh - we're pretty
handy at it. We - uh - not disoriented.
We do spins, f__ips, go all directions.
So I think that - uh - the same thing
will apply to Jerr when he gets up here.
He won't have any trouble adapting to
it; psychologically, physiological ly, and
all that. And those sort of questions,
to my mind, are trivial and should be
omitted and concentrate on some of these
others that may exist, like straints
and harmony and the like.

242 02 07 19 CDR CDR out.

PLT ... go to S019 ...

CDR ... T20. Now I'm going to continue on

with S019 but I'm going off the comn for
a minute.

/_ 242 02 09 18 CDR Okay, this is CDR again. We're going to cut

off this 270-second exposure on S019. Stand
by for a mark.
 Dump Tape 242-02
Page 8 of i0

242 02 09 25 CDr MARK. That's in CLOSED. Now we're

going to go for a 90. For 90s, I
always pick up a frame first. Here
we go. Brace yourself. I'll give
you a mark.

242 02 09 40 CDR MARK. Beginning 19 - 90-second exposure,

frame - correction, field 608, frame 086.

242 02 i0 56 CDR Stand by.

242 02 i0 58 CDR M_EK. We Just closed the shutter on

that 90-second. Now we're going to go
to a new field.

242 02 ]1 05 CDR 060.8.

242 02 LI 19 CDR 26:30. Huh? Sould be 6_3. Okay, 60.8.

Okay, let's crank up for a 270, one of
y_ir favorites. Karl Henize loves these
270s for some reason. I've never quite
figured it out. And again I don't have to.
_ I'm Just pushingknobs. Standby.

SPT ....

242 02 11 53 CDR MA/_K. Yeah. Why does he pick 270 and 90?
Why doesn't he pick 5 minutes, and 4 min-
utes, and 1 minute?

SPT ....

242 02 12 25 CDR Ha?', S019 experts. How about sending us

scmle information on how you happened to
pic'k the - uh - time. M_ simple mind
would have thought to put on there - uh
5 _dnutes, and 2 minutes, and 1 minute
or something. Owen Garriott seems to
th_nk it has to do with magnitude in that
90 is 1 magnitude less than a 460 or what-
ever it is - 270, and that - uh - then a
30 is also. And it kind of makes you
think it's true because if you multiply
each of them by three you get the next
one. But I don't know what that means.
But maybe it's a film characteristic.
One over E is some word, being bauted
around here.
 Dump Tape 242-02
Page 9 of I0

2h2 02 13 07 CDR CDR out.

242 02 15 21 CDR Stand by for a mark. We're approaching

i00 percent on frame 087, field 109.
We're going to have time to get in this
whole pad. I knew you'd like that. Stand
by for a mark. Don't move now; don't move.

242 02 15 39 CDR MABK. That was it. Pick up a new frame

in this case. Go there. Stand by for
a 90-second, one of your favorites.
(Whistling) Here we go. Stand by.

242 02 15 51 CDR MARK. This is the beginning of a

90-second exposure; field 109, frame 088.

242 02 17 04 CDR Stand by for a mark. We're going to close

the shutter off the 90-second one.

242 02 17 08 CDR MAP/(. Shutter closed. Pick up the new

frame. Stand by. Go for 30 seconds.
We've got it made, gentlemen. We will
have no trouble making sunrise.

242 02 17 16 CDR MAEK. I was a little bit late. It's

hard to get that thing in. Also, it
moves the - uh - mounting somewhat.
I'll pull it out a little late, Karl,
and that may give you Just what you want.
It's easier to pull out than to push in,
I'_ noticed in this particular instrument.
I guess you know that frame 89 on field 109
30--second exposure, last of the great ex-
posures. And we're going to pu]] it in.
St_md by. Stand by.

242 02 17 45 CDR MAI_(. Okay, that's it. Let's close the

film hatch. Film hatch is closed. Refill
the numbers.

CDR E_rything is precise. Nothing is left

to chance. Everything is as you would
llke if you were here yourself doing it. /
Now we go to RETRACT. l, 2, 3, h, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, 10, ll. When we get to II, then
we take our hand off the knowb, and turn it
in by hand very easily till we feel it go

/_,
 _ Dump Tape 242-02
Page i0 of i0

home. That's it. It's home now.

Then we lean over and operate the lock.
We go as you well know - Let me see if I
got a film stow tonight, or they Just want
me to leave it in. I hope they want me to
leave it in. No, it's a stow. You realize
now with this type of schedule I've got
a film stow when this thing is cold so
you're going to get some condensation.
Stow it awsy. What I can do is wait until
tomorrow morning to film stow for you
cause it only takes about 5 minutes. I'll
do it tomorrow morning. I'll lay this
thing in a vacuum tonight where it's -
warm up, the way you'd like it. Okay.
That's good.

242 02 19 ii CDR CDR out. That information, by the way,

goes to S019 interested individuals,
Karl Henize, Wally Teague.

f 242 02 19 20 CDR CDR out.

END OF TAPE

f_
 Dump Tape 242-03
Time: 0249-0323 GMT
8/30/73
Page 1 of i0

242 02 49 03 PLT Okay, we'll start here. Is it dar - is it

light out? Okay. Okay, 0. Could you go
to TV and then - uh - VTR to RECORD, please?

SPT Okay, ... to RECORD,'right now.

PLT Okay. Now if we haven't been able to in-

terest you ladies so far, maybe this area
will be of more interest to you. This is
the wardroom or is - uh - We should probably
csll it the - uh - kitchen and dining
room all combined into one. Now, kids, don't
dc that at home because your mother won't
like it, but it is real easy to do up here.

242 02 49 43 PLT This area doubles - uh - as many thing.

We also use this for a medical clinic and
for looking out the window. Our meals
come in cans. For a new housewife that's
be - uh - a good deal. Like this. Some
require water to be added and - uh -
_ others come without - uh - requiring add -
addition of water at all. We keen - uh -
the whole week's supply of food in this
psmtry. We hav,_ more in other places to
restock it with. We have beverages that
come in these kind of plastic folded
containers to which we just add water.
T_ds is our water charging station.

242 02 5C 25 PLT P_ the beverage on, or s_ny kind of food

that requires the addition of water, press
it, fill it up with the required amount.
We have the same thing for hot water. We
don't have to heat all of our food. We
Just add hot water to it, and cook it.
We also have sone frozen food. One frozen
item per day per man approximately. We
Just set it right on here. Frozen foods
come in a freezer of course, in cans again.
We have a refrigerator, Just like you have
at home, in which to keep foods chilled,
primarily drinks. Or things like straw-
berries, for example.

242 02 51 03 PLT Here's a can of strawberries I already mixed

up for my meal today. Let them sit in water
F- a little hit, and there you are. We also
keep our medicines in the refrigerator to
- uh - keep some of them cool. Well if you
8x'e newly married, I guess maybe this would
 Dump Tape 242-03
"_ Page 2 of i0

get by for a while, but after a while,

eating out of cans is something that I
think your husband wouldn't appreciate too,
much. But for the moment it's okay. Be-
hind here is our window. We would like to
spend more time look_'ng out this window
tha_ they reslly get a chance to do. The
Earth is a very beautiful thing. We passed
o_er it at 275 miles. So take a look
out the window and see what the Earth
looks like frc_ 275 miles, moving at
15,000 miles an hour_ or on the ground
at h miles a second.

242 02 51 58 PLT Now we are over the water. I believe we

are - uh - coming up - up on the western
Pacific - uh - around - uh - close to
San Francisco somewhere. As I said the Earth
is very beautiful. The sky is always
black. And there's always a beautiful
blue ring around the horizon. We have a
map with which we can tell - we have a map
with which we can tell where we are all

see where we are in our orbit. We -tq_e

one orbit in 93 minutes, just a little
ow_r an hour an half. So you can see
we cover a lot of ground and see a lot
of territory, and see lots fo places we
would like to go back to and spend more
time. We can ccver the whole United
States from sea to shining sea in - a
period of about i0 minutes.

242 02 52 56 PLT Well, let's move on around here. We have

several lockers in which we store things,
and - uh - in this - uh - room, we also
have an entertainment kit. For pleasure
we ca_ play some music. Located right
behind here. We have a tape recorder.
We all have ottr personally selected tapes
And we can play much - uh - sometimes to
the annoyance of our colleagues, but - uh -
usually not. Then we have books. Each
ma_. has about four books that he can read.

242 02 53 30 PLT So far we haven't had a chance to read any'

books but we -uh - have them along Just in
/_ case we have an opportunity. We have
binoculars in here that we can - uh -
Dump Tape 242-03
Page B of i0

look at things a little more closely out

the window with. And - uh - a number
of other things that - uh - we could use
if we ever had the time. But mostly
we use the music. We enjogy the music
very much. We Just play it like you
would in your home - Just in the back-
ground. As I was saying before, this is
- uh - also a - sort of a medical clinic
and we have a number of lockers here
which are devoted to medical supplies.
Uh - for example, in the upper locker,
we have all of our drugs - medicines.
The same way in the second locker. Weh
have a number of drugs and medicines
that can use if we need them.

242 02 54 20 PLT In here we have a microbiology kit, a

- uh - kit to study our blood or our
urine with in the event that we have
some sort of illness. We have the
necessary equipment to - uh - stain
slides as well. This is a slide-setting
device, much as you would see in a
laboratory back on the Earth. We have
a microscope with which we can - uh -
look at the slides. Kind of small, but
it works very well. We can grow cultures
of - uh - various types of bacteria. If
we have some sort of an illness, we can
determine what that illness is and what
kind of medicine that it might respond to.

242 02 55 04 PLT We have an incubator in which we can incubate

the bacteria and let it grow. And - uh -
%,._also have - uh - various implements
- uh - to do minor types of first-aid with.
For example we can suture things which are
cut. We can - uh - pull teeth. And
we have a fairly extensive - uh - dental
kit and medical kit. We can perform, of
course, emergency first-aid. Uh - we have
intravenous solutuions which we can inject.
And we have other kinds of injectable drugs
as well, in the event that they are
needed. So that's our wardroom, or
kitchen area, as you call it back on Earth.

242 02 55 47 PLT Now we would like to wander out here into

the area we started in and show you a few
 Dump Tape 2h2-03
Page 4 of I0

thing that you did not see earlier. If

you will follow me around - uh - I'ii
take you over to - uh - the men's corner
here. We have a number of tools on Skylab,
which are required. And you probably
noted that - uh - we've had good
opportunity to use these tools on
several occaions. Most of these
lockers have tools in them. For
exsmple, here's a set of screwdrivers and
- _ - allen - allen bit, Phillips - head
screwdrivers, set of sockets, torque
wrench, a ratchet wrench, extension,
univeral joint, number of wrenches of verying
sizes, and - uh - a few other tools for
retrieving things from odd places.

242 02 56 39 PLT We have one tool here which we use doing

our extravehicular activity - a 7/16 -
combination wrench, open-end box in. Of
coiLrse - uh - these wrenches are pretty
a_ll to hold in the glove hand, so
P we had to put a littlebit of - uh -

with tape in order to hold onto it. But

we took that out and we were able to
remove some of the ramps that were
causing our doors to malfuction on our
solar telescopes.

242 02 57 i0 PLT We have here - I'm in the middle of

it now the shower. We have - uh - the
opportunity to take a bath about one
a week whether we need it or not.
And our shower holds about 3 quarts of
water. And it's about as big as a phone
booth. It's tacked down to the floor here
so it won't float around, but when we want
to use it we Just ra - raise it in this
*,snner. We attach it to this ring around
the top. And here - in here we take our
shower. Of course the water floats
all over. Doesn't stays in one place.
It kind of collects on you in a big mass
or a big glob or on the sides of the
shower. And so - uh - in order to - uh -
to make sure that it get's all picked up
why we have a suctiondevice.

2h2 02 58 01 PLT Doesn't go down the drain like it does

at home, but rather we have to - uh -
such it up with a vaccum. And that's what
 Dump Tape 242-03
_. Page 5 of i0

we have up in here. We have a hose with

a vaccum squeegee on it that we can use.
And - uh - to get the water out of course
we have a little spray nozzle much like
you would have in your home in the
kitchen sink. So that's how we take a
shower. We suck up the water and
throw it down the trash airlock. We
also have - uh - have a couple of - of
other medical experiments here that are
quite interesting, that - uh - we didn't
ex]?izin esrlier.

2_2 02 58 41 PLT This is a ergometer, or a bicycle as it

is more commonly know. And with this we
- uh - not only do our medical experiments,
but we - uh - get a good deal of exercise.
And we all spend about a half-hour a day
excercising on this bike. And you can
set any load you want to on this bike.
Uh - you can pedal for a long time or
you esxl - wear yourself out in short
order.

• 242 02 59 03 PLT But we Just - uh - sort of float up on

this bike. This is the way to mount
a bike. Lock our feet in the foot pedals
turn on the juice, and make any load we
wsxLt to and then we start pedaling away.
We can crank the load up or do_rn - make
it real hard to pedal so that you might only
be able to last here about i0 or 15 minutes.
Or you can crank it way down and do less
work and less sweating - pedal for a
longer period of time. But our work rate
is measured in w_tt-minutes.

242 02 59 45 PLT Oks_? I'll put this source. We got a cut

on this one, space fans. Okay? Okay.

2h2 03 00 16 PLT Nc_ we are back in the area that we

began our tour in and. This is a ergometer
or bicycle. This is used in combination
with one of our medical experiments, and
it's also used by us for excercise. WE
can put any load we want to on our body
by cranking up - uh - the load device.
Now you can mount this bike very easily,
_ much more so than you can your bike on
Earth, as you notice. Just slip your
Dump Tape 242-03
Page 6 of i0

foot into the foot pedals here and

- uh - and set the load that you want
to about 250 watts and start pedaling.
The more watts you set in there, the
harder it is to pedal- the faster you -
the harder you have to work.

242 03 O1 O1 PLT Okay, you can set enough load in this

to wear yourself out in short order if
you want to. We also have a way to
measure our heart rate. And this reads
out our heart rate in beats per minute
as we are pedaling. Of course, the harder
you paddle why the harder your heart has
to work and it is for your cardiovascular
he_rt system. WYlie we are pedaling
this bicycle during the medical experiment,
ow_ breath is analyzed in this metabolic
analyzer, so that our ptulmonay system
cs_ be throughly evaluated during the
period that we are up here. Of course,
the purpose of this biomedically is to
determine a man's capability to put out

of time in space. It measures capability

to do work as a _esult of the space flight.

242 03 02 OO PLT As we go over he_e, we have another panel

which we use for another set of medical
experiments. _is is used in combination,
primarily Mith the lower body negative
presure experiment, which is before me
here. Looks like a tank. Looks like one
of these things a magician uses to put the
ladies in and saw them in half. It reminds
me of that - let's not. The man slides in
from the top here. He slides into his waist.
We can - and then we put legbands around -
his: - his legs and - then we pump him down to
a semi-vacum.

242 03 02 _3 PLT Let's see if I can get in here with my

clothes on. At any rate we Just kind of
slide in like this. It's very simple
in zero g to whistle into this. Put
this little - uh - black boot up around
 Dump Tape 242-03
-_ Page 7 of i0

ot_r waist so that the air doesn't

leak in. And then we can let some of the
air out of this tank and cause a vacum
to be imparted to the man's lower body.
That draws his blood from his head
do_¢n into his legs. That's a good measure
of how well his cardiovascular system
is performing over a along term in space
flight. Permites the doctors on the
ground to measure our physical condition
while we are up here to see how it changes
as a result of space flight.

242 03 03 30 PLT Of course that is one of the reasons we

are here. So, we're measuring a nan's
capability to do work. We're measuring
response of his heart - cardiovascular
system. And we're measureing the response
also of his - his hulmonary system.
And earlier we showed you the measurement
we perform on his vestibular system as well.
I hope you have enjoyed your tour with us
here in Skylab. We feel we are doing
somethin_ very valis and someth_n_ _b_t
is of benefit to not only all Americans but
to people around the world. And we hope
that you will join with us in the future
in watching in space and - bak - Cut.
I didn't - I dicn't like that at all.

CDR Di_h1'tyou? Uh - -
i
242 0B 04 18 PLT Co_,Id - could I do something better?

CDR No I think maybe ... Why don't you come

around your ... close it, and then get in it?

PLT Oh. Okay.

CDR And then, an hour ... - -

PLT You're going to be over there?

CDR - - be enough.

PLT Okay.

CDR Or up here ... Start over there and talk

_ aboutthat ...closeit.

SC ...
Dump Tape 2_42-03
Page8 of i0

PLT They haven't turned off ...

242 03 04 54 CC PLT, this is Houston. Over.

CDR Go ahead, Bruce.

CC Yeah, we're calling for Jack .... at

the ATM panel when he clses out afet
this last pass this evening, we'd like
to leave the rotory ... switches in
CX, CY, and CZ, so that we can monitor the
cluster attitude as presented on the ATM
C&D panel meters on the do_nlink
here. Over.

PLT Probably around here.

SPT Okay, Bruce, I'll do that. I'm up here

on the panel while A1 and Jack are finishing
up the TV stuff.
CC Okay. Thank you, Owen.

PLT What
's that?

CDR Yeah .... we get in there?

PLT Okay. Yeah, that's right. Okay.

242 03 05 56 PLT Want me to start over here? Didn't we

already explain the bike? We have one
other medical experiment here that you
might be interested in. It's called
the lower body in here and subject it
to some sort of a vacuum. And it's
perpose is to measure a man's - uh -
response over a long period of space
flight - his - the response of his
heart and cardiovascular system. And
it enables the doctors on the ground
to see how we are performing - -

242 03 06 28 SPT What's the time of the stateside pass, Bruce?

PLT - - cardiovascular - wise over a long time

in space. The way this works is - -

CC Okay. LOS at Goldstone at 03:ll. Over.

PLT - - a man Just floatsin here like so.

 Dump Tape 2h2-03
Page9 of i0

CC And we still got about a minute and half

here through Hawaii. Out.

PLT Draws his boot up around his waist. Then

the observer opens the valve to vacum. Now,
it doesn't get to be a complete vacum,
but a pertial vacum that draws a =_n's
blood from his head and upper extr - upper
area down into his lower extremities
to simulate one gravity. Your blood
assumes a similar location in body as
it would in one gravity. In response to
- Cut on that.

CDR ...

242 03 07 32 PLT Okay. If the blood goes to your legs and

- uh - so there is less for your head.
And - uh - this enables the doctors on the
ground to determine how well our heart is
functioning and how well it is able to
- to - push what blood is in your body around
your body. I hope you have enjoyedyour
_oI,__h _I__n Sky]_ _ ,.,_
_
you will contentiue t watch us. We
feel that we are ms_ing a - uh - solid
contribution to not only our American way
of life but also of good benefit to
people around the world.

2h2 03 20 53 SPT Okay, debriefing the last pass which ended

here - oh - about 03:20. Uh - Just a
standard building block 6 as required on
the ATM schedu/e. And - uh - then they
moved over to what I believe - uh - is
emerging flux region. Jack pointed it out
when he left the panel here, briefly - uh -
about 250. h, approximately. And - uh -
did a modified item number 3 - shopping
list item 3 on that - uh - new, I believe
to be, emerging flux region. And then went
on out to active region 9 and did an item
5 on active region 9.

2h2 03 21 00 SPT And then I was setting up the panel the

way you requested here - down, 715; right,
466 - had it all set and then smartly
rolled about the - uh - the line of sight,
/-_ which changed all of my numbers and I didn't
have time to get back to that correct - uh -
J

Dump Tape 242-03

Page i0 of i0

pointing position before sunset. So

I've got your roll set in. But as I
expect you have already found out, the
data and light are not quite as requested
on the ATM schedule. So I'll get the rest
of the panel powered downnow as requested.

242 03 21 Bh SPT Uh - that is the end of the message, which

goes to the ATM PIs and planners from
the SPT; out.

END OF TAPE

/
• Time._ 1214-1322 GM_
Page I of 15

242 12 14 24 CDR This is CDR with information for EREP. I Just

took the hand - held out photos of the deserts
of South-west Africa at 12:05:51. I wasn't able
to find that little write-up about that one in t
the - uh - messages that we sent up. I saw one
about the Kalahari Desert, I wondered if that was
the same one. In any event when the time came up
I looked out, saw desert and took pictures of it.
And there's a lot of deserts out there and wo we
got - uh - about 5 or 6 pictures. Weather was
perfect. CDR, out.

242 12 26 54 SPT Okay, a little information for the SPT - from the
*mmSPT for the ATM planners and PIs. l'm - uh -
wanting to debrief the ATM pass that's Just now
about complete. It's - uh - going to finish up
here at about - uh - 12:35 - uh - Zulu. Now - hu -
this is the one where we're doing spicules - uh -
on the limb. To begin with, on this orbit which
is the first of the day I did take a look at
active region 9, saw a ntnnber of - uh - uh - very
clearly defined Ellerman bombs. Uh - peaked up on

_'_ i, got a very nice response on dector number 3.

Uh - it was way above the background so I did a
modified 2G on - uh - uh - so I did a modified -
uh - JOP 2G frc_6 the teleprinter fail building
blocks. And I'll t,lk about what I mean by
modified in Just a minute. Than I went to - uh -
•.. program, I'll be able to complete all those
steps with the exception of the last one, I'm
go-M- have to cut Just a little bit short. I won't
give it quite a 6 minute exposure in - uh - order
to get them aQ I in. But everything else will be
Just about right on schedule. Uh - one other
thing, I wanted to t,1_ about - uh - changing some
of these procedures, particularly on the telep -
on the shopping list items. I've taken some liberty
with the things that are scheduled in the following
way: when it calls for an 82B l'm frequently
giving you two short wavelength exposures of
about 240 and plus 40, usually, in order to save
film. Oh - on a few of the S056 - uh - uh -
active i longs - I've dropped that hack to a
patrol normal. In order to - uh - drop from 15
down to 6 fr_nes. And - uh - when time permits -
uh - on S055, I - uh - will usually give you a
little bit more information than show.
 ]x_p Tape 242'04
Page 2 of 15

242 12 28 50 SPT Instead of a grading auto scan I'Ii either give

yon a gas plus a partial mini-raster. Either
let it go from line - uh - zero down thro, lgh about
15 or 20 or actually tip it by hand, up and down
4 or 5 lines from the - uh - split center position.

242 12 29 05 SPT So these are the sort of modifications that l'm

doing. And I would appreciate a little feedback
about whether or not - uh - you think this is
savinJ_ on time - uh - particularly - uh - uh -
z_ather film mostly, particularly on the case of 82B.
And - uh - uh - whether or not you have any other
comments about the modifications that I've - uh -
been inserting. Okay. One final - uh - item in
addition, that is, spicules at the limb, here.
D_n - there's such a large number of spicules visable
on H Alpha i, it's difficult, usu,lly, to pick
out the individual spicule - uh - where they're
standing up say - uh - 3 - uh - arc seconds above
the - uh - shire light 1_mb. Now every now and
then you'll see one spicule which stands - out -
uh - 4 or 5 arc seconds. And - uh - these are the
_ bes ways to tell - uh - at least that individ11-1
spicule alignment. And that's the sort of thing
l've done here at the North Pole. When we started
out there was one picule which was nearly radial,
and so I simply rolled around until - uh - that -
radial specule was - uh - underneath the - uh -
crosshairs. And - uh - that's the way I've been
determining the spicule alignents. The standard
ordinary spicule is immersed in a whole host of.
hundreds or others, and so it's lost in sort of
a fuzz. But you can pick out an individual occasional
spicule extending out beyond the rest and these
are useful for - uh - uh - picking out some - uh -
particular orientation.

242 12 30 26 SPT End of message to the Pl's and - uh - planners

for ATM from the SPT.

242 12 32 44 SPT Uh - one additional comment to 82B on - uh - this

last - uh - steps of . .. settings. _/n - instead
of a 6 minute exposure, I 'm gonna have to gi_
you about a 5 mine exposure. And - uh - you can
get it off the tel_try - the precise timing. And
that's the only modification everything else _11
._i got worked in. _d of - uh - this addition to
the - uh - ATM - uh - pl-n-ers.
 Tam
Page 3 of.15

242 12 33 13 PLT Hello there, space fans, this is Jack on channel A.

Subject this morning is TO02 agA_-. T002-5 to
be precise. Uh -

SPT One other quit c,_h,,,ent... to the ATM Pls and -

uh - also noticed that - uh - there has been
change in the roll because we had a doozie update
about 5 or i0 minutes ago. And that changed the
roll on the canisters - _h - experiment roll,
altho1_ of course the pointing did - in - uh -
in re_iity, not change. End of message to the
Pl's and pl_ners.

242 12 33 44 PLT Okay, now with that out of the way, we can go on.
to TO02. Temperature of the sextant this morning.
at beginning is 68 degrees. Diopter setting is a
minus 0.5. This T002-5, which is star to horizon.
I th_n_ what we ought to do is plan to kill off
this whole T002-_ right now. That'll take 30 ma_ks -
star to horizon. And the star that you suggested
for today's use in Dakih. Which is the one we
know _I I about. And before we get busy with that
we got to do some zero bias sightings I got to run
this thing clear down to zero. And it's - uh -
still not dare yet _ hut it's - uh - getting d_v_
enough to see the stars, so therefore, dark enough
to get the zero bias sightings. Now you didn't
specify whether you wanted this to be - -

CDR ... the Nu Z

242 12 34 37 PLT - - a star - ub - to Earth horizon or star to -'

uh - airglow horizon. So I think what I'Ii do it
I 'ii give you avout - uh - 20 starter ritts and
about i0 starter airglow horizons, and - ub - you
can kinda compare the two and - uh - have the data
• on all on one neat, simple package. So you can
determine whether or not - uh - we ought to use
airglow horizon or - ub - Earth horizon in the
future. Almost to zero - takes a long time.
C_ay, here we go on the zero _ias. There's our
old friend Fome/haut over there. That's either ...
friend. 01d friends are the best kind. Okay, there

• \
 Tape Z_2-04
_ Page _ of 15

we are. Give me a little bit of light in this

thing so I - what happened to the light - they"
left it on - it doesn't work .... the same thing.
Okay, here we go.

• 2_2 12 36 08 PLT MARK. 0.006.

242 12 36 38 PLT Y._A.I_.0.006.

242 12 37 09 PLT MARK. 0.006.

PLT ...."have the window cover off, by the way.

242 12 37 30 PLT MARK. 0.005. And the final zero bias mark.

242 12 37 48 PLT MARK. 0.006. Okay, that takes care of that by the
way, we - uh - do use the hood very time ....
not required for start amount - ... That is
required for - uh - star to Earth horizon. And
we got to wait for it to get a little bit darker.
So I 'm going to turn this recorder off for a while.
I 'm g_na share again this morning with - uh - S019.

'_" 242 12 59 19 CDR Yhesh. Okay, this is the friendly CDR and we're
getting ready to start S019. We're going to be
working S019 at the sm,_ time as Jack Lousma, the
PLT is working T002. So everybody will have to
stay alert. 12:40 is the first exposure which is
about 30 seconds away. I've got 2325 and 10.9 set
in. The Nu Z on the pad was minus _.i, the Nu Z
actual minus 4.1 so everything's good. We got . ..
at 003 which is ... and the prismis in, and the
lotus is adjusted for working field 4.63. We're
gonna do a quick 270 Just picked up a frame, l'm
now rotation the little - h_b to minus 5 percent
or so, otherwise it raked forever to get the thing
going. Stand by for your first mark ... 70.
White exposure.

242 12 40 17 CDR MARK. And believe it or not that is frame number 90.
We've begun our operation on schedule. We are going
off the line. By the way, that SO -S019 information
goes to Dr. Karl Henize ... S019 interested
individuals.

: r
_o Tape Ta_ 2_2-04
Page 5 of 15

CDR l'm gonna rest my eyeb-lls. ".

PLT Very little, I re.11y can't stand much - - "

• SPT Hey, that's to let S019 light out, be careful.

PLT I can't notice that in here, O.

SPT He won't but the S019 - -

• PLT No, i_'s running.

CDR I can't have the window closed when the Big Jack's
looking out. No, it Just doesn't bother it, the
light must go out the window. That ... only reaches
down hslfway to the floor.

242 12 h2 28 PLT Okay, space fans, here we are with TO02 again.
- star to horizon. (Interruption)

CDR ...

PLT This information goes to - uh - our friend,

Bob Rande - uh - frca Ames Research Center with
Nasa at the ... And also to Robert Nute, over
there in building 4. And - uh - we've got - uh -
Dabih - uh - coming in the sextant. We got - uh -
airglow horzion very prnm_uent at the moment, so
we're gonna take in 0 airglow horizon - uh - at
leaste i0, with Dabih in there when the Eath horizon
gets a little more distinct, why then we'll press
on to that. But - uh - stand by for a mark on
Dabih - the airglow horizon.

242 12 43 26 PLT Yeah, it looks like the base of the airglow horizon
is - uh - the base of the white ring is quite
distinct tonight. I 'm gomma use the base of the
white ring on airglow horizon at the mark. That
mark is 46.405- -

CDR • .. 09205 we're going to give you a m-_k as we close

the shutter on the 270 eXposure.

PLT That was 46 - -

CDR •.. 90 immediately after this.

o

Page 6 of 15

PLT Yeah, he doesn't mind interruptions (lau6hter"_

46.402 - was that last -_k. Ok_r, we'll keep quite
a minute for AI on S019.

CDR Stand by now.

242 12 _4 05 CDR MARK. That's a completion of a 2TO-second exposure,

next we go for a 90. Same field, and we get a
frame on a mark.

242 12 _4 19 CDR MAR_. _ It's open. Field h63, frame 91. Go ahead
Jack.

PLT _ay, thank you, A1. That's a mark on T002.

46.678. Crank it off and do it again.

242 12 k4 h3 PLT MARK. 46.733.

242 12 _ 56 PLT MARK. 46.730.

2_2 12 _5 I_ PLT MARK. 46.865. That's about 5.

_, 2_2 12 _5 26 PLT MARK, 46.921.

CDR Okay, here's S019 mark again.

242 12 45 37 PLT MARK. Shutter clo_ed. I'm picking Up another

one, and I'm going for a 30-second exposure mow.
Same field. I wonit e '_11 the m,_mher becaUSe we're
using it from someone else. But I think you know
what I'm t-1_ing about.

242 12 45 50 CDR MARK. Okay, be@_n-_ug a 30-second exposure, frame

number 92 , field 463.

PLT Okay, T002 again.

2h2 12 h60l PLT MARK. 46.BB7.

242 12 46 12 PLT MARK, 46.938.

CDR 8019, stand by for a m_k.

 Tap Z42-0
Page 7 of 15

242 12 46 18 CDR MARK. That means the shutter Just came closed on
that 30-second exposure. I 'm going to a new one.
I'ii give you c=11 in the minute when I got it.

PLT Okay, T002 again.

242 12 _6 28 PLT MARK. _6.933.

242 12 46 39 PLT MARK. 46.920.

PLT Jus%_isying it in the airglow horizon, which is a

thick band going around the Earth. Got one there
at - uh - various degrees of distinctness.

242 12 _6 56 PLT MARK. 46.908.

CDR Okay, S019. Stand by for a m_k. It's gonna be

field 467.

242 47 09 CDR MARK; 270-second widened exposure. It's frame 93.

I'ii c,11 you 270 seconds from now.

_ 242 12 47 20 PLT Okay, T002 again.

PLT MARK. 46.939. Take a couple more for good meas-

sure and - uh - then we'll go to the Earth horizon.

242 12 47 33 PLT MARK. 46.847. And one more here. That ought to
be a hunch.

242 12 47 _4 PLT MARK. 46.796. Now that concludes the - uh - star

to airglow horizon. Now we tll go for the _ch
horizon on the same star.

PLT okay stand by for Dabih to the Earth horizon.

Theylre re_11y very hard to find. One way to
find it is to kind of pick the lowest star that
you can see down there below the - uh - airglow
horizon and e,11 that the - place.

242 12 48 58 PLT MARK. 47. 721.

 Dump Tape 242-04
Page 8 of 15

PLT Well if there's Just a very little light mist_

appearance at the base of the - uh - rill ....
atmospher.

242 12 49 27 PLT MARK. _7.786. It's anybody's guess, though.

2b,212 49 39 .7.740.
242 12 49 50 PLT MARK. 47°548. Light is workin8 well under the
reticle at the moment.
- J"

242 12 50 08 PLT MARK. _7.440. Dabih is alway easy to get there

because of the - uh - Jupiter right there and those
other two stars - double start s - they'er not too
far away.

2_2 12 50 27 PLT MARK. 47. 283.

242 12 50 38 MA . 47.185.
CDR Okay. Here's s_e information for S019. Stand by
for a shutter close mark. See the end of field 467 -
_ 70 wide.

242 12 50 55 CDR MARK. Okay. Now we ,11 give you a few 70 umwidened
soon as the windening mechanism stops.

CC ... Skylab .... through Hawaii for 7-1/2 m_nutes.

PLT Okay, H_nk. We're all wrapped up with - uh - S019

and TO02 at the moment.

CDR Okay; stand by for the mark.

SC ...

PLT Stand by.

242 12 51 h3 PLT MARK. This is the beginning of the 70 unwidened,

fram_ 94, field 467.

PLT Okay this is T002 again. Uh - the - uh - Earth

horizon is a little more distinct now, if it's
what we think it is. Airglow ring is a very
distinct - ub - the upper layers of the atmosphere
 l_w,p Tape 242-04
Page 9 of 15

and then the - uh - or the - uh - misty whitE.

appearence - uh - extends below the ring of airglow
and finally gives way to - uh - solid black. So
we'll interpret the Junction between solid black
and - uh - misty white to be the Earth horizon.
Very indistinct, however. We might be able to
use it. A little better than we where in the past.

242 12 52 47 PLT MARK. TO02, 45.502. The - uh - base of the - uh -

misty - uh - apparent atmosphere is - uh - much
more _dlstinct to the naked eye then it is to the
sextant. If you cover the - uh - upper - uh -
optical path of the - uh - sextant the - uh -
horizon again becomes more _istinct. But I think
when you add the light to ti from the upper optical
path, then it - uh - takes away from the - uh -
definition of that boundary. Now we've been
talking about -it makes it more difficult to see
in the sextant with both optical paths Supeim_osed
than it does with Just a - a horizon - or lower
optical path exposed.

What _reneed a sextant

_ 242 512 53 52 PLT MARK. 44.514. is that's
got the readout right in the reticle so you don't
have take your eye out of here and lose your star
every time.

242 12 54 09 PLT MARK. 004300.

242 512 54 21 PLT HARK. 44.025. What time is sunrise , AI?

CDR Checking. 13:12, which is about - 17 minutes from

now.

PLT Okay.

•. CDR Plenty of time.

242 12 54 47 I_T MASK. 43.560.

242 12 55 01 PLT MARK. 43,295.

242 12 55 26 PLT MASK. 42.994. NO, ...

242 12 55 52 PLT MARK. 42.351.

/_-_ Dump Tape 242-0_
Pa@e i0 of 15

PLT I'm hoping sume day you folks will pass up th_
information that tells us as a result of these
marks that I've been taking how it cnmpares with
our real position in space.

CDR Stand by.

242 12 56 16 CDR MARK. That was the end of a 270-second unwidened

exposure. I'm now going to change i_ields and give
you a 270 wide. No. Because it all hinges on
them _stimating what the Nu Z is and they're still
not agreeing that it's - -

SC o.e

_R Hye, this is going to be field 065. Oh, and Jerry

was wondering if we'd changed the - uh - procedures
because the spacecraft gyros are supposed to be
good. And l'm sure Dr. Karl Henize on the grotuld
is thinking about that.

2_2 12 57 17 CDR MARK. That's a open shutter of field 065,270

_'_ widened exposure.

CDR We's have to ask Karl. All we know is what he

. send up.

SPT ...

PLT Okay here we are with T002 again.

CI)R It turns out the unwidened is n_ly used when you

get natural widening.

PLT Star on the E_rth horizon.

242 12 57 51 CDR A nonwidened he doesn't like.

SPT ...

PLT It's still going on tape.

- CDR That's right. Stable one is not a good one.

/
_- _ Tape 242,04
. Page ii of 15

CC Skylab, we're still i minute fron LOS. We'i/'be

coming over Vanguard at 23, and we're scheduled
to dump the recorder there.

I:LT T002 -

242 12 58 11 PLT MARK. 39.272. Dabih's coning down.

242 12 58 23 PLT MARK 39.012.

242 12 58 2y PLT MARK. 38.840.

242 12 58 49 PLT MARK. 38.537.

242 12 59 08 PLT MARK. 37.862.

242 12 59 19 PLT MARK. 37.812.

242 12 59 32 PLT MARK. 37.625.

242 12 59 51 PLT MAP_. 37.071.

/_ 242 13 00 0_ PLT MAI_. 36.699.

242 13 00 15 PLT MARK. 36.527.

2_2 13 00 27 PLT MARK. 36.184.

2_2 13 00 44 PLT MARK. 35.581.

CDR SOlg. Stand by. I'ii give you marks as we clqse

the shutter. Frame number 95.

242 13 01 08 CDR MA/_. Fieldnumber 065. Going on to the next field.

CDR Okay. And it's going to be a 2TO-second widened

exposure. It 's going to be field n_ber Ii. It 's
going to end up being frame 96. Stand by for a
_k. I Just picked up a new frame.

242 13 02 O0 CDR MARK. That's it.

PLT TO02 again. Dabih to the Earth horizon.

"_ Du_ T_e 242-O4
Pase 12 of 15

242 13 02 14 PLT MARK. 33.349. "-

242 13 02 28 t_rJT MARK. 32.940. ' "

PLT I'm going to - I've got enough of those star to

Earth horizons, l'm going to give you some more -
uh - star to - uh - top of the airglow horizon now
because its very distinct and'we're going to be
going out of business pretty soon. So I want to
give you some more of those. This si the Dabih to
the top of the airglow horizon. Much m_re disticnt
now than it was.

242 13 02 53 PLT MARK. 30.550. Starting to get a bad angle off -

uh - ... geometry and so forth.

242 13 03 13 PLT MARK. 29.903.

242 13 03 30 PLT MARK. 29.423.

242 13 03 31 PLT MARK. 29.423.

242 13 03 41 PLT MARK. _9.140.

242 13 03 58 PLT MARK, 28.691.

242 13 04 13 PLT MA/K(. 28.292.

242 13 04 29 PLT MARK. 27.828. Just laying Dahib in the top of

the airglow horizon. It's not that well defined,
hut it's kinda like laying something in a soft
pillow. It's like it seems comfortable.

242 13 04 53 PLT MARK. 27.132.

242 13 05 10 PLT MARK. 26.709.

242 13 05 24 PLT MARK. 26.219. This is still Dahib to the air@low

horizon.

242 13 05 38 PLT MARK. 25.805.

242 13 05 43 CDR Hey, this is S019 interrupting. I'm closing this

shutter on frame 96, field 11.270 - -
/

Du_ Tape 242-o4

___ Pa@e 13 of 15

242 13 05 50 CDR MARK, and going on to the next one. °"

242 13 06 14 CDR Okay, 496 210 comes to 270, after this I'ii give
you a 90 and a 30. Picking up a frame now, remember
this is field i00 and this is gonn be frame
number 97. Stand by for a -,_','k.

242 13 06 $I c_R MA_K.

242 13 07 00 PLT Okay, now I'm gonna give you sc_e more D-b_bs on
the Earth's horizon. Dahib to the Earths horizon.

242 13 07 36 PLT MARK. 2_.22.

242 13 07 48 I_LT MA/_. 23.660.

242 13 08 Ol PLT MARK. 23,211.

2_2 13 08 18 PLT MARK. 22.578.

242 13 08 33 PLT MARK. 22.378.

2_2 13 08 48 PLT MARK. 22.034.

242 13 09 O0 PLT MARK. 21.427.

242 13 09 14 PLT MARK. 21.095.

242 13 09 31 PLT MARK. 20.388.

242 13 09 46 PLT MARK. 19.920. Got to get a little bit of light

on this going into the -

242 13 i0 0_ PLT MARK. Light on the filter panel. 19.566.

242 13 I0 i0 CDR S019, stand by for a shutter close on the 270

widened ex!oosure.

2_2 13 i0 17 CDR MARK. Shutter closed, now we 'ii go for a

270 - correction that's 90 in the same field.
H, widened, here we go. Crank it up, here we
go, stand by for a .r,,_T'k..
Shutter opens/

• !
 Dump Tape 242-0h
_.-J Page 14 of 15

242 13 i0 31 CDR MARK. The shutter is open, frame n_ber 98, "field i00.

242 13 i0 39 PLT Okay. T002 again, we're putting Dahih am the

Earth horizon. Hope you're keeping up with these
horizons. Went to airglow, then went to Earth,
back to airglow, and bnowl 'm back to Earth again.
We're giving you all kinds of. data.

242 13 i0 59 PLT MARK. 17.817. Earth horizon becomes less distinct

now. Sun's coming up.

242 13 ii 14 PLT MARK. 17.490.

242 13 ii 33 PLT MARK, 16.839.

242 13 ii 43 CDR Please stand by for a mark on shutter closed, on

90-second exposure.

242 13 Ii 48 CDR MABK, that was field i00, go for a 30-second

exposure. Stand by, stand by -

"--_ 242 13 ii 59 CDR MARK, 30-second exposure begun. Frame 99, field i00.

242 13 12 07 PLT Okay, T002 again, we'll give you a couple more.

242 13 12 i0 PLT MABK. 15.649. Oops, we've got a bright light on

and I can't see a thing. Okay, Sun is definitely
up.

242 13 12 21 CDR Yeah, it looks like the S_m is out and looks like
we may - should not have done that exposure, I'ii
cut it off right now.

242 13 12 28 CDR MARK, that's 30-seconds, I should not have run that
last exposure. I though we had 2 minutes and we
really had none. Sooo, I'ii retract everything.
CDR out. S019 complete.

2_2 13 13 22 PLT Okay, that wraps up T002-5, temperature at end of

session is 76 degrees and - uh - we gave you a -
marks first on the Dabih to the airglow horizon,
then to the Earth - -

CDR Yeah.
Page15 of 15

242 13 13 42 PLT - - horizon, then we went back to.the airgl_;

hack to the Earth again.

CDR Yeah, let's get out another one. They feed us

vitiam_us. Like to get rid of them.

2_2 13 i_ 03 PLT So that wraps up T002-5, that. goes to Bob Nute and-
Bob Randle and this is the end of the message.

2_2 13 19 _8 PLT Her.e's anothere little word on TO02, I uh - some-

.times get - uh - get the names Diphdu and Dabih
mixed up and uh if I uh used the wrong star name
during the last T002 pass, the name of the star was
definitely only Dabih. It was never Diphda.
Diphda is out to lunch for awhile and Dabih is the
star that we have been shooting on.

OF TAPE
 i

Dump Tape 242-05

Time : 1412-1553 GMT
8/30/73
Page i of 5

242 14 12 50 CDR Okay., those of you interested in S019 among

which some of the most prominent are - that are
known to be - are Wally Teague and Dr. Karl Henize.
Beginning again - uh our NUz, estimated, was
minus 4.6, actual was minus 4.1, and according to
the ground rule we hold that position. We're at
248;! and 142 and I'm going to open the friendly
little film hatch which is already open so I go
8head and grab a film. Standing by, will give
you a 270-second one in Just a moment and time is
right.

2h2 14 13 28 CDR 270 is on the w_y. Don't - by the way, this is

field 455, it's going to be frame number i00 ...
We're in the midst of it - 270, widened.

242 lh 17 22 CDR Stand by, S019 interested individuals, we're going

to shut this frame off. By that I mean we'll shut
the shutter.

242 14 17 29 CDR MARK, that was a 270. We're going to go for a 90.
I pick up a frame, reset that, go for a 90 second,
so stay loose. Here we go, field 455 again az_d

242 14 17 48 CDR MA/_[, we're beginning the 90-second exposure.

St ar_d by.

242 14 19 06 CDR MARK. shutter closed. Let's go for the next one,
gentlemen. 253.6. 03.9. Here w_'re going for
a 270 on this one. Don't be worried. Here's nhe
shutter.

242 14 19 49 CDR MARK, open shutter. 270 exposure, field 501,

fra,_ 102. Right after this we got a - I noti'.e
270 unwidened, no - a 90 widened mud a 270 unwidened.
We'll do it. We can do it.

CDR ..., Jack?

CDR I'll tell you this, if you do have to get there -

get here I won't p11]] it out.

242 14 23 2h CDR OMay, S019, stand by, we're now getting ready to -
uh -.shut it off as we call it. 270-second
exposure, field 501 and we're going to go for a
/_ quick 90.
t
Dump Tape 242-05
Pa_e2 of5

242 14 23 38 CDR MARK. We go for a 90. Half minute -

242 14 23 48 CDR _RK. Opening the shutter on a 90-second widened

exposure, which will be followed im_aediately by
a 270 unwidened.

242 14 24 52 CDR Okay, stand by for a mark and l'm going to complete
the 90 and then when I complete that l'm going to
go for a 270 unwidened. This is frame 103 in . ..

242 14 25 06 CDR MAI_K. That completes that; I'll pick up a new

frame, set my watch. Choose the widened, . .. that
goes to a halt. We'll begin again. Okay, stand
by.

242 14 25 21 CDR MASK, this is 270 tm_idened, I'ii call you in

270 seconds.

242 14 30 04 CDR This is the CDR. I wasn't on record but I stopped

the thing at exactly 270 seconds, so you got a
perfect exposure. I 'm now ready to give you a 270
widened, on a differenct field. Field 103, and
I'll be there in a minute.

242 314 30 40 CDR 563, 242, Field 102, and will - correction - i03
and here comes the 270. Now take - Now pick up a
frame, stand by to open the shutter on the mark.

242 14 31 01 CDR MARK, shutter open at 10-frame 105.

242 lh 32 22 SPT Here comes the P_d) readings. I'm going to give
you the SPT first today. 139 for the SPT. 139,
PRD.

242 14 34 36 CDR 0k_z, CDR again - uh - we're going to shut off this
whole operation here in a few seconds, had it
open for almost 270 seconds as indicated by the
little knob, of course we know that isn't quite
accurate but it's good enough.

242 14 34 50 CDR MARK. We Just finished that one and tth we're now
going to a new field. 35.6. Okay, 35.6, one of
our favorite. 23.5 is another one of our favorite.
Ten. 356, 235, Field 69. We've done this field
before, I recall it well. Okay, take a new frame,
stasd by to open the shutter -

242 14 35 27 SPT MARK, shutter open.

-- _ ] I
!

DumpT_e 242-05
Page S of 5

242 14 35 27 SP_ PRD reading; 283 for the pilot. 283 for Jack is
the PRD.

242 14 36 26 SPT Okay, PRD on the CDR is triple 3; 333 PRD - CDR, PRD.

242 14 38 58 CDR 0k_, this is the CDR standing by to shut off this
27(I and go for a 90. Stand by. This is the frame 106
on field 069. l'm going to give you a 90-second
one on this same old place, I'ii give you the
frame n_n -

242 14 39 13 CDR MARK. Okay, that's it. Stand by for your 90-second
one. Okay, I've got a new frame in my hand - I'd
day I've got the handle in my hand.

242 14 39 27 CDR MARK. We're beginning the 90-second widened and

las 270 - about 14:41 looks like we're going to mskd
it. It's going to be close. Sunreis 14:45, we'll
have no trouble making it. Stand by for a mark,
I'm going to close the shutter here in a few
moments, hammering you to different position to try
to make it.

242 14 40 47 CDR MARK that was it. Okay, I'm now going to uh 208.4
and 07.0. 07.0, go for a 270, field _50 and the uh
frame number is going to be 108.

242 14 41 27 CDR MARK, 108 1 - ev - yesterday - at 270 seconds, now

let's see if we _an make it. We may not make 270;
if we don't, we'._1 cut it off early, per your
instructions. You said we had to be out of this
at 45. Time is now approaching 43, no, 42. We
should make it - we should Just make it in time so
uh I'II keep going. CDR out for a moment.

242 14 44 50 CDR Well, it's going to be a close one. You got sunrise
14:45 where it's over 90 percent, I have about
6 seconds til sunrise, l'm going to have to shut
it off. What - What l'm not going to let - take a
chance - take a chance. Almost there, we Just
hope the sun doesn't come up. Maybe if I got a
50-percent chance -

242 14 45 15 CDR MARK, that's the end of the 270. We were l0 seconds
lat - uh - you round that thing off to the nearest
minute so I have 1/6 of a chance of being wrong.
Anyhow, that's the - completes that one, and our uh

II -- i :_ t
 Dump T_pe 2)42-05
Pa_ 4 of 5

exposue the drum heads retract and all that other

stuff. That _oes to S019 interested individuals,
Wally Teague and Karl Henize strike my mind at
the m_nent. CDB out.

2h2 1B 56 2_ PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A,

debriefing the last uh ATM run that commenced
at 13:B0. We ran off a JOP 6 step uh 1 building
block IA and IB as you uh requested_ and then went
on down to filament 42 and also uh did the building
block B6 Alfa there. So uh really not - v_ry
little to report. Uh - filament h2 had anbut uh
uh three uh semi=connected uh dark spots appearing
on the uh rim at this itme and uh I picked the
one that was uh as I recall uh the second dark
spot into the llmb and went on to process the
work and uh prominence 42 and we'll have a report
on that in a short time. Th_n_ you.

242 14 57 37 PLT I guess also that I ought to mention that I make

my '_h daily scheduled uh corona and uh there's -
apparently there's not a whole lot of change except
uh I looked over in the uh east-south east uh
part of the uh disk, there was a uh very light ray

which did not show up today so uh otherwise uh uh.

well there's minor changes uh little more brightening
on the uh east-sought east _h area then there was
yesterday and that's probably got something to do
with the a_tive region which is coming around. So
That's not important tmtil next time, next pass is
up.

242 15 _8 21 PLT (_ay= space fans, this is Jack on cbnnnel A

debriefing the last uh ATM run, which began at
uh 14:51. I _ras pointed at a uh prominence,
prominence number 52, and uh I kinds lined the
slit up to - uh - parallel the direction of uh
Juncture of the uh prominance and it went from a
filament to a pro_inaene uh above the limb. Uh -
ran all three uh building blocks except at _h frame
pointing and uh h_d no _rohlem getting them doen
in time, but we got all the data uh you requested
uh in those three steps listed for uh the 14:Sl
ray. So I guess the only significant thing to

..... ,, ,,,,,, ,a , i
 Dump Tape 2_2-05
Page 5 of 5

to note there is that uh the pointing wa_ the ss_e

in each case and uh sort of uh parallels the flow
of the uh material as it vent to a _r_m_uance - ...
up only the limb visible in H-alphal. So that's
811 there is to say about that and I'll be wlth
you again next rev.

2h2 15 h9 55 PLT Thank you.

I

ENDOFTAPE I

f-
l
2

D_np Tape 242-06

Time : 162-1-1654 GMr
8-30-73
Page 1 of 3

242 16 21 12 CDR Okay, this is the CDH and we're - get my eomm in -
ho's the comms Channel A come, how is it? Okay,
this is the CD - this is the CDR. How's that -
rather how's that? Okay. All right. This is
C-

242 16 25 25 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I'm gonna - uh - I gave

you some cals a few minutes ago for practice,
now I'm going to give you the real one. I'm
over to FMU 1 right at the moment. I'm going to
give you three cals, so stay loose. Here we go.
Stand by.

242 16 25 41 CDR MARK. Cal i. The little rod is engaged the

little button is pushing up on it. Five seconds
will elapse, we'll disengage. Okay, 5's up,
okay, disengaed. Standing by for another 5, I'll
give you two more. Okay, stand by.

242 16 26 01 CDR MARK. Engaged. Okay.

242 16 26 12 CDR MARK. 0oh, I - I hit some bumps there, so there's

a few bl_m__s on yOllr data.

242 16 26 18 CDH MARK. It's don,_. Open. All right, I'll give
you another one. Hard to get out that time.
Stand by.

242 16 26 25 CDR MARK. It's in now. It's resting in there, giving

you a cal ... force, I assume. 5 seconds elapse,
Stand by.

242 16 26 25 CDR MARK. That's ib, I'm giving you three on FMU i.
Now, let's give you three on F_ 2. This is TO13
information sho1_ld go to the TO13 ... Stand by.

242 16 26 47 CDR MARK. It is engaged. Giving you 5 seconds of it.

Stand by.

242 16 26 54 CDH MARK. Disengage. Okay, we'll walt just a few.

Okay, here comes again -

242 16 27 02 CDR MARK., engage. FMU 2 cal. Not touching the

sense plate, only the rod, is touching the sense
plate.
 Dump Tape 242-06
% Page 2 of 3

242 16 27 09 CDR MAPJ_, open. I touched sense plate with my finger

as I opened it, you may see a little pluse.
Oks_r, stand by, try another close.
2h2 16 27 18 CDR MAPSf, close. No load. Stand by to open.

242 16 27 28 CDR MA_, open. Now I given you three. That completes
the TO13 checkout at the moment. I'm going to
stop recording, this goes to - uh - Lou Rsmon,
and other interesting T013 individuals. I'm
going to go EDS POWER off now. I'm going to
turn off the record and then the tape recorder.

242 16 38 36 CC Skylab, Houston. We are A0S over the Vanguard

for 9 minutes. Nice going. And we are standing
by for - uh - your reading down of ...

242 16 41 02 PLT Okay, space fans, here we are back ngain, and
this is Jack on channel A and the subject is -
t_l - the T013 - uh - shutdown. The procedure -
we voiced the - Dh - operational procedures down
to the ground in real time and - uh - so we don't
have them on tape, but record the shutdown procedures
as follows. We're going to stsa-t the T013 panel
cal checks. Uh - starting with FMU i. Photo 6
_ver thcr_-. Here'__ The _t it'z Lone. R__i_e the
cal handle to stop position. After 5 seconds
return to the stowage. Okay. Here we go.
Stop. i001, 1002, 1003, I00_, 1005. Okay,
return to the stowage, i001, 1002, 1003, i00_,
10015. Retrun to stowage.

242 16 51 24 PLT MAKK on the stowage. Okay, we'll put the pin_ in.
Giw-_ it a little. Here we go. Okay. Do the
sam,-
= thing over here for - uh - FMU 2. Okay,
we're going to the stop on the cal on FMU 2.
Now, stand by.

2h2 16 52 17 PLT MAK[, 1001, 1002, 1003, 1004, 1005. Return tc

st_age.

2h2 16 52 24 PLT MAKK. 1001, 1002, 1003, 100h, 1005. Return to

the - calibrate. 1001, 1002, 1003, 1004, 1005.
Return to Stowage.

2h2 16 52 39 PLT MARK. Okay, put in the pins. Okay, the pins are
in FMU 2, the DACS are off. Recorder coming off.
Voice record completiong of T013 and - uh - we're
going off the air.
 Dump Tape 2h2-06
Page 3 of 3

242 16 53 31 PLT This data goes to - uh - Lou Ramon, pleas.

END OF TAPE

F _
 Dump Tape 242-06
Time : 1621-1654 GMY
_ 8-30-73
Page 1 of 3

242 16 21 12 CDE Okay, this is the CDR and we're - get my comm in -
ho's the co_mL_ Channel A co_mn, how is it? Okay,
this is the CD - this is the CDR. How's that -
rather how's that? Okay. All right. This is
C -

242 16 25 25 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I'm gonna - uh - I gave

you some cals a few minutes ago for practice,
now I'm going to give you the real one. I'm
o_sr to FMU 1 right at the moment. I'm going to
give you three cals, so stay loose. Here we go.
Stand by.

242 16 25 41 CDH MARK. Cal i. The little rod is engaged the

little button is pushing up on it. Five seconds
%rill elapse, we'll disengage. Okay, 5's up,
okay, disengaed. Standing by for another 5, I'll
give you two more. Okay, stand by.

242 16 26 01 CDR MKRK. Engaged. Okay.

242 16 26 12 CDR MARK. Ooh, I - I hit some bumps there, so there's

a few blrm_ on you_ d_ta.

242 16 26 18 CDR MARK. It's done. Open. All right, I'll gi_e
you another one. Hard to get out that time.
Stand by.

242 16 26 25 CDR _RK. It's in now. It's resting in there, giving

you a cal ... force, I assume. 5 seconds el_.pse,
Stand by.

242 16 26 25 CDR MARK. That's it, I'm giving you three on FMU i.
No_, let's give you three on FMU 2. This is TO13
information should go to the TO13 ... Stand by.

242 16 26 47 CDR MARK. It is engaged. Giving you 5 seconds cf it.

Stand by.

242 16 26 54 CDR MARK. Disengage. Okay, we'll wait Just a few.

Okay, here comes again -

242 16 27 02 CDR MARK., engage. FMU 2 cal. Not touching the

sense plate, only the rod, is touching the sense
plate.
 Dump Tape 242-06
Page 2 of 3

242 16 27 09 CDR MAPJ_, open. I touched sense plate with _ finger

as I opened it, you may see a little pluse.
Okay, stand by, try another close.
242 16 27 18 CDR MAE_, close. No load. Stand by to open.

242 16 27 28 CDR FA_FJ{,open. Now I given you three. That completes

the TO13 checkout at the moment. I 'm going to
stop recording, this goes to - uh - Lou Ramon,
and other interesting T013 individuals. I'm
going to go Ells POWER off now. I 'm going to
tu_s off the record mud then the tape recorder.

242 16 38 36 CC Skylab, Houston. We are A0S over the Vanguard

for 9 minutes. Nice going. And we are standing
by for - uh - your reading down of ...

242 16 41 02 PLT Okay, space fans, here we are back again, and
this is Jack on channel A and the subject is -
uh - the TO13 - uh - shutdown. The procedure -
we voiced the - uh - operational procedures down
to the ground in real time and - uh - so we don't
ha_._ them on tape, but record the shutdown procedures
as follows. We're going to start the T013 panel
f_ cal checks. Uh - startingwith FMU i. Photo 6
= over +.h_r°. Here's the T_t __+'_ d_ne. R__/___e
the
cal handle to stop position. After 5 seconds
return to the stowage. Okay. Here we go.
Stop. 1001, 1002, 1003, 1004, 1005. Okay,
return to the stowage. 1001, i002, 1003, 1004,
1005. Retrun to stowage.

242 16 51 24 PLT MARK on the stowage. Okay, we'll put the pins in.
Gi_e it a little. Here we go. Okay. Do the
same thing over here for - uh - FMU 2. Okay,
we're going to the stop on the cal on FMU 2.
Now, stand by.

242 16 52 17 PLT MARK, 1001, 1002, 1003, 1004, 1005. Return to

stowage.

242 16 52 24 PLT MARK. I001, 1002, I003, 1004, 1005. Return to

the - calibrate, i001, 1002, 1003, 1004, 1005.
Return to Stowage.

242 16 52 39 PLT MARK. Ckay, put in the pins. Okay, the pins are
in FMU 2, the DACS are off. Recorder coming off.
Voice record completiong of TOI3 and - uh - we're
going off the air.
- Dump Tape 2h2-06
Page 3 of 3

242 16 53 31 PLT This data goes to - uh - Lou Ramon, pleas.

END OF TAPE
 Ikmap Tape 242-07
Time : 1723-1835 GM_
8/30/'[3
Page 1 of _.

242 17 XX XX CC SkyS_ab.

242 17 25 52 CDR This is the CDR ... complete ... mol

sie_ ... complete and ... complete.

242 17 26 03 CDR CDR out.

242 18 23 43 PLT Okay, space fans. This is Jack on channel A.

The subject is T002-4 at this time. A
set of operational stadimeter sightings
followed by a set of operational sentant
sig_itings. Got the window cover off.
The time was about 18:09, so that we will
leave ... good horizon ... All right, O.
Can you hear me? ... That's probably
about right .... cc_m here. Okay,
according to my book this is - uh - the
next to the last set of operational
- t_ - staaimeter sentant sightings. Maybe
it is the last. I'ii look later ....
back out. Here we go. This information
goes to - uh - Robert Nute ... Bob Randle
... ATM I don't no how far it is tmtil
sunset, - sunrise rather. Looks like its

horizon ...

242 18 11 14 PLT MARK. Okay, that one was 4.043 - _.0_3.

Let's go for another one. IVll crsnk it
off a little bit .... by the operator
here and try at again. How do like that
_/sic, 0.? MY ...... my left eye clean,
space fans. and - uh - ... my right eye.
MY left eye.

2h2 18 12 14 PLT MABK. h.001: Tha's as close as you can

get to the 4 without making it. Okay, let's
go for another - uh - third one. Crank
it off a litttle Dit. Start All over again.
I think I mentioned it once before but
the - uh - the vertical - uh - ... or
- uh the vertical lines ... field
of view. On the outer edge, a little bit
of the - uh - horizon light, I think ...
It - uh - it didn't belong there.

F
7

Dump Tape 242-07

Page 2 of 4

/_'_ 242 18 13 26 PLT And it doesn't help the sighting at a]].

It causes a little bit of a ...

PLT ...

242 18 14 21 PLT That's all right. I'll take a picture of

that hurricane if I see it. Having
difficulty getting her lined up ....

242 18 14 54 PLT M_RK. 3.935. I don't see a hurriean Owen.

Oh, 56:50. Like all day .... The horizons
are rolling around there.
We're rolling the - uh - stadimeter to
keep up with it. Uh -

242 18 15 39 PLT ... filter in for a while. Got the filter

in now. We've been working with the filter
out .... Seens like I started out ...
Looks like I got ...... filter got out
of there ... I like the filters. They cut
out the haze.

242 18 17 01 PLT MKRK. 3.975. May be .... up on some

_--nd e_ !-_-.dhere. T?ke (___.__r m_r
here. 7.55 •

242 18 21 22 PLT Okay, let's do a little bit of ... here.

•.. stadimeter nightings in.

242 18 _2 42 PLT M_P_[. 3. 833. Crank it out a little bit.

242 18 23 12 PLT M_RK. 3.888. Crank it off again ... I

believe I like working with a filter in
there better. I believe I started out
that way a long time ago and ... do now.
See a little better ... horizon ... It
messes things up .... scatters light ...

242 18 24 03 PLT M_RK .... 3.839. Get some more here before
it gets

242 18 24 39 PLT M_P/(. 3. 879 .... filter in.

242 18 25 24 PLT M_RK. 3.949.

242 18 25 47 PLT M_BK. 3.983. Okay, and - uh - be dark

after a while ... horizon. I think we got
enough marks here ... I take one more.
I think that's about all ...

242 18 26 50 PLT MARK. 3.945. And we're going to ... that -

 Dump Tape 242-07
Page 3 of 4

242 18 28 46 SPT ... were poor and the ... recorded on the
fi3m has a little - uh - frame clip that
holds it down underneath the pag and
th_ot has somehow come loose and drifted
away. We haven't seen it ...... I've
got it taped down ...... against the
- _ - uh - sighting instrument right now.
... The second they. There's no doubt about
minutes. 30 seconds, Jack. Yeah. I started
photographing at a minute and a half.
WE ought to be able to - filter looks pink -
not Just white but looks a little pink
th_s morning, so I changed it out and
put a new decircuit in - a new blue one
so means that - uh - we have three pink
ones right now. One blue one in. Two
more blues remaining. So we probably
ou@_t to either bakeout or bring up some
more disiccants. I - uh - don't know
that three more are adequate. The one I Jsut
took out - uh - is about the same color as
the other two. _md they're pink; not yet
white. Okay, ... we have the camera running
_'e h_ve checked all the settings.

242 18 30 20 SPT ... got to AUTO, which we are going to go

in about 55 secouds. All this good inform-
ation goes to the EHEP officers ... are officecs.
The frame count ... at 3, of course, since
those were the same - uh - three that I took
with the single frame counter. Okay, I went
to AUTO. Waitin_ for the first frame here
•.. and the - uh - ... rotating ... pulling
, film. Seems to be working all right I'll
drop down to ... here and get back to looking
out the window.

242 18 31 33 SPT Oke_, there is a large circular pattern.

Oke_, it's over here by the window, Jack.

PLT What window, Owen?

SPT The wardroom window is a good one.

FLT About where I am?

SPT ThsLt's right. Okay, the wardroom window

is a good one here. You can see large
circular patterns. And the center of the
 Dump Tape 242-07
Page 4 of 4
m_

sto:m is all covered over with cirrus, so

we cannot see the buildup that's underlying.
No eye is visible, but the large - uh - circular
pattern - uh - clearly is visible
with - uh - more or less like an octupus -
ar_ extending way out.

242 18 32 18 SPT Okay, your timing was pretty good. You

only used ... minutes. If anything, you were
Just a little bit late getting started, I
think. Oh, it was Just about right but it
wouldn't have hurt to have started
auother 30 seconds early, I think. Jack, you
can still see it, Jack. I don't think you've
got time for the - the VTR.

242 18 32 54 SPT C_ay, I've gone to STANDBY now. And - uh -

we're Just looking at this hurricane out
the window. We're been photographing it with
our VTR - directly with our Earth-terrain
camera. We've altered the spacecraft attitude
by about 30 degrees in order to point our -
okay, we're now looking at the - uh -
hurricane with our television on board,
recording from video tape. We've altered our
spacecraft attitlde by about 30 degrees in
order to point o_ Earth-terrain cameras over
at the hurricane - uh - unter. And we're now
flying along here in attitude - Nu - Nu inertiai
attitude in order to take photographs of the
hurricane. And we can see it on our VT monitor -
VTR monitor and i'm sure that it'll be on like
video tape ... We did get some good photo-
graphs with our Earth-terrain camera. It's
the best camera system that we have on board -
uh - with - uh - a very fine spatial resolution.
Ana. when we get back home, we will be able co
develop this film and show very accurately what
the development rhase of a hurricane looks 1_ke.
Now the eye of the hurricane was underneath the
more cirrus clouds so we couldn't see that, but
we could see the large tenocles of the hurricane
ex_;ending - spiraling out for many, many
hundreds of miles.

242 18 34 20 SPT So the general shape of this - of the low pressure

area in the hurricane was very much evident -
uh - from the - uh - uh - f_Im_ that we have.

_VD OF TAPE
 f

' Dump Tape 242-08

Time : 1846-2006 G_@r .... k;
8130173
Page I of12

242 18 47 49 PLT Doing data for the poor man's program. They
cs_1't afford any automatic optics.

242 18 47 56 _%q)T .... They can't even afford a read-out

in - in the optics. You have to take them
off and look each time.

242 18 48 03 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I want to

give you some quick data on a - uh -
B_@O ... STD, which is massed - No;
_ong one.

242 18 48 12 PLT You're really going to do that now, huh?

2_2 18 48 14 CDR No, you do yours then I'ii do this.

Remind me when your finished?

242 lh 48 17 PLT Okay, thank you.

242 18 48 21 PLT Okay, space fans. We're T002ing it again.

This is the - uh - sextant portion of this
operational ...

242 18 4_ 30 CC ... we're i minutes from LOS. _ you

again at Canarvan at - uh - ...

242 18 48 B4 PLT And the stars tonight are Dabih and

F_ulhaut. _e'le going to lay them on
the Earth horizon since you did not say
anything other than that.
We're not gonna lay them in the Earth's
airglow horizon because you didn't specify.
Ho it will be the Earth's horizon amd it
wiS1 take us a while to get there. In
the mean time - uh - space fans, we're
going to - uh - do some zero bias setting
on our - %oh - one of our favorite stars
out there. And, of course, the diopter
setting is a minus 0.5. And the - uh -
temps for the sextant would be 70 degrees.
Okay, Fomal haut right over there. Yep,
that's Fomal haut. Still a little bit
light, but we're going to give it a zero
bias. That won't slow us down. Scmeone must
have their hands in front of this. You
can't see nothing. There it is. A little

, i i
_, _ 242-o8 ........................
P_e 2 of 12 ' _ ............ i....

light in the eticle. Right. Okay, Fomal

haut. I .go_ you.

242 18 50 ll PLT _@RK. 0.004.

242 18 50 26 PLT MARK. 0.005.

242 18 50 46 FLT _RK 0.004.

242 18 51 00 FLT MARK. 0.004. One more.

242 18 51 12 PLT MARK. 0.004.

242 18 51 15 PLT Okay, now. We're gonna do two sets

of - uh - i0 to 15 - uh - sightings
each on Dabih and F_alhaut, to the
Earth's horizon which is not there yet.
Still got a little - uh - light glowing
around the rim of the window reflecting
off the - uh - dlscone antenna light cm
the and solar panel. The Earth is dark.
We can see the lights of the cities down
there. We see lots of stars. _'[ecan
also see the airg!o_¢ horizon, the white
ring around the Earth wlth a more diffused
white mist below it, very gradually fading
into the black of the Earth but - uh -
unable at this point, to really distinguish
where the Earth's horizon is. Although
I can see stars below the airglow horizon
before we get to the black of the Earth. In a
short while, we'll be able - uh - distinguish
that mist below the airglow horizon - uh -
more distinctly and be able to - uh -
ascertain, a little better, where that
that Earth horizon really is. Where that
mist emerges into the black of the - uh -
Earth, it gets a little more distinct than it is
now. And that is what I am interpreting
to ho the Earth horizon. That's the light
under which I see - uh - about which
I see the - uh - lowermost stars.

242 18 52 43 PLT Okay, we have Dabih pinpointed. _'[e

got FQualhaut. We got - there's
Pegaou's down to the first or h_me plate
to third baseline. Out in the left field
corner is FcmaLhaut. There is Diphda over
there, but Diphda Just doesn't have any
 s

Dump Tape 242-08

Page3 of12 .....

good check points around. Fomalhaut doesn't

have any really good ones, but it has
a couple of stars not too far - Just between
it and Grus. Oh- a couple of stars about
- uh - l'd say a fifthe of the way between
if and Grus which - uh - sometimes will
show up close the field. From there,
wc_ can get to Fomalhaut. Now, that gives
us roughly - uh - um- 25 degrees;
20 to 25 degrees. Let me crank in
about 22-1/2.

242 18 53 55 PLT Okay, there's about 22-1/2. Now let me

see if I can find old Fomalhaut over
there. I'll turn off my - uh - ...
reticle. Okay, there's the horizon.
I'll cover up the hot- bottom optics
of the - uh - ... operation and look
through the top one and rise until
I find something that appears to
be familiar. And there's something does.
I can get those two stars I was speaking
of a fifth of the wa_ betweenFomalhaut
and Greos and Fomalhaut all at the
very same time in my reticle. And
I'll uncover th_ lower optics and see
where the horizon is. I didn't get
it quite right. And I've got to take
Fomalhaut down a little bit. Okay. I'm
leaving Fomalhuat for now in the airglow
horizon. I said this morning
earlier the - uh - when you look
through the optics here, the - uh -
that mist below the - uh - that's misty
area below the - uh - the airglow
horizon where i_ meets the Earth - uh
now gets washed out because of the emission
or I think of tlTe - because of the _uission
of additional light in the optics. I can
see it more distinctly with my naked
eye than I can with the optics.

242 18 55 18 SPT Now Just let me slip in one quick word,

Jack. The frames is number 13-13 frames were
used on the ETC, and this goes to
the EREP officers.

242 18 55 25 SPT SPT out.

ii
 7

_" Dump Tape 242-08 _ ..... --

Pageh of 12 ...........

242 18 55 39 PLT C_<ay, Fomalhaut is rising awfully

fast. It's up to 27 degrees now.
Whowee! I don't know if I can make that
to the Earth horizon yet or not. One thing
about this, you've got to work fact,
cause - uh - everything' s over
•rlth quickly. New ball game; whort nights.
Yeah, we're gonna do the best we can
to bring Fomalhaut down there. I'm
turning my reticle so I've a good pointer
reference. That washes out the
- uh - Earth horizon even more. I've
got to turn that reticle off. Boy! I
sure can't see that Earth horizon well
enough yet. _'_ukemyself happy about the
whole thing; maybe it'll get better here
as we get further toward the mid
point of darkness. I see the lights of the
cities; fires on the ground. We're passing
over - uh - Southern Russia, I believe,
_u_d - uh - soon we'll be going down over
China. Boy! I see a thunderstorm ... peppering

a storm down there - thunderstormsin it

that's lighting up to the point where I
cz_n see - there's never les than six cells
3z[t up at one time. That area must
cover 5 to 800 miles. _o, that's
probably too _uch. It probably covers
a couple of hundred miles. Boy, it's really
popping off llke - It reminds you of a - uh-
string of firecrackers going off. Okay, we'll
see if we can get Fo-_llhaut in there
now. There he is. I've got him. It's
no problem of fLnding Fomalhaut ; it 's
Just a matter of finding that Fm_rth
horizon. Ue're going to Imve to get moving
here; _ can't delay much longer.

242 18 58 34 PLT I._RK. 37.731.

242 18 59 23 PLT VARK. 39.982.

242 18 59 38 PLT I_hRK. h0.719.

242 18 59 53 PLT _iRI[. 41.240.

242 19 O0 12 PLT I_P_. 41.946. Okay, I'm really

f- DumpTape2,42-08 _ . :
Page 5 of 12

h_ving trouble finding that Earth

horizon plus the horizon is lowering
itself in the window so fast I got
to be way up on my tiptoe to
find it. Trying to keep from
occulting lower optical path with
the lower edge of the windowpane.

242 19 00 52 PLT _hRK. 43.744.

242 19 01 39 PLT _,_h_K. 45.664.

242 19 02 02 PLT _,_RK. 46.685.

242 19 02 26 PLT _iRK. 47.789.

242 19 03 43 PLT _iRK. 48.540.

242 19 02 57 PLT #_LRK.49.035.

242 18 03 24 PLT MJLRK. 50.260.

242 19 03 41 PLT MITRE. _0.710° Those ... f_n_

25 to 50 degrees from the time we
been working. Still ... Fc_alhaut,
space fans.

242 19 04 09 PLT }#_K. 52.122.

242 19 05 27 PLT _',#LRK.52.481. Give you a couple

more and that's it on Famalhaut.

242 19 Oh 37 PLT t@LRK. 52.901.

242 19 04 59 PLT }'#LRK. 53.710. Okay, let's see

if _ can find Dabih and there she
is. Now if we can get her in the
sextant we'll be all right.
_'s about the same height. Okay, I
got here. I wonder if we can
t_e her down to the whole horizon.
I had her. _,nuere
's she go?
Guess I was lucky that first time.

242 19 06 14 PLT I had her, but I can't find her

now. I got her back again. I think
I got her.

242 19 07 29 PLT Lost her again.

/_ Dump Tape 242-08
Fage 6 of12

242 19 07 50 PLT There she is. l've found the ......

horizon now. :

242 19 08 21 PLT Okay, we got her. Okay, stand

by to mark Dabih on the Earth
horizon, best I can distinguish.

242 19 0839 PLT _'ARK. 43.386.

242 19 08 48 PLT M_K. 43.298. I bet that's 198;

yeah, it sure is. 43.198; that
last was.

242 19 09 14 PLT _RLRK. 42,650.

242 19 09 26 PLT MARK. 42.585; coming down.

242 19 09 40 PLT MARK. 42.286.

242 19 09 52 PLT _V_RK. 42.000.

242 19 30 03 PLT MARK. 41.873.

242 19 i0 13 PLT ._,mRK. 41.660.

242 19 ]O 22 PLT I,_RK. 41.213.

242 19 i0 33 PLT 5_RK. 41.068.

242 19 i0 44 PLT I,
MRK. 40.927. Damn! There a
big boomer _nt off right below us.

242 19 ii Ol PLT MARK. 40.488. Discovered an little

trick in finding that Earth horizon.
Not real well, but it's better
than looking right at it.

242 19 l] 16 PLT _i_RK. 439.873. Talk about it later.

242 19 ll 29 PLT }_MRK. 39.667.

242 19 II 43 PLT MARK. 39.443.

242 19 ii 59 PLT MARK. 38.976.

242 19 12 12 PLT I,I%RK. 38.542.

f-_ 242 19 12 31 PLT MARK. 37.4840. --

DumpTape 242-08 ........... _ _
Page7 of12 I ,

242 19 12 42 PLT M_d_K. 37.600. A couple more and

that will be it on Dabih.

242 19 12 58 PLT MARK. 37.209.

242 19 13 12 PLT f._d_K. 37.201. Now this is for the

heck of it. It's not a light yet;
see if we can find - uh - Fc_alhaut and
•.. down to the horizon• Couple
of sightings. There he is. I
don't know if I can find him
with the sextant or not, but I
can see him up there nicely. They - uh
- ... I can take him down to
the horizon. It's gonna be way down
there• Okay, we are ... Fcmalhaut
on the horizon. I'm gonna or get
back to Dabih.

242 19 lh 30 PLT MARK. 66.137. That's Fomalhaut on

the horizon. That's the Earth's
horiaon. He's rising.

242 19 14 _5 PLT MARK. 66.473.

242 19 15 02 PLT t.'JkRK.

66.479.

242 19 15 28 PLT _t.f__RK.¢¢.#¢(.

242 19 15 55 PI,T MARK. light'

s off. 66.315.

242 19 16 ii PLT I._RK. 66.464.

242 19 16 25 PLT }i_/_K. 66.485.

2h2 19 16 42 PLT ]_MBK. 66.191.

242 19 16 57 PLT ]._BK. 66.195. Okay, now lets try to

get out friend Dablh up there
again. If we can get here Just
before the light falls, I'll give
you a set of operational sightings,
beginning and end. That's what takes
the most time is finding a better
star. Once you get it, the marks are
easy. There she be. Let me
crank the sextant way back ...,
- uh - 35 - or 30 degrees.Got
a long ways to go here. Light ... soon,
___ Dump Tape 242-08
Page8 of 12 .............]

however. Light comes up. Taht 's - ":_

_LI she worte! - ... - Still
cranking . . about 39. It' s going
to be close. Okay, stand by
for Dobby and Earth horizon.

242 19 18 27 PLT M_RK. 28.403. Wait. Tell him

thank you.

242 19 18 51 PLT MARK. 27.311. Starting to loose

tlhe night horizon.

242 19 19 02 PLT MARK. 27.153.

242 19 19 13 PLT MARK. 26.628.

242 19 19 26 PLT _ARK. 26.480.

242 19 19 39 PLT MARK. 261005. Stsrting to loose

the night horizon, l'm gonna
have to hang it up here pretty
qucik. I'ii try that one.

242 19 19 53 PLT MARK. 25.707.

242 19 20 04 PLT MARK. 25.466.

242 19 20 19 PLT MARK. 2h.765.

242 19 20 30 PLT MARK. 24.459.

242 19 20 39 PLT _ARK. 24.265.

242 19 20 53 PLT _'ARK. 23.850.

242 i9 20 12 PLT MARK. 23.430. That's about

enough. Now I'ii see if I can't
- uh- something else here that
might be interesting. Trying to
give you a feeling for how - what
the depth of that horizon is
that I'm looking at. And - uh - if
you hold the sextant on its
side so that the two ... vertical
lines in the eypiece are paraellal
with the horizon. It appears to me
that at the - from the top of the
airglow horizon to the - what appears to
me to he the Earth's horizon at the bottom
of the mist
_-_ DumpTape242-08 _ ......
Page9 of 12 ....... _r.

that I have spoken of in the beginning

of the solid black ... - it appears that
that width or that depth is about the same
as the distance between those two vertical
solid lines in the reticle. Appears to
me that maybe it's a little bit _ider
than that.

242 19 22 52 PLT If you put the - uh - left most vertical

line through the sort of heavier white
ring that forms the major part of the
Earth I or air glow horizon then the
right-most vertical line, lying on your
right side, is just about right on what
appears to me to be the - uh - Earth
horizon that l've been using. That is,
the distance - that is, the - uh -
boundary which separates the diffused
light atmosphere from the ... of the
earth. It's about that wide. But from
the top of the air glow horizon - the
very top of it - is Just a little bit
wider than the difference between those
two vertical lines to the horizon which
I have been using as the Earth horizon.
Don't Fauow if that could - uh - enter
your calculaticns or not, but they - uh -
it's starting to get light out there now.
Let me tell you - uh - about another
trick that I've been using - uh - Just
noticed here. Just a minute. Okay, here's
the - another little thing that - uh -
might be of value. Uh - it's difficult
to pick up the Earth horizon.

242 19 25 57 PLT You get the impression from this in watching

the San rise, the real Farth horizon is
lligher than the base of that misty layer.
In other words, I think that that misty
layer covers part of the Earth as I look
on it at night. So I bet you that I've
been putting the stars down Just a little
bit low. Cause I - As I see the S_m come
up now, I see that over in the - uh -
direction from which the Sun is coming -
No, that's wrong. I still see stars below
the - uh - air glow horizon, although I
 DumpTape242-08 ..........
Pagei0 of 12 .......
_

can't see the misty layer over there.

So perhaps I've been using the right
horizon after all. I was - I was thinking
that - as the Sun comes up I was able
to see where that real horizon is.

2_2 19 25 59 PLT But - uh - the sun is not completely up

yet. But as it does come up, that white
layer becomes narrower and narrower and
it approaches the air glow horizon. The
air glow horizon stays steady, constant -
Even it's altitude. And as the sun comes
up that dist_uce below it appears to
disappear.

242 19 26 28 PLT ... to think that perhaps the - uh - real

Earth horizon is somewhere between that
air glow horizon and the base of that misty
layer that I have been using for the
Earth horizon. Although I think not
because - uh - I have seen stars at the
base of that misty horizon, whi'ch I have
been usin_ as the Earth horizon. IIere's
a little trick that I developed, that you
might be able to use, or ... It's - uh -
the base of that zlisty horizon - or the
edge of the Earth horizon is so difficult
to distinguish, if you're looking right
at the star trying it - to lay it in that
horizon, that horizon kind of disappears.
You can use an old trick that - uh -
aviators and - uh - _arines luuow about,
which capitalizes on the physiology of
the eye. Namely, that the - I believe
the center of the eye is made up of cones
for daylight vision and the outer edges
are made of rods which are adapted to
night vision. Therefore, if you center the
star about to where you think the horizon -
think that misty horizon is and then look
away a little bit so you look up - up to
the air glow horizon - Funny that misty
layer or it's boundary becomes more apparent
because I think you're looking at it _ith
the rods in your eyes. In other words,
you're exercising the - uh - night vision
capability of the eye to find the division
f_
 Dump Tape 242-08 ................
Page iiof12 !

1_:tween the Earth horizon and that misty

l_kyer below it. It becomes more distinct
when you do that.

242 19 28 26 PLT ,_,, I think that - uh - perhaps that -

that - uh - fact of eye physiology can
be used to some advantage here. Okay.
Well, I think that ends the - uh - session
on TO02 and in - uh - my book I think $_'re -
uh - getting near the end of this operational
business. I'll take a quick look here
and - uh - see if your records jive with
mine. But - uh - looks like to me that -
uh - we've done the three of these or four
of these now and we have only yet one to do.
And we have one - only one more TOO2-h/TO02-6 -
uh - Bravo to go. So - uh - with that we'll -
uh - conclude our T002-6 Bravo, and press
on to other things. Meanvhile, watching
the - uh - beauty of the sunrise. We'll
probably ... watching the sunrise because
the ATM is pointed right at it. We can't
really see it exceptfor partsof it as it
comes airec_Ay across _ne norlzon. H_rever,
as I watch the - uh - horizon of the sunrise
that - uh - ... blue rings bet_teen the Earth
axed the blackness of space spread out and
e)_and in it's crescent as the sun comes
up. I think the meaning of that - I think
that - uh - I probably have the right horizon.
I probably have the - -

CDR .,.

242 19 30 41 PLT - - not quite - I think I have the -

uh - the base of the misty layer, I betcha
is in actual fact the - uh - actual
Earth horizon. _{ell, that's all for now.
This all goes to Bob Nute and Bob P_ndle
at the Ames Research Center and - uh -
I'll let you go and get a cup of coffee
n¢_. So long.

242 19 31 48 PLT Uh - one last comment on - uh - TO02,

the - uh - sextant temperature at the end
of the - uh - session is 80 degrees, 80 degrees.

242 20 06 36 SPT ....

r_
 Dump Tape 242-08
Pa6e 12 of 12 ...........

CC Okay - uh - I guess we'll see ... a little

... because you do have that 171 special
test coming up right after the official
171 mark. That should have been designated
• .. in other words ...

SPT Will do it, Owen.

CC Roger. And also AI, _'ve - uh - ...

teleprinter ... change ...

242 20 06 42 PLT Okay, space fans, this is - uh - Jack on

uh channel A the subject is _,£170,_D92,
_71, - uh - ... the - uh - calibration of
the - uh - metabolic utilizer at this time.
And - uh - l'm voice recording the - uh -
air pressure of the - uh - ... 1421.

END OF TAPE

r_
• Time: 2015-2140
GMT 0
8-30-?3
Page i of 2
\
2h2 20 15 5h PLT Okay, the -uh- calibrated bottles for -uh-
N 2 and water is -uh_ reading 1376.

Okay, the -uh- percent water is reading

into the calibrations 21.71.

Oks,y, -uh- we' re measuring LB to the legs,

and -uh- his left leg is 12 3/4 and his
right leg is 13 1/4. You've got all the
other information, and there is no change
on the rest of it.

Oksy, space fans, here we are again with

-ub- M092/271. And we've completed the
M092, and -uh- we've -uh- completed the
-ub- CAL run number 1 on the -uh- Meta-
bolic Analyzer. All this got us back into
the MHL check. So here we are again re-
cording the N 2, 02, C02 pressure which is
i_23.

242 21 22 5h Okay the -uh- pressure of the -uh- Calibrate

-uh- bottle of -uh- nitrogen _ud water is
_ 1367.

Aria the percent of water is reading -uh-

2151.

Okay, the cabin air pressure is 5.269.

And the percent U2 is -uh- 64._3 percent.

Percent water is 2.90. Percent C02 is
2.21.

2_2 21 36 56 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A.

Here are the results of the MG calibra-
tion number i. It goes to Biomed folks.
At 1.5 liters Percent 02 was 63.06,
water was 3.34, C02 was 2.06. Okay, and
we did another one at -uh- 1.59 liters.
I always remember that in this game
•.. pump the pump. then I pumped the i.59
liter pump, and I got C02, 3 - 0.370;02,
7.236; CO_ ratio, 1.hb9, then a valve of
9.5- The_ I -uh- then the second -uh-
1.5 -uh- liter, choking i0 times, 5 second
intervals I get 0.720 for C02. 02
k Dump Tape 242-09
Page 2 of 2

consumed was 0.059. C02/0 _ ratio was

1.525. MINUTE VOLUME was _9.4 percent.
0^ was 54.39. PERCENT water was .58.
P_RCENT 0_2 was 15.07. Set the cslpump
at 2.5 li_ers; read the following:

MAC02 was 1.150. 0o CONSUMED was 0.726.

C0.0_ ratio was 1.576. MINUTE VOLUME
wa__ _1.3. Set the cal pUmp at 3.5 liters.
I got C0o_ 1.590. 0 o CONSUMED was
1.001. _02/0 _ ratio_was 1.597- MINUTE
VOLUME was 43._4. And -uh-CABIN AIR
PRESSURE was -uh- 5.271. And -uh- that
concludes the -uh- readings required
for the MHL Metabolic Analyzer cal number i.

END OF TAPE

/ r_

f_
 Dump
Time: _24-2318
8/30173 GMT _
Page i of 2

242 22 25 51 PLT Okay, space fans, here we are again with

the M171 information. We're in the middle
of the sample press at this point. We're
running option Bravo. We got off to work -
slow start - uh - and we reset the whole
thing by - uh - restart camera here. And
reset the timer and so forth, so - uh - I
think you'll find that in your data when
we got off. It did start this time and
we're about to conclude this run in option
Bravo.

242 22 30 14 PLT Okay, space fans. Here's a little more

biomed data on A1 Bean as he's working
on that MITI sample press, option Bravo.
We started with a 5-minute rest period.
Started pedaling at 20 minutes. Then
went Mode II, to Mode I; Mode I to Mode II,
then for 5 minutes - there won't be a
rest period, just sort of bail out. One
thing that happeaed was that he - his left
foot slipped out of the pedal at 545. It
/_ took a few seconds to get it back in,
altnough he's -kept the breathing appara-
tus in his mouth• The error - I think I
ought to mention is that I gave it a cycle
reset at 19. I missed the one at 14, I
gave it one at 9 minutes and 4 minutes.
That's all for now.

242 22 32 33 PLT And we've got one other point about the
MA - MITI special run. Looks like all
the numbers that were reached are all . ..
by a factor of about 5.

242 22 40 14 PLT Okay, going down to the metabolic

analyzer now. Percent 02 was reading - uh -
63.80. 02, H_0 was reading 3.77 percent
and C02 was reading 2.18 percent. And
that pretty much concludes the run ...
for the friendly - uh - A1 Bean ...
(music, bicycle sound) exercises, probably
get out of shape but ... no doubt better
for exercise ....

F_
 Dump Tape 242-10
_k Page2 of 2

This concludes the debriefing for the

M092/171 plus the special test for the
calibration. And all this information
can go to John Ru_znel and Ed Michel and
all his troops, and any other biomed
folks who might be interested.

242 22 41 20 PLT End of message. Out.

242 23 15 41 CDR This is the CDR; this information if for

Bill Thornton. I did a BMMD sub today.
Let me read the information to you. Belt
only, 628854, 628296, 629483, 630810, 630144.
Belt and shoulder straps: 629389, 629308,
629031, 62888 - correction - 628877, 629371.
Shoulder straps only: 629148, 629296,
628687,629072,629110. Shoulder straps
with moderate tension - the previous
shoulder was normal tension. 630134,
6B04YO -that's 630450, 629159, 628681,
630252. Lastly, shoulder hut relaxed:
630781,630948,630173,629997,630750.
That goes to Dr. Bill Thornton and concerns
the B_E4D - uh - sub. It was a sho99in_
list item today. I notice it's on my
schedule tomorrow - uh - if you want me
to do it again tomorrow I'll do it.
Otherwise - Just let me know what you
think. This also goes to the bicmed
people.

242 23 17 12 CDR CDR out.

242 23 17 23 CDR Incidentally, when I did that we were in

the midst of gravity gradient ... I think
I'll go ahead and do it tomorrow at the
scheduled time then we could compare these
results from the ones in solar intertial
and see if they're different. In my
opinion, it's no concern, but we'll give
it a go.

_D OF TAPE

-- |i -i
J

Dump Tape 243-01

Time: 0103-0130 GMT
8/31/73 .....
Pagei of 2 !
........... ! j

2h3 01 03 36 CDH _0kay Houston, this is the friendly CDB,

I thought I'd Just bring you some news about
8183, namely it's all put in there; it's
all aligned. Everythings working. Let
me tell you where everything is setting.
I've got the - uh - rotation on 256.4.
I made a 3/10 correction plus because - uh -
the pad said minus 3.9. It was plus
h-minus 4.2, so I Just made it - correction
for the beck of it. And - uh - TILT is
2/10 and that'a where it sets. I've got
exposure 0 30G at 0. And it says I can
start taking them at 01:05, and at 105
I'll put - uh - SEQUENCE to START and
then I'll cool it. I'll be back for the ._
second one in a few moments. I have also
ru - uh - couple of seconds at 24 frames
per second. It's now setting on time.

243 01 04 36 CDR No film plate nmnber. We're using - uh -

DAC. And, as you know, it's US02. I
guess UA, whate_..r that means. What kind
_- of thing ... ultra violet. What's it called?
U s_metning - _V, yean. As _aa_ waa_ _v
means? For an _xtra few seconds, I don't
like to do it right at this time. I know
it. Then I want 1305 here l0 seconds after.
Giving them at 15 second pad. Okay.

243 Ol 05 23 CDR MARK I Just put SEQUENCE to START. I

assume that it's working on it's 300-second
exposure at the moment. But we'll wait and
see. Well I don't know. Maybe it Just
opened. I dQn't know.

2h3 O1 05 _7 CC Skylab, this is Houston. One minute to

LOS--

243 01 05 50 CDR _his thing's a strange thing. It takes

a few seconds and then it does something.

2h3 01 05 53 CC - - at h-l/2 minutes to .•. at O1 ...

For your information, . ..
 Dump Tape243-O1 ..............
Page 2 of 2 _ .......... _ i

243 0106 04 CDR See, now it's working. Isn't it? Okay

243 01 06 16 CDR CDR is - uh - off the co-,,now.

243 01 27 46 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. And - uh - everything

is so-so with this - uh - 18-183. I got
the first exposure and I think it came off
a]] right. I noticed then that I didn't
have the tape recorder on. Now the second
exposure, I got the tape recorder on late
but - and I got the exposures right, but
I didn't have the right angle set in. So
you ended up with three pictures on the
same field; the last two had the tape
recorder on part of the time. The rest -
of them was sort of a bumb and - uh - maybe
we'll do better next time. I hope so. -

2_3 01 28 27 CDR CDR out. That goes to 183 interested

individuals. Wally Teague for example.

_-- END OF TAPE

ul
]Xm_ Tape 243-02
Time : 0127-0129 GMT
8/30/73 .....
P,_e1 o_1 i___i ...... i i

2h3 01 27 46 This time segment duplicated verbatim

to within DumpTape243-01. ;
243 01 28 27

END OF TAPE
f

m,

. Dump Tape 243-03

Time : 0244-0336 GMT
8/31/73
Page i of h

243 02 50 43 SPT Okay, channel A. Here's information

for - uh - Mike Whittle - Drs. Whittle -
uh -Buchanan, thornton, and any others
interested in - uh - body mess and
- uh - uh - figure dimensions. We
got our full figure photos - uh - this
evening, and we took four of AI, which
were not as good as we thought we
wanted; and then four of 0wen and four
of Jack, and then repeated four of
A1 again because - uh - we thought we did
a little better job the last time in
terms of - uh - getting all of the
breath exhaled and - uh - feet flat up
against the wall. Now, i_mediately
following that we left the same pair
of shorts on, nothing else and - uh -
measured our body weights and the n11_hers
of BMMD are as follows: A1 was 6.948,
6.243, 6.2_9. Jack measured 6.927,
6.927, 6.92 - correction, 6.930 for his
last one. 0wen weighed 5.931, 5.933, 5.933.
And so - uh - Ike, that shouldgive you
all the information you were loo_ing
for, I think and - uh - I hope the
pictures turn out to be useful. I -
They were taken - uh - with the grid
in the backgrotmd. Uh - the cameraman
- uh - sttod u; - uh - more or less
on the ring lockers, looking down toward
the - uh - experiment deck, and - uh - then
the - uh = subject - uh - laid flat on
the gridwork on the top of the uppe r
level. And- uh - so it should provide ...
- uh - measurement for you. We had the
tape measure out. I don't think it's goind
to ... You probably can't read it in the
light ' but, nevertheless, the tape
measure was . .. around our waist, so you can
do what you like with it.

243 02 52 50 SPT So - uh - this is a message from the SPT.

It goes to Drs. Whittle, Buchman, Thornton,
and others entered - interested in - uh -
mess measurements and full figures.

243 02 53 02 SPT Message out.

243 02 53 49 SPT Okay, next comes a short message for

Drs. Story Musgrave and Paul Buchanan
 Dump Tape 243-03
Page 2 of 4

relative to the - uh - ... Now - uh -

to get these pictures the first run where
you got ..., I did have three views. Uh -
the camera was first of all up through
the hatch above the trash airlock. And
the subject more or less grabbed the
trash airlock and put his left foot
on the ... board on the ergometer. His
right leg had his - uh - shoe and sock
off, which you can tell from the video and
- uh - was more or less standing right
there. Now - uh -

243 02 54 55 CC ... contact in 2-1/2 minutes. Ascension

at 02:56. That will be our last contact
for the evening.

CDR ...

SPY Okay, and - uh - for the last - uh -

run the only thing that's on video now,
I Just left the camera mounted to the top
of the overhead and the normal lens on
it but zoomed in to where they were
Just about 1 foot size. I ... it and then
zoomed in even further, Story. And if you
do not get adquate resolution on the
spaticel changes why - uh - I don't mind
doing it again and - uh - we cna - I know
right wehre to rig the camera. I think
that's a pretty good location -uh -
right above - nearly above the seat. It's
Just - uh - a little bit toward the
wardroom of the scat above the ergometer
as you can tell by looking at the video.
If there are any other questions about it,
please let me know. And I'd sort of
be interested in what you think of the data.

2hB 02 55 25 SPT End of message to Drs. Musgrave and Buchanan

from the SPY.

243 02 55 42 CDR Okay, this is the CDR and the subject is

B_MD. As I reported earlies this after-
noon, I ran the BN_K) cal with a belt and et
cetera during a momentum dump manuever with
the idea that I would run it later and SI
manuevers so that we could get some
-- correlated data to see if it really m_kes
any difference. Our personal feeling is it
doesn't. Here are the readings from now the
Y _

Dump Tape 243-03

Page 3 of 4

SI mode. Now one point, l've eaten dinner

since then, exercised, and a lot of other
things. The weights won't be the same. I
guess we are looking for consistency, so
here goes. I'ii do them in the order of
the specific ... request. The belt's next.

CDR 630,186; 629,581; 630,047; 629,632; 630,025.

Okay, belt and shoulder harness: 629,354;
629,474; 629,653; 629,321; 629,570. Your
shoulder harness: 629,235; 629,034; 629,081;
628,651; 628,768. That's the normal weight.
Now your shoulder harness moderately relaxed.
630,979; 630,442; 629,618; 629,660; 631,268.
Now shoulder harness very relaxed. Shoulder
harness on but subject relaxed. 631,260;
630,427; 629,769; 631,420; 629,189. And
that information ges to - uh - Dr. Bill
Thornton, to biomed, and to any other
interested parties in B_D data.

243 02 57 45 CDR CDR out.

=_ v_ j_ 02 _ vk=j, orl ,_ infv1_51oa or_ _L_ AI_,_

planners and PIs, debriefing that last
ATM pass. Now most of that was, optional
work. The first thing I did was a JOP 12
Delta to pick up - uh - when - uh - cal-
ibration ... rev. I followed that with a
doublecheck of the alignemnt between - uh -
55 and the 82B SLIT. All four limbs -
They align very closely - to within an
arc second or so. After that I - uh -
did some work on both active regiions 9,
over toward the east limb, with information
obtained - uh - for 55, 56, and one
exposure for 82B. I followed that with
some similar sort of work - uh - on the
O- uh - new active region about 290 at the
limb, Just coming over the east l_mh. It
looks to be a very promising active region
- uh - bright in the XUV and - uh - did
a s_m_lar sort of thing on that - uh -
active region - uh - with 55 - uh -
reeeiveing both - uh - mirror align
scans and auto rasters and - uh - grating
auto scans. Uh - after that we had a TV
J

Dump Tape 243-03

Page 4 of

dovn-link at Goldstone, and I send down pretty

much a survey of all the activity regions
as well as the white light coronagraph
on that take and ... for the night.
End of information debriefing the last ATM
pass for the ATM PIs and planners.

243 03 35 23 SPT SPT out.

END OF TAPE

f
Dump Ta_e 243-04
Time: 1246-1351 _T
8/31/73
Pa_ei of 4

243 12 46 19 CDR Okay, this is the CDR with VTW Infr.i_==tion. Right
now We're on active region - 12, and as you can
see, it's fairly hot down there. Wnated to give
you a little glimpse of it and we'll take a look
at some of the other scopes here in a second.

243 12 46 41 CDR C_ay. There's an H-alpha 2 display of that area

on the Sun. You'll notice up on the rim. So we
don't have the distance ... from the Sun for you,
hut I'll try to get you one later.

243 12 46 55 CDR Excuse me, but active region 9 looks a little hot
down there too. We'll go down and cheek it out
in a few minutes. Just a m4nute, that should be
XUV MON.

2h3 12 48 54 CDR Okay, that completes the VTR work. Right now I'll
_oose up again on active region 12 a little hit
higher. Aligned 82B - correction H-alpha 2 with
it and I'm taking a MIRROR AUTO RASTER. And in
Just a second I'm going to go look at active
region 9, shutter start filment - correction -
JOP 6 at 32 which is 8 m_n,ltes away.

243 13 25 20 CDR Okay. This is the CDR, debriefing the first

ATM run, the 12:44 ... Before we began
observations, went over and looked at active
region 12. Did a shopping item 3. Omitted -
did building Block i0, omitted 82A. Because not
a lot of x-ray going on, it didn't appear. Dxd
all the rest, gave 'era two exposures at 82B,
gave a 40 and a i0 ... in the _0 might have t_-.n
too much. Then went down a_d looked at active
region 9. Didn't have time to spend much time
there, so went on up, did the - by the way, it
was 55, I think I did a MIRRO AUTO RA_T_:_, at
least part of _e, also. Went up and did
JOP 6 business. Came bask down and got down
about 5 minutes. Looked at 12 again, wasn't a
lot going on. Went down to 9 and in the process
of a MIRROR AUTO RASTER. It will not finish
prior to sunset at least may give you scae
information down there.

243 13 26 21 CDR CDR out.

Dusp Tape 243-04
Page 2 of 4

243 13 34 16 SPT Okay. We're on cbA-nel A with information about

the SMMD. This information goes to Bill Thornton
and to anyone else interested in the calibration
of the SM_D. I'm doing the SMMD repeatability
test. And what I've done is gone to the SMMD in
the wardroom. And my first measurements are with
zero mass. Incidentally, I started at about 13:02.
And I made I0 measurements, then had about a
10-minute break. Came back and completed it. I
finished at about 13:33, but I finished the
scheduled one at 13:25. I'ii explain more about
that in Just _ moment. The zero mass: 1.95678,
6_h, 612, 618, 630, 597, 624, 628, 573, 616. Now
with 500 grams in the center of the SMMD: 2.62129,
153, 145, 127, 189, 112, 133, 159, 120, 96.

234 13 35 53 SPT Next I took the 500-gram mass and moved it up out
of its normal slot to the top part of the measuring
plate; underneath the rubber holder, of course,
but out of its normal machine location. This is
the up position. 2.62270, 322, 355, 448, 373,
431, 392, 514, 452, 367. And I'm going to come
back and do these - repeat these again. So that
• ne xlrs_ _es_ number sequence for _ne up position.

243 13 36 36 SPT Next, I moved it to the left hand side of the

measuring plate :, and got the following number_ :
2.62244, 214, 226, 256, 252, 242, 260, 243, 247,
184. I then m_ed it to the right hand side ef
the platfu_. And obtained 2.62138, 103, 057,
121, 134, 113, o67, 208, 124, i00. And that
completes the requested measurements fr_ the
cue card. I completed those by 13:25. I _ve
you two more sets anyway for completing it.

243 13 37 33 SPT I then moved the mass down to the lower pare of
the platform. Got the following numbers: 2.62112,
138, 137, 122, 139, 135, 109, 070, 038, and 082.
I then moved it back up to the top, _ecause that
was the one that seemed to _e a little bit erratic,
and got the following nnm_rs: 2.62240, 202,
170, 174, 319, 219, 200, 172, 205, 196. These
are noticeably different from the first time.
The only difference I can think of is the fact
that there might have been a little mere or less
strain on the rubber holddown tie on the first
time I measured it. And that's about the only
Dump Tape 243-O4
Page 3 of h

difference, the placement was the same in both

cases. The latter occasion - from the last one,
I did flip the mass over, so that the smaller
machine portions were up, re,dethe contour a
little bit smoother. •Might have held it down a
little bit tighter on the last sequence, that's
about the only difference I can think of. And
they are a little bit more consistent with the
measurements made at the center of the plate. So
that completes the _ repeatability test. Infor-
mation goes to Bill Thornton and anyone else
interested in SMMD measurement.

242 13 59 08 SPT SPT out.

242 13 41 59 PLT Hello, 6pace fans, this is Jack on channel A, and

the subject is _). The repeatability test and
the subject stability test and the M172 PR-I test.
This information goes to Dr. Bill Thornton, and
Dr. Mike Whittle. Okay. _ repeatabilty test,
first time in I got the following fire readings :
6.973, 6.971, 6.971, 6.974, 6.976; I got out of
the chair, turned everythin off, I got back in
and Got th_ fcll_ng fi;-e_a_i-_, 6._71, 6.972,
6.974, 6.974, 6.975.

243 13 42 50 PLT Okay here's the _ubJect stability test, step 5

on the cue card, the following five readings:
6.991, 6.991, 6.995, 6.993, 6.994; step six, t_e
following five readings: 6.986, 6.986, 6.989,
6.991, 6.990; step 7, the five following readings:
6.983, 6.991, 6._82, 6.990, 6.985; step 8, the
following five readings: 6.986, 6.984, 6.988,
6.995, 6.991; step 9, the following five femalises:
6.998, 6.995, 6.990, 6.991, and 7.002.

243 13 h3 59 PLT Okay, there's the M172 PR-I rest. With no extra
weights I got the following readings: 6.969,
6.97_,6.970, 6.9_i, 6.973. Wlth five zero grams
I got the following readings: 6.972, 6.981,
6.976, 6.976, 6.973. With i00 grams I got the
following read/ngs: 6.972, 6.974, 6.9696.973,
6.972. With 150 grams I got the following
readings: 6.976, 6.974, 6.970, 6.975, 6.973;
all the above readings were taken with T-shirt.
Jockey shorts, socks, and a watch.
Page 4 of l_

242 13 _5 06 PLT One other comment I would like to add is about the
shoulder straps. T_y really don't do much good,
because you can'g put any load on them. When you
do, why the buckle comes loose. This concludes
t_e uh BMMD uh uh testing - uh readings for to_
for Dr. uh Mike Whittle and Dr. Bill Thornton.

2_3 13 _5 25 PLT Thank you; out.

_D OF TAPE
 I

m
• Dump Taoe 2hq-05
Time: 1449-1456 GMT
8/31/73
Page 1 of 1

243 lh 50 18 CDR 0_ay, this is tile CDR. We're checking

out Jack Lousma, _92, 93. His rigl_
leg measures i_ - 5/8. I'll be giving
_ou additional information from time
to time...

243 14 51 41 CDR PLT's left leg nleasures 14 - i/4.

I_D OF TAPE
I.-- Dump Tape 243-06
Time: 1758-1840 GMI'
_ 8/31/73
/_ page i of 6

243 18 00 22 CDR - - CDR. This is the CDR and - uh - we're

beginning to - uh - start 509 prep. We've
got the - uh - tape recorder on the ...
activated, BAud we're going to work on
the 509 unit. CDR out.

2_3 18 08 47 PLT Hello, you space fans, this is Jack on

channel A, debriefing the last ATM run
which - uh - started at 17:20. I -
uh - did J0P 4A, step 7, building block
28. THat's prominence 42. Started with
no problem and uh later split off the -
uh - prominence where you wanted it.
Oh it wasn't quite the same story with
JOP uh 2C, step 6, building block 28,
and I did the whole building block uh -
however uh - active region 93 is no
longer visible in H-alpha. And uh
therefore had to uh - search around uh -
the XVU monitor to find out uh - as best
I could where it was • I got some llmb
brighting at uh 070 uh - uh - on limb.
And uh - at building - I had to go up -
o_a ,_ _t -_ ..-,i ,, w_id o_ been
-- the minus 1200 if it was in 070.

2_B 18 09 46 PLT However, that would of placed the all -

pointing right in the middle of the -
what you call the active region to be
and also uh - it was right in the middle
of uh - a tub XUV limb brightening uh -
uh away from the active region which is
what uh - step 6 calls for, I woald of
had to roll to about a minus uh = 24,
25 hundred. So uh what I did was to uh
split the difference and I rolled around
to minus 1750 or minus uh - 1800 uh that
would of made the roll about uh - 060.
And %Lh Just then I decided to get off
the limb and activate uh = run on the
building block 28. So it uh - the best
we could do with the information had
to work with, I thillk.
 Dump Tape 243-06
Page 2 of 6

243 18 i0 37 ANd uh fooling around with the pointing

I ah - blew a few minutes ah - with -
enough for maybe to do this to uh JOP 4
Alfa, which I'll try to pick up at a later
time. Howver, I'm set up now for uh - a
JOP 6 on the 18:50 rev. And uh that
proved to be reason for me grabbin ...
Thank you.

243 18 ii 02 PLT Oh, one other comment uh I had to uh run

the grating around to uh - four balls
uh - I had little bit of time uh - couple
minutes before uh ESS. So what I did was
uh flew over to uh active region 93,
picked out a spot I could find - and uh -
put me in a grating - split pattern and
uh - gave you a grating auto scan at that
point until the reading ran around to
all balls so there's a little information
there on the hot spot and active region 93
also.
i

243 18 27 41 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. As you can see,

we Just launchedthe Big O. And he looks
like he's - uh doin real well. You can -
you can see he's i_ floating around the
workshop. And uh - hovering motionlessly,
he's trying out the control modes now.
He may want _o check out uh rate command
in direct while he's there. I mean rate
command, he's - he's been in direct.
He's having no trouble holding his attitude
in direct. Tell me what mode you're in,
if you would',t

SPT ... direct.

243 15 28 21 CDR Okay. He's still in direct. He's

hovering near motionless uh - over the
149 box. Restraint looks like its fitting
him real well; we had no trouble putting
it on him. Sya, Jack.

PLT AI, get it on the ...

CDR Turn it on A and make sure you can hear me.

Damp Tape 243-06
Page 3 of 6

PLT Okay.

CDR How do you hear?

PLT Very good.

CDR Okay, thank you.

SPT ... rate co, and.

243 18 29 02 CDR Okay, now going to rate command. I'm

Just - he's holding up two fingers which
mean he's going to rate command.

CDR Following it very precisely. Absolutely

no trouble.

SPT ...

CDR Say again.

SPT ... steady ...

controller is very nice. He held it

steady.

CDR Tsking his pi-'ture.

SPT ...

CDR It'll be a good shot. Shows that he's

hovering motionlessly. Okay?

243 18 32 6 CDR The pulses are so small in rate command

that you can not see the vehicle - change
uh - rates. It wou - it does change rates
but it doesn't move the vehicle with a
steady, with uh - with a - screen input
that you can observe visua]]y. And - -

SPT ... hovering?

CDR Naw, suit yourself.

SPT ... faster ...

%

Dump Tape 243-06

Page 4 of 6

CDR We thought we were doing it a little

faster put - you mean - want you to fly
like you'd like to. That's part of
the test.

SPT ... a lot faster if you wanted to.

2h3 18 32 48 CDR Yes-h. No, Just whatever's comfortable,

whatever you like. Owen's asking whether
he ought to go faster or not and I told
him we flew a little faster but he
should fly like he feels comfortable -
we, you heard what I said. He's flying
down to the donning station now. As you
can see - from the booms he's not having
a bit of problems, bit of trouble.
I don't think he's tried out the CMG
mode yet. All in all, ti's a very
precise device and you can fly about
anywhere you wanted to. ONe of the
questions you _sked previously was - -

CC Skylab, Houston, AOS...

2_3 18 33 35 CDR - - could you fly down to th foot

restraints? 5o trouble, you could fly
into them, th_a fly out of them

SPT Very good.

223 18 3_ 00 CDR Owen's pointin== out that you can get

as much precision as you want, just
depending on how slow you wanna fly.
The minimum i_@luses, both rotation and -
translation are adequate to do Just
about any Job.

SPT ... cross-coupling ... translating,

fire a couple of thrusters - uh - attitude
control.

243 18 34 43 CDR Owen's pointing out that uh there's

cross-coupling that when he translates,
he usu_ll M hears a couple of blips from
attitude control from the rate co_mland.
Indicating a uh - not perfect CG thrust.
 Dump Tape 243-06
Page5 of6

SPT Okay, I'm starting out.

CDR Hey, have you tried out CMG mode yet?

SPT What's that?

CDR Have you tried out CMG mode yet?

SPT No, I haven't.

243 18 34 09 CDR Then try that first, then come back.

Cause I want you to give me a mark
before you start. Okay, he's going to
CMG mode. I 'm wavin my hand with a
three. He's in the CMG mode right now.

SPT A1, can I feel how much of _ momentum

I'm using ... I don't hear a ...

243 18 34 34 CDR That's it. He want s to know how he can

tell how much ma - momentum he's using.
I indicated that uh - when he fires the blip
r- he's used it 811. Up to that point he
has ah - ... and all he needs to do is
uh =- fly it awhile and he'll become
sensitive to it. Perhaps. It should
of been ...

SPT ... intertia ... less rotation ...

243 18 36 17 CDR He points out that the maximum inertia

axis, namely pitch, you have the least -
uh rate capability because - because of
obvious reasons. But mostly in
the desat positon. CMG ... so frequently.

CDR Now the ... of a forward flip - a

loop -

SPT ... like - inertia a little bit.

243 18 37 05 CDR He's tring to reduce his inertia, he

claims, we think he's putting us on.
He's really showing off. Why don't
you pitch back down, I had to miss one
there. THat's an excellent one. He's
z--- Dump Tape 2153-06
Page 6 of 6

either out of control or awfully smooth,

it's hard to tell which. We think
he's flying smoothely, though. He seems
to like to see the GMG mode.

243 18 38 36 CDR He is approaching now the donning

station, we think he's about to begin
the baseline maneuvers, but we'll have
to wait until we hear from him.

CDR It's ready for the donning station,

and start the - uh - test.

CDR Uh-huh.

243 18 39 hl CDR True pointing out that the . .. the

capability of yaw and macimum authority
of the hand controller ... GMG in you -

END OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 243-07
Time: 18:53 to 20:32 GMT
8/31/73
f-_ Page i of 24

243 18 53 2h CDR Direct ... wouldn't make much difference.

Then it would have been obvious to us.

243 18 53 hi CDR At the donning station.

CDR I'll take his pressure. He's almost there

and its reading is certainly adequate.
Gonnal have about 1500 pounds when
he gets there. It's taking him
500 pounds. That's pounds per square
inch. (Whistling)

SPT ... deadband.

24B 18 54 28 CDR He notes not a particularly tight

deadb_ud in RATE GYR0.

SPT ...

CDR The opposite tilt angle.

CDR When you've finished, give a mark and

I'll tell ya what to do next. He's

how the rhruster's knocking me arounk.

Okay, CMG MODE, please. Another mark.
Another mark. _nd baseline maneuvers,
CMG. Same thing, only CMG.

243 18 56 4h CDE Flying up to the banjo. I think he

thought the banjo was a little
further - uh - to his left now than
it was - cause he's heading from the
donning station. Back and right.
Right thrust and when he spun around
he realized he'd drifted off. He had
to go back to his right, then. Cause
he was facing the other direction.
Uh - make a mark when your there and
ready for thenext one. Looks like he
using the RATE GYR0. I know he - he's
repeating himself great. Think he's
trying to get parallel and closer, he's
a little bit far back at the moment.

SPT You can have your mark in a moment.

F
m

Dump Tape 2h3-07

Page 2 of 2h

CDR All right. Down back and roll left

and you're in business. (Whistling)

2h3 18 59 03 CDR He's now approaching the uh - FMU-2

mud in good shape. As he went for
_U-2 he uh - over rolled and ended up
in about a 20 degree head-down
attitude.

SPT ...

243 18 59 20 CDR No, you're not up high - you're

looking along thw sense plate with
you eyes, not at the edge. Uh -
also your feet should be pitched
up so that they sort of parallel
with the other sense plate, too.
In other words you - you're kinda
head - you're head in - you need
to pitch up. Pitch up more. More,
even more if you would. Keep going,
I'll tell you when to stop. Stop.
More pitch up. Note the other FMU.

parallel with the plate. That's a

good one, he's in position. Give
a mark when you're ready to go. Okay,
then remember it - translate right
and aft and then as you start up,
roll right. Aft. Now roll right.
Okay, that's excellent. Place you're
going is right behind you, right there.
Having absolutely no difficulty.
MY suspicion his gas usage is gonna
be pretty much like Jack's or mine.
(Whistling )

2h3 19 00 52 CDR I'm not sure what that says about

simulations exactly. Certainly
says you don't need simulations to
uh- once the system is developed, the
procedures that are created and - and uh -
uh - The _nit is the kind that'll
fly satisfactorily in ... some type
of simulation. Once that occurred then,
the added training looks like it's
uh certainly _ust - degrading. Now
in a real unit to take outside where
/- you had failure modes - then it
might be conceivable that you'd w_nt to
 Dump Tape 243-07
_ Page 3 of 24

use the simulator, mostly in HG and

isolated . .. When you're there give
a mark - turn around.

243 19 01 48 SPT ... MARK.

CDR All right he Just gave a mark at

the uh -

SPT ... rate gyros ...

CDR Yes.

SPT ...

243 19 02 01 CDR Owen's pointing out that you need to

be very selective, particularly in
RATE COMMAND. If you release it, it
•.. you. He's not in RATE C0_.94AND
now, he's in CMG, I hope .... You're
in GMG, aren't you 0.? Okay, CMG.

SPT ...

CDR It was. It was RATE COMMAND CMG.

That 's true.

243 19 03 50 CDR Looking good to me.

243 19 Oh 20 CDR He's being careful to avoid the condensate

hose. Okay, give him a mark. And
come back to the doff station ....
around to ... station. He's
coming this way. Gettting a little
close to the food locker in fact But
I'm sure he'll move over this way
a little. Here he comes.

243 19 06 02 CDR A little bit - roll to the right

but I'm sure when he gets closer
he'll roll it - he's Just rolling
it out now. Just yawed a bit. He's
not perpendicular to those plates.
In some sense you tend to be pitch
down when you first fly this - til you -

SPT ...

/_ CDR Okay, give him a mark. Switch to DIRECT

 Dump Tape 243-07
F Page 4 of 24

MODE and try it again - Let me

check your bottle press.

SPT ...

243 19 06 37 CDR I say let me check you bottle press.

He's got ii00 pounds, he's in great
shape. You got it. Same thing except
in DIRECT. You'll have much gas for
uh - discretionary maneuvers. He's
trying to not go off this time I
can tell he's rotating close to the
donning station so he can see his traget
area early in the game.

2h3 19 07 40 CDR He's not turn - he's not off of - he's

not got a problem_-ith frosty goggles
any more because he's raised his
goggles up. The man with hot eyes.
Here he comes up. And headed for the
banjo. Approaching the banjo from his
left. Translating slightly to the
right. He needs to pitch up more so
his body is parallelwith the _an_o
base. Flying DIRECT rather well.
He's in good postion. A little bit
over 20 ... volts, at the moment.
We're gonna have to - ask him to turn
the CMGs off right now. Turn the
CMGs off, would ya? And m,ke a ma_k.
That reads a voltage of 26 and a half.
Everything's okay. Better - apparently
it was ... Although we changed it
the amount of time ... He gave a mark
and he's headed for the other area.
First time we've seeen battery problems
of any type.

SPT ..., Al.

CDR Huh?

SPT ...

CDR About 25.

243 19 l0 17 CDB He's in a very heads-down attitude now

but that there's people who like to
p fly that way. Up here it doesn'treally
 Dump Tape 243-07
F Page 5 of 24

make any difference, some times you're

relating and you'd probably notice -
heads down, head's up, it doens't seem
to bother you. The first few days it
does. Now he's - he's getting ready to
do a front fllp for some reason. Don't
try to orient yourself vertically, Just -
orient what you - assume that - there
you go. You're supposed to be over there.
But I think that was kind of a
interesting maneuver. One of the
first we - No, no_ over there. Ma_v
want to stop and then let them rotate
around so that = there you go. Now
he's doing a ptich maneuver, he'll
be in postion.

243 19 ii 17 CDR That's know as a double whifferdill,

the other one. He wasn't sure exactly
which way to go, he's not that
familiar with the route.

CDR That's it right there. Want to stop your

you go. Now he's got it. I think what

had happened was he got - he's
translational movemnt - and his rotational
movement - wasn't sure which he had
going and corrected one for the other.
Because a pitchdown, for example, as you know,
looks the same at first glance like
a translation down - and if you're
not careful, you can get confused. Now
headed for his fifth place. Have me a
little thrust, as you noticed. Seems
to be having a little more difficulty
in DIRECT tha he did in the other. I
think it's because the problem is - ah
- He's now gotta figure out which
part - which axis is drifting, where
before he knew it had to be translation
because his rtation was all being held
constatn .... will get it all psyched
out here in a few moments. Interesting
that he didn't have that problem
til he strated getting upside down
relative to the workshop. A left in -
ah - When you get there go ahead and make
s a mark. You need to pitchup more and
 Dump Tape 243-07
/_ Page 6 of 24

get a little bit closer. Seems to have

psyched it out rather well.

243 19 13 38 CDR He's therynow. He's gonna give us a mark

in Just a few minutes = he gave us one.
Now he's gonna translate right - right -
ah - right and back and then ge's gonna
watch out that he doesn't yaw too far
left. Now he's doing okay. Now he's
gonna roll right. There he goes.
Looking for the double gray tape. He
has it in sight. I'm float by and
check his voltage again. Must get on
our voltage troj - trajestory though.
Okay, I'm on one. Voltage 26.3. Everyghing's
okay.

CDR I'll float by and give him a bottle check

... Here's the bottle checking trajectory.
You got about 600 pounds.

2h3 19 15 20 CDR He's having considerable more difficulty

in DIRECT than he has the other modes. Ah -
I_ &ue_ _u_Id be tLa_ - _h - ti,_b L_'o
somehow deciphering rotation translation.
But my suspicion is also before he finishes
his second bottle he will have it under-
complete by control. Okay, when he
finishes this (yawn) -

CDR When he returns to base, we'll change the

bat and the PSS. My guess is he's doing
rather well. Now he's got it up in complete
control.

2_3 19 17 28 CDR Okay, everything's working okay. He's

checking the camera. And it's working
Just daudy.

CDR He's almost there. He's watching the -

ah - hose, I know. We left the condensate
hose rigged today because we still thought
that we got condensate problems. Our dump
heater probe has probably got no heaters
in it and so we had trouble with it. They're

F-
 Dump Tape 243-07
f Page 7 of 24

dumping once a dump all day, which we are

doing.

CDR Give a mark when you're stabilized.

CDR Okay -

2_3 19 18 46 CDR MARK.

CDR Into the dock station.

CDR Okay, let me check your PSS. Still got

gas. You may want to rest a moment or -
you may want to rest a moment or you may
want to go out - Let's see what your
voltage is. We're at 26; we ought to stop.
26 - Okay, why don't you just float right
there and I'll do the Job. Okay, ah -
No, let's turn around and put you in there.

CDR You're moving. You gotta stay there a

second. And put this up for your hands.
Getthe otheroneout.

SPT Yeah, I ... two or three squirts ... or what?

CDR I can't tell the difference.

SPT ...

CDR Your DIRECT was worse. Everything else was

the same.

SPT The DIRECT in particular, I thought ...

CDR In you go. Just a minute. You're not in?

1,11 give you some commands here, see if
you can do them, in Just a second.

2_3 19 22 29 CDR Okay, how about - ah - main power, off.

SPT ...

CDR Okay, main power, on. Okay, main power, off.

SPT ...

CDR Main power, on.

[

Dump Tape 243-07

Page 8 of 24

SPT ...

CDR Okay turn on D&C power.

SPT ...

243 19 23 23 CDR And see if you've got good voltage - You

do. Okay go to DIRECT and - wait a minute,
wait a minute. And I'll you to fire out
the thrusters, just a second.

SPT ...

CDR Do whatever you like. Okay - ah - my

recommendation would be now to go to
DIRECT and fire the thrusters until they
bleed down.

SPT ...

CDR Oh, you will.

SPT ...

243 19 23 53 CDR But this way, ! end up taking off - ah -

a valve that's -- ah - got no pressure in it.
Here's your gogglies. You may want to clean
them off, or something. Or I may want to
put 'em up for you.

SPT ...

CDR I don't know. I'll ask him later - probably

in a day off, would be my guess.

SPT .°. all the required ...?

CDR No, no - let's - We got a few more tidbits.

SPT ...

243 19 24 28 CDR No you won't, hang on. That's Just about

as far as it could go, is right here -
Just stay right there.

SPT ...

SPT ...
 Dump Tape 243-07
/_ Page 9 of 24

SPT ...

CDR ...

243 19 29 49 CC ...

243 19 30 52 CDR Okay, when you're ready. How's the wheel

speed? Okay.

SPT ...

CDR I'll give yo1_ that next.

SPT Okay, what ...

CDR To see what the reaction of the vehicle is,

mass to your weight. They're only got mine.
They'd like to have somebody else.

SPT ...

CDR They didn't do it. You've had more flying

thsm Jack. Jack's had kinda partially
_--_-_.-.___
_v'-__'d _ hard _-'" _-_- _'--_
thing. Much better to try somebody like
you and me and ,_at the difference is,
which it is isn't gonna be much.

SPT ...

2h3 19 31 41 CDR Yeah, Just for a little while. Are you ready
to go? Okay le% me get you to turn some
things off - take that off. But don't fire
it yet.

SPT ...

CDR Huh?

SPT ...

CDR Okay, that's - ah - unlock it. Okay go

CMG, OFF.

SPT ...

CDR Okay and - ah - main power, off.

 Dump Tape 2h3-07
Page i0 of 24

SPT Main power, off.

243 19 32 25 CDR Okay go main power, on; CMG, on. What's

your voltage?

SPT ...

CDR It's perfect. Exactly what we wanted.

CDR Okay, they want me to put you in a certain

mode here. Let me doublecheck. Okay I'm
going to cmd 3. Okay, first thing we're
gonna do is limb motion. But first we're
gonna turn on the camera; then we're gonna
do llmb motion.

243 19 33 34 CDR Problem with this camera you got up here,

Lou Ramon, is - ah - the way it's set and
the little green light that you can tell
if it's on or not - It can't be viewed
from the floor. He had to float all the
way up here to get it. Change it around
r-_ next time we fly. That ought to be changed -
ah - on the ground - So that guys - that
observer can se_ it and don't have to float
up there. Stay - Let me tell you when to
go. RATE GYR0 I_0DE, as soon as you are out.
Fly to the center of the workshop - face -
facing locker where the - things on it.

SPT ...

CDR Locker with those two stripes on it. I'll

start you up that way. That way you'll save
some gas.

SPT ...

2h3 19 34 27 CDR Now he is holding on - Okay.

SPT ...

CC ...

243 19 35 02 CDR Okay give them a data mark.

SPT ...
J

Dump Tape 243-07

Page ii of 24

CC .o •

CDR Give 'em a data m_rk.

SPT ...

243 19 35 l0 CDR Okay, from where your right hand is now,

move it up 90 degrees and down - three
times. Okay data mark. Okay, put your'
arm down to your side. Yeah - no, outside
the - the - ah - hand controller, now move
it up 90 degrees. No - I'm - I'm sorry;
up this way - three times. Okay stop. Ah -
put both hands on the hand con - - give a
mark, give a mark. Put both hands on the
hand controller. Put - Look at me. Both
hands up like this - three times. You put
in a thrust there - translational thrust
on it's own. Okay, Just let it float -
take - give a mark. Okay with your right
hand here, move it out like that, three
times. One, two, three.

_43 I_ _6 I_ CDR DATA MAI_/%. Put your right leg straight -

kick it out, one time. Okay -

243 19 36 28 CDR MARK. Now both legs together.

243 19 36 33 CDR MARK.

243 19 36 36 CDR MARK, yeah. Now stop your vertical

translation ang mark again. Okay, now -
go to - ah - ah - RATE GYR0. Okay -
243 19 36 52 CDR MARK. Take a mark? Okay put your arm -
ah - rihgt here. No, no - put your arm
like this. Now go up, 90 degrees. Three
times, two - Three.

243 19 37 ii CDR DATA MARK. Okay. Hand on the hand con-

troller and up three times. Okay.

243 19 37 24 CDR DATA MARK. Both arms up three times.

Okay - /

243 19 37 35 CDR DATA MARK. Ah - stop your translation.

He is stopping his trandlation. Okay.
Mark again?
 Dump Tape 243-07
_" Page 12 of 24

243 19 37 44 CDR MARK again. Three times out to your

side - one, two, three. Okay -

243 19 37 55 CDR DATA MARK. Straighten your right leg

•and then kick out - h5, one time.
Okay -

243 19 38 03 CDR MARK. No, just one time for that. He

did it twice.

243 19 38 07 CDR MARK. Stop your vertical translation.

243 19 38 13 CDR DATA MARK. Kick out both legs one time;
want you to get a data mark - have to
get a data mark.

CDR Settling down before he does both legs.

CDR ... Okay, that's enough -

243 19 38 46 CDR DATA MARK. Now go to DIRECT. DIRECT.

243 19 3& 55 CDR DATA MARK. ANd out to the Y-axis, to

_i_ ,iLh _i_i_. Okay, nuw u_ Lhi'_
times and back. One, two, three. Okay,

243 19 39 09 CDR DATA MARK. Han_ on the hand controller -

up, three times - one, two, three,

243 19 39 18 CDR MARK. Both - to direct - Both up, three

times - one, two, I see the motion,
three.

243 19 39 28 CDR DATA MARK. 0kaj, right - Just fired a

thruster to stablize. Let me know when
you're stabilized enough.

CDR He's getting some good motions here.

243 19 39 45 CDR DATA MARK. Hand out, right, three

times. One, two, three. Okay -

243 19 39 53 CDR MARK. Eight leg out 45 three times,

this time. One, two, three. Okay -
 Dump Tape 243-07
_ Page 13 of 24

243 19 40 03 CDR MARK. Both legs, three times. One, two,

three. And that's complete -

243 19 h0 lO CDR DATA MARK.

CDE Okay, switch to CMG MODE. Okay, get to

the center of the workshop and point
down at the - the line of the floor,
right over there - between the floor
and wall. With your eye - in other -
words, make your eye look right at it.

SPT ...

CDR Where you are is good.

CDR Okay, when you're perpendicular to it -

your eyes right on it, let me know and
give a mark.

SPT ...

CDR That's it. Okay, give a mark. Now what

you snou±_ ao is stay in the cen_er and
track that all the way around, maintaining
yourself perpendicular to the floor. In
other words, don't just do this. You've
got to - there'_ going to be three axes
until you get o_-er facing the ducts.

SPT ...

CDR Yes, that's right.

CDR Thinking about the track maneuver. He's

tracking now. Looks like he's doing a
good one, to me. Maintaining himself
perpendicular. Get a little translation
and try to stay in the center of the
workshop. Looking awfully good.

CREW ...

243 19 42 30 CDR Good Job, looks to me like. Okay when

you see the floor line between there, stop,
give a data mark. Okay, now RATE GYRO
 Dump Tape 2h3-07
f_ Page lh of 2_

SPT o. •

CDR I knew you were.

SPT ... be a job.

CDR Same thing, backwards. Then you'll do

it in DIRECT. So, three of them in a
row.

CDR I'm in CM3 I.D. for these maneuvers,

by the way .... undocked. I'll go through
a different one whenever we wanted to -
uh - do some discretionary maneuvers.

243 19 44 05 CDR CMG: POWER, OFF.

SPT ...

CDR Okay, now switch to DIRECT.

CDR Same thing, DIRECT.

S_T ...

CDR Okay, he's gonna give a mark before he

start. Did you get one at the end?
He's holding attitude now. Gonna give us
a mark before he starts. He doesn't know
whether he gave a mark at the end of the
maneuver or not. I forgot to remind him.
Huh: Okay.

CDR That's 1500 pou_ids of propellant. And

voltage is about 29.9 volts. He's got ...
That other bat was - uh - low charge -
didnt't have it. I guess that's what it
is. You probably ought to check your data
and see how long we did charge it.
Whether or not it drained down on its
own. I don't hing so but it's certainly
worth a check. He's doing some good
tracking. When he gets finished and gives
us a mark, he'll fly back to the donning
station, and we'll give us a DIRECT
baseline. I know that will excite you.
 Dump Tape 243-07
Page 15 of 24

Let me see if" he can one ... more DIRECT

now. I think it takes a little bit of
time. Is that a mark? Fly to don
station - in DIF_CT.

CDR (Whistling)

243 19 47 46 CDR I notice that he's been well strapped

in this vehicle. Hasn't had the trouble
hanging in there.

CREW - told him I was near the pyros, I'd die,

but ... believe me.

CREW ...

SPT ...

243 19 48 24 CDR What? That's a pitch up.

SPT ...

/_ CDR Huh?

SPT ...

CDR No you need to pitch up until you're

parallel with -

SPT ...

CDR What? Your back - your spine should be

parallel with that.

CDR Yeah, you're parallel and then you need

to move do%ul, where you can reach out
with your hands, theoretically, and
grab it - When you can see. Okay, when-
ever you get there, do a - uh - a data mrk.
Okay, stay in DIRECT. I'm going to CM2 -
CM I.D.Z. Opps overshot the i; now I'm
at 2. Okay, fly the baseline DIRECT
again. Then after that, a little
discretionary - Whatever you'd like to do.

SPT ...

f_
 Dump Tape 243-07
Page 16 of 24

CDR Yeah, right there. Just hang on punch

the button and go. THere you go, you're
on your way.

243 19 49 49 CDR You zapped me. You zap!

CDR Maneuvering rather well up there now,

in DIRECT, as you'll notice. You'll a/so
notice he didn't have much trouble in
heading the right direction to begin
with. That's was a problem at first,
but he seemed to managed it.

CDR Looks like he's in good position. He's

going to give a data mark when he's ready.

243 19 51 30 CDR DATA MARK - and then down here. Yaw

left, roll left, translate down. That's
it. Roll left.

CDR That's it. Don't go past 90 degrees in

roll, remember you want to end up right
like this.

CDR Good shape, awfully good shape. Complete

control.

CDR If we do need a simulator, it's going to

be somehting relatively simple in ...

CDR Perfect, give a data mark and up. Perfect

position, exceptional posit

243 19 55 23 CDR Data mark, when you're there.

SPT ...

CDR Okay, now he's _rifting around the dome

locker. Flying it very smoothely.
Flying DIRECT, as smoothly as he flew
RATE GYR0 or CMG earlier. Having absolutely
no trouble.

CDR He also seems to be flying a bit faster,

which is encouraging.

x_
 Dump Tape 243-07
/_ Page 17 of 2h

2_3 19 56 58 CDR Flying very precisely. Translational

controller is no more than a foot away
from the lockers and been that way. He's
had no trouble in DIRECT.

CDR He's gonna avoid the condensate hose

again.

CDR Data mark when he gets a chance. Okay

now, he's headed back. Doning station,
right behind you, below you.

CDR Headed that way. He's got to yaw left,

and he is, in fact, yawing left.
Exceptional Job.

2h3 19 58 46 CDR He_s pitching doom a little more than he

should now. Now he's got back into
control.

CDR Okay, he's approaching the donning

station in good form.

mark. Okay, data mark_ I'm going to

go CM-I, and he'_ going to go do whatever
he wants. Fly _ome discretionary
maneuvers in either RATE CO_4AND or
DIRECT. CMGs ru_%down. It's the only way
we can keep the battery going.

SPT ...

CDR He's got careless. You look good; it

was really good. I'll check you bottle
pressure. What's your bat.

SPT ...

CDR I noticed that that gage there is about

300 psi. The gage pressure is aobut -
well_ this shows 800 here. The gage
pressure shows - Huh! The pressure and
the bottle pressure's about the same
today.
Dump Tape 2h3-07
Page 18 Of 2h

2h3 20 01 19 CDR Flying around in the center of the work-

shop. Not particularly doing doing any-
thing at the moment.

CDR Good attitude. He'snot doing anything

spectacular.

CDR He didn't elect to wear the goggles

because the goggles fog. Now you might
want to do som_ thinking about that.
I'm sure that ther's a reason. You either
got to have them tighter or looser; but
we didn't now which way - My goggles never
gogged. Jack's did for a while, but he
discovered something that prevented them
from fogging. I tend to wear mine - uh -
fairly -

243 20 02 20 CDR He's doing some combination rolls, pitches,

yawing. Now getting ready for a back
flip. Halfway over in the back flip.
Might call it a confldenence maneuver.
Makingthe tranl_tioncorrectionas he
goes around to center himself in the
workshop. That'll give you a feeling pf
about how disoriented he might be. Not
at all. Okay_ now he's floating up towards
the dome. Take a little bit ... had
in mind .... flies with a little more
thrust, I think.

243 20 04 00 CDR He's upside, headed down.

2h3 20 06 48 CDR He's switched over to RATE C0_9_ND ...

CDR So (yawn) he's now operating in RATE

CO_4AND.

CREW ...

2_3 20 08 ll CDR Maybe out of gas.

CDR You okay? You're down to near zero.

Okay, fly it into the donning station.

CDR ... goes flying into the donning station.

Dump Tape 243-07
Page 19 of 2h

CDR I'ii leave the cameras running again so

you can see me donning - put him in the
station.

2h3 20 09 20 CDR Okay, if you go HHMU, I'll flip you in.

Okay, turn him around, stop - you notice
how easily he can handle his weight in
zero g. Very clever. Flyed [sic] it
right in there, just like that. Now,
I go around on this side and look.
Climbing back in. He's in. I look for
his a up/do_n height. Umm - That's a
little high, but gliding down a bit.
Pull him out, pushing down a bit. There
it is, right there. Just stay right there.
I'll go ... Now let me look at the
heights. Little bit higher. That' s it,
right there. He's in.

SPT ...

2h3 20 i0 29 CDR And if you'll go to HHMU, we'll let him

out. Okay, one more thing before yougo.
Wu_i_ me _o turn this o_f?

CDR Okay, go to DIRECT, fire two thrusters.

Okay, an main power, off.

SPT ...

2h3 20 li 21 CDR CDR, I'm turning off my comm, I'll ask

the SPT to come over here and debrief
according to the card.

243 20 ii 28 CDR CDR out.

2h3 20 13 51 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A -

uh - debriefing the last ATM run. Cutting
in to the - uh - M509 - uh - transmission
... was begun at 18:50. I - uh - did the
J0P 6 - uh - building block 2, both of
them. Uh - They came off as advertised.
As you recall from the rev befoer I ahd -
Uh - not been able to get the JOP hA off -
h-alpha off. So - uh - after those two
J0P 6's I - uh - went hack and - uh -
 Dump Tape 243-07
/-_ Page 20 of 2_-

picked up J0P 4 Alfa, but I only took a

mirror auto raster out of that. It was
the only thing that was really different
from the JOP 6's which I had just done.
So I did the mirror auto raster at the
grating - uh - 0935. And - uh - 54 would
not have wanted to repeat itself there/
neither would the other experiments.
I think they were running 56 PATROL
NORMAL and had just completed it and
there was no point in doing another.

243 20 12 51 PLT The same roll mad everything and so -

everything additional I - uh - had from
the rev before was to pick up the mirror
auto raster at grating 935. Now after
that I went on to do the - uh - JOP 2
Charlie. I included - uh - 5h and S
as you had requested and will continue
to do so except for atmospheric ...

2h3 20 13 12 PLT I worked on active region - uh - 12 off

the limb and - uh - I lined myself up at

exactly halfway between l0 and h0. You

did not specify. I then - uh - rolled
on Sun Center - uh - to - uh - clear the
slits on the - "ih - uh - signature that
was coming from the SUV MONITOR - uh - s.nd
uh - ran the - uh - J0P 2 Charlie as
requested. I gave you a little bit on my
TV about 15 minutes. And - uh - I
truncated - uh - the - uh - the building
block l_ without getting the last - uh -
I believe it was a PATROL NORMAL and -
uh - last minute auto raster and - uh -
the XUV got cut off whort htere as well.
But - uh - we started pretty much on
time, so - uh - you got what you expected
to get. I reported that - uh - about 19:30
that we had - uh - some flare in active
region 12. Uh - the only thing that wasn't
running at the time was - uh - uh SO -uh - 54
and - uh - I didn't know if the thing was
 Dump Tape 243-07
_" Page 21 of 24

or not so I - uh - waited to do anything

til we see what happened - uh - and when
I saw it had topped out and was - uh -
starting to back down well I gave - uh
54 and M10S to 56 which is suggested -
which is suggested in the - uh - shopping
list. Uh - the - uh - flare peaked out
at about - uh - Sun Flare peaked out at
about - uh high 500, perhaps 600 without
waiting around on the PMEC. The HERYLLIUM
AOERTURE got up to 2 and - uh - the voltage
is reading about - uh - in the neighborhood
of 3.8 or 3800 - uh = in entered on the
BERYLLIUM COUNTER. So - uh - ... went on
down and we - went into - uh - sunset
shortly thereafter. Maybe we'll get a
little more action this time around.

243 20 15 ii PLT But this completes the debriefing. We're

about ready to go in 20:25 run. And
thats for the ATM guys.

243 20 15 18 PLT End of message.

243 20 26 16 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A, with

information about the M509 run that goes
to Bruce McCandless, Ed Whittset, and
others interested in the maneuvering unit.

SPT I'ii be debriefing the run that was Just

completed, where I was the test pilot,
Alan Bean was The observer. And the
first questions here starting on 35-1.

243 20 26 h3 SPT Could you fly the baseline maneuver

satisfactory in all modes? The answer
is yes. Although, I was a bit rough in
my - uh - I think my precision was rather
poor in the first time around on DIRECT.
They could be all flown satifactorily.
I did fly the baseline maneuver or the -
yeah the baseline maneuver in DIRECT twice
and I believe there was a significant
improvement the second time around.
_'_- Dump Tape 243-07
Page 22 of 24

243 20 27 09 SPT Any modes deficient? I wouldn't think that

there's any - uh - significant - major
deficiency. They all did all did just
what they were planned to do. There is a
little bit of cross-coupling. For example,
when translate in RATE GYRO, It'll frequently
fire in attitude thrusters. So, it's not
precisely to the ... but it's pretty darn
close. And the CMGs, in particular, the
whole attitude there Oh I did notice that
the deadband on RATE GYROs is a little bit
large, but I presume that's a trade-off
again on the question of propellant
consumption. And that's probably not a
bad trade-off. If the deadband had been
any tighter, why they'd probably been
firing more thrusters every time we tried to
translate. So, - uh - my guess is, that
it's a pretty good trade-off on deadband
and propellant consumption.

243 20 28 O1 SPT ANy mode deficient - the CMGs. I thought

.- worked very smoothly,very nicely. It
wouldn't have hurt to have had more
momentum capability. But, - uh - particularly,
if you're going to do any work. If you're
Just moving yourself around, why, I - uh -
it's not too ba_. You can't move too
rapidly, but it'_ adequate. If you're
going to do any work, like hauling
something, ... saturate the gyros very
quickly. Now w_s precision station keeping
easier in some modes. Absolutely. No
question but what precision station keeping
is easier in my mind, at nay rate, than (S4G.
The CMG permits the best control of any.
And next to that is RATE GYR0. ANd with a
little bit of practice RATE GYRO is
probably nearly as good as the CMG. And
then, in my own mind, the DIRECT is sub-
stantially inferior in terms of precision
stationkeeping. Like you take plenty of
time, and concentrate your full attention
to the stationkeeping task. And that's
Just simply because you've got 6 degrees of
freedom instead of 3. And - uh - straight
Dump Tape 243-07
Page 23 of 24

forward and sort of the entry you would

expect. Although, of course, stationkeeping
becomes easier in DIRECT, the more you
practice. I can tell - uh - just in the
hour or so - hour and a half that I was in
the machine, a significant improvement in
my ability to stationkeep and stop myself.

243 20 29 31 SPT Some modes take more attention? Yep.

Same thing I was talking about. Obviously,
the DIRECT takes a lot more attention.
For the same _eason, 6 DF, instead of 3.

243 20 29 41 SPT Were you able to satisfactorily aim at

the target for the transfer maneuver - in
the baseline maneuver? I guess the answer
is yes. Again, in one piece - the first
time around on DIRECT, I forgot which of FMUs
I was going to and I was having th trouble
with the goggles, trying to see around
them. So I flew to the wrong FMU first
and then had to go with the right one.
But, particularly, for these sort of

trained to know just where you're going,

and you learn ab,,ut how down, how much
left, all of the; you applied, if not
strictly like a new task that you are s
supposed to be faced with. In a sense I
think, with my experience - aside from
the fact that I _ras a novice at it - uh -
was more represeutive of what you would
experience when doing some new task,
because after a certain amount of train-
ing, AI and Jack know exactly how much -
uh - to give it s down/left, up et cetera,
to move from one station to the next.

2h3 20 30 55 SPT Sould any maneuver be changed for the

next run? Well, I think - uh - it might
be better to sync up the protocal a
little bit so that you don't always fly
the same routine. I noticed that there was
one which I didn't fly which was a back-
wards routine. But that sort of thing I
 Dump Tape 243-07
Page 24 of 24
_f

think Mould help so that you don't get

in the habit of knowing exactly how much
translation in which direction to give it.

243 20 31 19 SPT During the single axis cals DIRECT any

attitude distrubances when con_nanding
translation? Yes, there is a little bit.
But I can't tell you exactly which which
axis at the moment. I don't remember
which direction of translation produces
which attitude and distrubance. But there
is a slight one - maybe it can best be
seen from a film, but it's not very great.
Not too bad.

243 20 BI 55 PLT Have you noticed any attitude rate

increase or attitude change about an
axis, other than commanded? No. Well,
I'm not usre it's any different question
6, really. If you noticy an attitude
disturbance, there' s obviously been an
attitude rate disturbance. So, I think
the answer is yes to 6 and 7. I tried
r to describethe answerto 6 a minute ago.
_ ± _on'D rem_/nDe_ _ze specific axis.

243 20 32 29 PLT Eight is, did yo notice any rate change

during CMG sat? Well, there's a - there's
a perturbatio_ - there's a transient in
there. Yeah, if you put it over on a
stop, then, of course, you can't build
a higher rate up. For example, take a
rate about - uh - maximum moment of
inertia to obey like a pitch - like a
pitch ring, which it has higher inertia
about it. If you put the stick full d
deflection, you'll saturate the CMGs ...
I presume that yes, the rate will change,
wehatever you got co_m_nded. I suspect
that's not the question you were getting
at here.

2h3 20 33 ii PLT During CMG saturation I see -

END OF TAPE
 Dt_p Tape 243-08
Time: 18:02 to 19:13
/-_ 8/31/73
Page i of 4

243 18 O0 22 This voice segment is duplicated verbatim

to
243 18 38 36 Dump Tape 243-06.

243 18 39 26 CDR Uh-huh-. True. Pointing out that that you

could - uh - ... the capability to yaw
and the authority on the hand con-
troller ... it doesn't fine, but the other
two ... Go to the donning station, and
when you're there hovering motionless
at the proper angle, which is parallel
to those top plates let me know and I'll
give you your MARK, and then we'll
start from there. And I'Ii ca I] you
as we go, although you might know it,
I'll do it a couple of times. It'll
save you ...

2_3 18 40 53 CDR He's locking and unlocking ... is

facing away. Can you tip up at the
angle and get closer? Other way -
otherchip. All right. Parallel
Lv bhv_ - I_L m_ _. Like Lh_L
in here. Roger. It's slmost where
you can touch. Would you care now
to switch to R_E GYR0? We'll
find the vertical in rate gyro.
I'll go to I02.

243 18 41 53 CDR Okay. I'm goin_ to ID 2. Okay, give

it MARK.

243 18 42 O0 CDR MARK. They go. Okay, your're on your

way. Fly this whole thing in
RATE GRYO. Coming back to here
you. I'll read you the ... as he
goes by. The gage looks like it
reads about ... so he's got much
gas. I'll float by and get his
voltage for you. Voltage looks
like about 28-1/2. Things are
looking promising at the moment.
Banjo is here. A little bit off course,
but -uh- I don't think that's important.
Because he's not f_m_liarwith the
trajectory, and I'm sure by the se-
cond or third time around there wil
Dunp Tape 2b,3-08
Page2 of 4

be no trouble. He's now translating to

the right, and up towards the Banjo.

243 18 h3 42 CDR He will approach the banjo until he's

parallel with the wall, which it looks
like he is fairly close to at the moment.
Come to a standing position. He's come
to a halt in back of the drive, high in
the Banjo. Okay, how about a MARK?

243 18 44 28 CDR Okay, and then down on his side, over to

FMU 2. I'll go over there and get in
position, so you can see how to be.
And end up Just like this. He's on
his way down here now. (Whistle)
How's it look, Big 0.? (Whistle)

243 18 45 06 CDR Okay, he's coming down; he's looking

awfully good. He's having no trouble
at all flying the vehicle. (Whistle)

243 18 45 57 CDR Don't get too low, 0.

C_R Yv_: w 6u_ iogge_ goggles. ±ou: ve go_

fogged gogglies.

2&3 18 47 35 CDR You need to be further forward, I mean

further head -, further headward. In
ohter words mo_'e up relative to your.
So your eyes are along the along the
plate, looking at an edge ... Now you're
moving. You're also moving down which is
correct. When you're there - when you're
there press the button, and I'll tell
you what to do. You're there almost.
All right, now punch the button and
start a translation to your right.
A little back thrust. A little back -
now roll to your right. Roll, not
yaw. There you go - there you go.
Okay, now you're moving back. Remem-
ber where you want to come is right
over here.

243 18 48 45 CDR Yeah, right here. I'll be here until -

up here on the dome ring. Keep coming
to your left now, now start your yaw
to the left. Just right. You're
doing perfectly. These two pieces of
 Dump Tape 243-08
Page 3 of 4

tape - eyes at the top of the dome

locker.

CDR Okay, give a-

243 18 50 09 CDR M/E<. Okay, start flying around to

your fight. Star perpendicular to the
lockers and the same distance away at all
times. Theoretically you do it like the
fly around we _Lid except you stay per-
pendicular - if you thrust back, you'll
go right around. Now the way it really
works, is if you're going too, fast
overturn and fire back. You're moving
is good right now. Time to stay normal
if you possibly can. Yes .... right now
if you fire backwards ... going to make
it tend to go faster around.

R43 18 51 03 CDR And I - I - think it is good because you

got to miss the water tank over there.
You are flying exeeptionally well. No
_- problemwhatsoever,as you can tell. I
see _nere a cape _loa_ing I_ee In the
breeze.

243 18 51 26 CDR I'll go over 8_id snatch it up. Belongs

to the TiJusma Brass, Jack Lousma. Put
it down here.

CDR He's watching his head rather well.

Watching the @ump_ line rather well.
Got that out of the way. Watch - watch
your legs. Kicks. You're approaching
a double stripe. Now fly back down to
the donning station after a mark - After
mark. Yeah, mark it and then come back
to the donning station. Stopped your
translation before you mark _ though.

243 18 53 00 CDR Ya_ to your left and come back. A yaw to

your left - you left. That's the way the
baseline maneuver does.

SPT Okay.

243 18 53 12 CDR He started yawing to his right and then

he's goingback to his left. May be slight
visual differences, but you'll be aware of
<

Dmnp Tape 2h3-08

Page 4 of 4

them. Unfamiliarity ... Direct ...

wouldn't make much difference. Then it
would have been obvious to us.

243:18:53:41 This voice segment is duplicated verbatim

to within Dump Tape 243-07.
243:19:00:53

2h3 18 53 41 CDR At the donning station.

243 18 45 59 This voice segment is duplicated verbatim

to within Dump Tape 243-08
243 18 53 41

243 18 53 41 This voice segment is duplicated verbatim

to within Dump Tape 243-07

END OF TAPE
.G

Du_rp Tape 243-09

Time : 2032-2104 GMT
8/31/73
Page 1 oft

243 20 32 54 SPT Okay, like a pitchm like a pitch rate,

which has a higher ... about it. You
push the stick 15_Ii deflection, you'll
saturate the CMGs, fire the tip, I presume
that - uh - yes, your rate will change
to whatever you've got commanded. I
suspect that's not the question, you
were getting at here. During CMG
desaturation. I see - uh - Well, what ~ what
you're asking there is, I guess, is when
a Jet fires, ... CMGs are on the stop, .
without any change - of rate, without any
deflection of the statement. You know ...
deflect ... rate is zero. I guess I'd
have 4o answer no to that, but it needs
some more talking about. Could you hear
or feel or see, the CMG locking solenoids
when eaging/uncaging? Yes, hear a
little click. Could you hear the C and G
gimbal whine during limb motion? Yes.
And, attitude command, .yes. Attitude
disturbance due to normal llmb motion in
the direet mnd_ b_ther_-_. 7'_ _,,,_ *e
say, - uh - if you were wanting to control
things - uh -, very carefully, - uh -
you would find that that was a problem.
Did you notice any leg lag, during rotaiton,
or translation command?

243 20 34 18 SPT I didn't. And this because I wasn't

sufficiently - u_h - attuned to all the
little - uh - fine details of the - uh -
system yet. But I didn't happen to notice
that myself. Did you inadvertently
contact the OWS, if so and how often?
I only did once, and that was - uh -
when I was flying around close to the - uh -
wail , and over there around the - uh - there's.
one dome - uh - water tank - we have -
condensate tank we have up here with some
lines on it, and they protrude out from
the walls - uh - you have to make an - uh -
sort of an evasive maneuver to get around
 Dump Tape 243-09
Page 2 of 7

that thing, and I Just barely touched it

one time. Did you sometimes use your
legs or hands to the stop or pushoff.
No. Never had to do that. Notice
. atmospheric drag? No. Way ... the noise.
Translation, - uh - no, way in the noise.
Never even notice it.

243 20 35 09 SPT Air veloscity, never even notice it,

too small. Notice any OWS rotation. No.
Turn neck control. Shadoww? Uh - no.
Never even thought about using them up
there. Keep the eyeball and the object.
High intensity photo lights bother you?
No. The only thing that bothers me, and
it was a very significant bother, were
those cotton pickin' goggles. They
fogged up on me so badly, I couldn't
see. Uh - finally, I just ended up
taking them off. But I did tell you
one time, I went to the wrong FMU, and that
was coming down from the banjo toward that
FMU, and it was simply because I was
fighting goggles at the same time and it
_ o_I_ - _ - h_,d _oouL half m_ norma±,
maybeeven a third of my normal - uh -
uh - available window to see through, and -
uh - trying to - uh - maneuver and - uh -
I guess I was in direct at the time, so
it was the most completed maneuver, and it
was the freetime I tried to direct, and - uh -
I went - uh - went to the wrong FMU and it
was principally, I think because of that,
uh - the goggles.

243 20 36 09 SPT So they were a significant bother, and I'd

either improve them or get ird of them.
I finally took mine off. Could you talk
to the observer? Yes. Instead of using
the cuff checklist, that's what we did. I
wasn't familiar with the cuff. Cheek list,
other except that I'd read through it, to
see what it was all about. I did let - uh -
the observer read them all to me. Did
make compensating motions with the left arm.
Sigsifieantly reduce since I didn't fly
the HI4MU, 21 and 22, are not applicable.

/-4
Dump Tape 2h3-09
Page 3 of 7.

2_3 20 36 37 So, - uh - all, I thought it was - uh -

uh - interesting run. I was very pleased
to have the opportunity to fly it. It
is a nice flying machine, it does it's
Job very nicely. I think it could be a
very useful tool, uh-- uh - zero G, but
I don't - uh - think, that - uh - direct
was adequate, if you want to do any work
with it. If you're really going to be
say, - uh - in space shuttle area or beyond -
uh - For example, erection of large antennas
or reflectors, or - uh - in space, things
like that, G; - uh - connecting up things
fairly remotely from the spacecraft where
you - uh - might want to - uh - get to
a tether. Maybe Just a safety line, but
no - uh - maybe no tether at all, and - uh -
the AMU is really - uh - unnecessary. Then
if you wanted the operators to do some work,
not Just to fly around, and if the operators
do work, I think you want to take your mind
off the flying task, and -uh - for that
reason I think that some people . ..
minimizes your - uh - your - uh - concern
about - un - where you're r±yzng or now to
control attitudes, as does the rate gyro
CMG modes, I'think its a necessity.

2h3 20 37 47 Now - uh - if you're willing to - uh - to -

uh - pay the price of having to pay some
extra attention to it, then you can learn
to fly it in d_rect well enough. Uh - I
think what ever modes that come up with it,
obviously need some backup, in direct
mode. So there's no really essential
reliance when _yro's are spinning tops,
hut - uh - I found it much more comfortable
on the first - uh - - uh - first day's
activity, to fl.¢ the in either rate gyro
or CMG, and - uh - it's certainly - uh -
a nice piece of equipment and - uh -
performs very nicely I think. I expect
the extra support that were rigged, which
I did wear - the extra harness and how its
designed and how it ... , - uh - was a
significant help. And - uh - it did hold me -
hold me in very tightly, and - uh- I didn't
Dump Tape 243-09
Page 4 of 7

feel that I was flying _self around, -

uh - rather than flying a machine, so -
uh - I think there's a very - uh - a
very - uh - beautiful run. The photography _"
ought to show you the precision of the
time involved, - uh -

243 20 38 52 SPY I expect the precision was - was - uh -

substantially - uh - different, sub-
stantially less_ than - uh - AI, and
Jack has showed - uh - but - uh - particularly
in directed CMG, its - uh - no problem_
could ... a little better the next time
and direct the training crew thats goSng up
pretty rapidly, I think, as can be seen
from _he - uh - second run as compared to
the first. So this is the end of the - uh -
debriefing from the SPT, on the alpo 509
run.

243 20 39 19 SPT It goes to Ed Woodson, Whitsett, Bruce

McCandless,and othersinterestedin
the maneuvering unit.

_j 2G 39 23 or_ _.na or message.

243 20 39 30 CDR Okay, this is' the CDR, debriefing a -

uh - couple of hand hold photos I took
earlier. 1738 we took - uh - the pictures
of west Bolivia, took - uh - took - uh -
picutres of Lake Titieaca and also a
couple of . .. - uh - essentially it went
well, the weather was good there, uh -
not a lot to say - uh - other than that, -
_h - the ... forest. Got a - uh - couple
of picutres there, looked for areas that
uh - were cleared above the forest, time
kept found some ... the Amazon river that -
uh - looked - uh - like they actual
settlements one and two looked like
land cleared in the - uh - possibly for
planting something, except it had a ...
guard squared hill type. It looked
more like a central - uh - a central cleared
path of, I don't know what width, but it
 Dump Tape 243-09
Page 5 of 7

appeared to be maybe - uh - wish I knew

what - what width I could see, but let's
say the width of the river near the - uh -
came near the area and it - uh - it - uh -
it had branches off from it. Something
similar to what you see sometimes in an
oil field, althoguh this didn't appear to
be anything of that nature. I also - uh -

243 20 40 46 CDR Took one picuture of the tropical depression.

I couldn't ... pictures of them. - uh -
I'm going to make some cormnents about our
new method of doing these pictures. W_
got marked on our charts, inquiries by
number and n_-_s. I will now read you the
names versus the n,lmher, and I am hoping
that on - from now on, when you reference
them on our pad, you'll reference the
name and the number that we're using not the
numberthat you're using because the number
you're using although useful. It doesn't
allow us to locate them as rapidly in the
book. And now _re got them in - uh -
r chronologicalcrder and it's very simple
to " _........
go through the numbers with you and I'd
llke - I'm hoping that on the pads that
come up , - uh - and on both our detail
pads, and the - uh - permanent general
message number 22, that comes up all the
time, that these put the name and the
time and you c_i use your code as you
like, but you have the other code.

243 20 41 46 CDR Anytime that you send up a new site to

pick up on the end of this call it that
number and we'll just, put it on our
map with the number.

243 20 42 04 CDR Okay, we're starting right now with - uh -

strait of Magellon, which is number one.
Uh - and again nopt got to Patagan -
Patagosia Desert, two. Okavango Swamp
is three. Tallyhairy desert is 4,

#
Dump Tape 243-09
Page 6 of 7

Bragil forest, 5. Central America, 6,

West Bolivia, 7. 8 is - uh - Lagode
shampa, Champala 9 is GuadalaJara. 9-A is
Baha, California, omit that they must be
. calling it 9A. i0 is Gran Chaco Paraguay.
ll is the plains at Nagca Peru. 13 is
Veracrue. 14 is southwest New Mexico, [sic]
also called Chihuchua, New Mexico. [sic],
15 is the Sudd Swamp in the Southern Sudan.

243 20 h3 06 CDR 16 is North Africa, locut Suarming. 17 is

lake Chad. 18 is Male droutt, Africa.
19 is Beng land forms. 20 is fulf of "
Panamy. 21 is the antipodes. 22 is
shallow seqmont. 23, Guadalupe river.
2h, Arizona drainage system. 25 is Nevada
and Utah. 26 is Colorado river, and
243 20 h3 33 27 is North - uh - Mexico and Baha. Right
now the way we do it, we get the names
and we look at the book - look on the map,
and sometimes the may only has one number
by it. For e_Ample, uh - down around - uh -
uh - Plains of Nazea theres only ii.
But if we suddenly show up - up and - uh
7_h_ ,_ v_ _ub numbers 9A i b_liev_ _nd -
uh - 27. And as a result, we have to then
look it up where as if you have both
the number and the name, its a lot easier
than that in their books. And if you were
to put your n,_mhers in there, but still
when we went to our flight plan, we don't
know whether your numbers, we should turn
to the first of the group or the last of
the group, we have here. If you had all
them sent up at once and listed that way,
I think we could have done it, but now that
we're sending up random and by-randomly
and there's something we already have a
hunch of ... I suspect that this other ...
might be an improvement or you might think
of something else .... seem to have lots
of pictures of, and
2h3 20 4h hi CDR I'ii tell you by numbers. We seem to
have lit - a lot of n11mher five. We
seem to have a lot of number - uh -
i0, although l'm not sure we had the right
site. We have a number of - many of
Dump Tape 243-09
Page 7 of 7

number 2 and number ?. - uh - Also over in

Africa, we've had quite a few of 18, 4, 3,
17, 16, and 15. Now the rest of the thing
we haven't had much of. But if you want
" to emphasize something, ... I think the
thing to emphasize are the ones of the U.S.
later this month. Especially the ones A
and - uh - ... in other parts of the world.

2_3 20 45 29 CDR CDR out.

(background
talking)

243 21 O1 49 CDR Okay, this is the CDR; we're doing - uh -

M092-93 on the big Owen K. Garriot .....
his right leg is 12-1/2 inches, and I'll
give you lef_ in a moment.

243 21 02 35 CDR Okay, 12 -5/8 on his left leg. It looks

Just a little bit less than that, but we'll
call it 12-5/8. Closer to there than
12-1/2.

243 21 02.43 CDR Out. That's ...... of course .....

END OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 243-10
Time: 19:13 to 20:11 GMT
8/31/73
Pagei of i

243 19 13 hl This voice segment is duplicated verbatim

to within Dump Tape 243-07
243 20 Ii 2O

267 06 33 25 This is a bad-time segment. Text is verbatim

to duplication of voice segment within _,mp
267 06 36 h6 Tape 243-07

276 06 33 25 This time segment is duplicated verbatim

withdn Dump Tape 243-07, time segment
243:20:11:51 to 243:20:15:18.

]_D OF TAPE

F
D_np Tape 243-11
Time: 1848-2143 GMr
9/01/73
Page 1 of 3

243 18 48 05 CDR When you're there punch the button and I'll
tell you what to do. You're, almost.
All right_ now punch the button - Start a
translation to your right, which is up.
Okay, now start rolling to the right and
a little back thrust - little back now
roll to your right. Roll not yaw. There
you go. There you go. Okay. Now you're
moving back. Remember where you want to
come right over here. Yea, right here.
I'll be here ... up here on the dome ring.
Keep coming to your left now - now start
your yaw to the left. That's Just right.
You' re doing perfectly.

243 18 49 05 CDR These two pieces of tape eyes at top of

the dome locker.

243 18 50 08 CDR Okay. Give a msrk'

243 18 50 n SPT MARK.

stay perpendicular to the lockers and the

s_me distance a_ay at all times.
Theoretica]ly, you do it like the fly
around we did. If you stay perpendicular -
if you thrust back, you'll go right around.
Now the way it really works is if you're
going too slow you fire aft, that'll
give you a kin_ of a momentum that way.
If you're going too fast over-turn and
fire back.

CDR You're moving at a good rate now, Just

in time to stay normal, if you possibly
e821.

SPT ...

CDR Yes. Like now if you fire backwards it's

tend - gonna make you tend to go faster
around. And eye heighth is good because
you gotta miss the water tank over there.
 Dump Tape 243-11
Page 2 of 3

2hB 18 51 07 CDR You're flying exceptionally well. No

problem whatsoever, as you can tell.

CDR I see there a tape floating free in the

breeze. I'll go over and snatch it up.
Belongs to TiJuana Brass, Jack Lousma.
I'll put it down here.

243 18 51 58 CDR He's watching his head rather well.

Watching the dump line rather well. Got
that out of the way.

CDR Watch your - watch your legs. Okay.

You're approaching the double stripe.

CDR Now fly back down to the donning station

after a mark. After a mark, yeah, mark
it and then come back to the donning
station. Drop your translation before
you mark, though.

243 18 32 59 CDR Yaw to your left as you come back, a yaw

F to vn_ le_h. Yourle_,.

243 21 "5900 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A

debriefing the last ATM which began
at - uh - 20:2}. I ran off a - uh -
series of four J0P 2 boxes in building
block l0 - uh - at the four locations you
specified. And - uh - each one came off
as - uh - we hoped it might. And then I
went on down today and got J0P 6 building
block 2 step 2 and - uh - S_ center and -
uh - that also came off as advertised
except for one thing that remains a
question in my mind. I - uh - got S052
all lined up slld - uh - ready to go and -
uh - I really don't know if I started it
or not. When I looked back, it was finished
as I started it and - uh - uh - I assame
that I started it as usual. Although -
uh - uh - I don't have any - uh - real
recollection of having - uh - looked at
it - uh - during the period of time when
it was - uh - running, due to the fact that
I was mostly concentrating on the other
experiments - to get them all set up.
 D_mp Tape 243-11
f" Page 3 of 3

So - uh - S052 remains a question there

snd - uh - wish I could answer it. I assize
I got it. Still although, I don't remember -
uh - whether I did or not.

243 21 40 22 PLT And - uh - that concludes debrief on first

rev and - uh - we'll do it again pretty soon.

243 21 41 30 PLT 0h, one other item for the - uh - ATM debrief.
I - uh - made my - uh - daily sketch of the
corona. And - uh - there's a . .. sm additional
streamer thab we - uh - did not have yesterday.
At least that I did not - uh - sketch in
located in the - uh - west northwest - uh -
position roughly - uh - 060, I would say.
Perhaps that's got something to do with active
region 93. And - uh - additionally, it looks
like perhaps on the northeast side, why we
have a little longer streamer - uh -
projecting out into the - tth - uh - corona
that we had yesterday at about - uh -
3:00 clock posiLion. But - uh - _ sketch
__ pad today show'sthat we had the - uh -
oeglnnlngs or chat one and perhaps it's
grown some. Se other than that - uh - I don't
have anything other to report S052 wise.

243 21 _2 _i PLT Although, I do know that in the rev coming

up we have an opportunity to go Sun center
and - uh - uh - if I have time what I'll do
is - uh - make sure I got that - uh - last -
uh - standard run by - uh - getting an
extra one this time.

END OF TAPE

F_
 Dump Tape 243-12 \
Time: 2235-0056 GMT
9/1/73
Page I of Ii

243 22 34 44 PLT - The - uh - visible single filter on

the front. We have the - the camera
set with the T on the tmer and the
- uh - T on the back of the case. We
are set at - my f-stop here, f/1.2,
and we are focussed at infinity. Our
first exposure, will for 2 seconds,
followid by 8, 32, and 6h. And I
believe that verifies everything.
Thirty-five millimeter visible, ...
We are set on 1.2, both for infinity
and for visible filter; that's right.

243 22 35 34 PLT Okay. 22:47:30 is going to be our

first exposure, and it's still about
2 minutes away.

CC ... with a]] the lines hooked up

to their appropriate place. Over.

2h3 22 35 44 CDR Okay, that's the way it is right now.

When I took out the two plates in
/_ sieve A, which is - -

PLT Okay, we're all set with you there -

filter ....

SC ...

243 22 39 29 SPT Oh - uh - well ... would you mind

knocking off about the time of the
measurement. Okay, 5 more minutes.
Oks_r, Pardon me? Oh.

CDR ...

SPT lib-huh.... chinups on that thing.

(Loud noises )

SPT ..• ehinup thing. Uh-huh. That 's a

good point. I think it is probably
a good exercise.

CDR ...
 D_mp Tape 243-12
Page2 of ii

243 22 40 12 SPT Yep. Okay, this is the SPT back on

channel A with information not only
for the S063 PIs but also for - uh -
Karl Henize that relates to the AMB -
'that's S019 experinent. I wss looking
through the -uh - uh - window now,
right out at the S019 mirror. And
there are two things - uh - excuse me,
the AMS mirror - and there are two
things that are noticeable. First of
all, out toward the end of the elipse
is a very bright little - uh - mark
where apparently the finger pring is
located that came from SL-II. And it
is - uh - very bright, _1_ost like it
had - uh - salt or ice condensed
on a little area a couple of centime-
ters long - uh - - uh - sort of an
L-shaped area.

243 22 41 O0 Spt And then around the edges of it, for

another centimeter,it looks like
/_ there's a little bit of extra dust
accumulated. And so that's one ra-
ther bright spot on the mirror. And
then on the closest end of the
elipse - uh - there is an arc forming
a- uh -maybe, oh, 5 centimeters
as it gets to the edge of the elipse.
This little arc swings across the
lower end of the elipse and enters a
sort of a fatult, as if there were
a little bit of water vapor con-
densed on the mirror. And - uh -
this is - uh - very likely will -
undoubtedly will - produce some ex-
tra scattering.

243 22 41 40 SPT I don't know to what extent it will

affect any of the measurements in
either 63 or 19, but I wanted to
bring this contamination - uh - to
your attention since it's something
we can see directly now by eye with
the AMS mirror extended. So - uh -
that's the - uh - - uh - comment
that I wanted to make to both S063
andS019.
Dt_p Tape 243-12
Page 3 of ll

243 22 42 04 SPT Okay, we're coming up now about 4

minutes from the first exposure and
we'll get a double check on the time.

243 22 43 52 SPT Okay; we're back on air. We're

getting ready for the first exposures
he re.

CDR How long?

SPT A couple minutes.

SO ...

PLT I been wanting to.

SC ...

SPT Okay, we're already up at about - uh -

74 degrees ROTATION at this point,
and I'm setting in 2 seconds, our
timer.

_C _-
.... _--.z:r_
r tc _............
..........

243 22 44 56 SPT Okay, 2 seconds is set in on the

timer. And the camera is cocked.
We have i0 frames remaining on the
counter. Nikon 02 shows i0 frames
remaining. They're waitingxfor 47:30.
We're coming up on 45:30.

243 22 45 30 SPT MARK, 45:30. And the TILT is set

and locked at R.0 degrees. Okay. We
can see the sunset now. And we can
see the airElow. Nope. I think the
box is still in cal. Okay, we're
putting the TILT on the - the - uh -
pedestal on the horizon, and the
airglow is Just about right on the
dashed line. Looks like it ma_ he
Just a little bit broader than the
airglow. But if so - I don't have
the horizon precisely, either. Pro-
bably pretty accurate. Okay. Got
uh - 1 more minute - 2-second
exposure.
 D_ap Tape 243-12
f-_ Page 4 of ii

SPT Okay, it's coming up this time.

Stand by.

2h3 22 47 38 SPT MARK. Okay. Got that exposure made.

Next frame is going to be an 8-
second exposure at 49:30. Going
to time it - 8.

243 22 48 55 SPT Okay, we got 30 more seconds. And

the light was off the filter panels,
too. So the horizon looks clear.
Okay; stand by.

PLT Is somebody using channel - uh - A?

SPT Yes.

CDR Yes/u, Owen. Yes, 0wen.

24Z 22 49 48 SPT MARK.

CC Skylab, this is Houston through Madrid

for 9 minutes. Out.

2_3 22 49 56 S1°T MARK. _hd of exposure. Yes, Jack, I'm

on channel A. Okay, that was that
exposure, and the next one is going
to be at 51:30 for 32 seconds. Chang-
ing the timer to 32 seconds - 22:51.
We have - or rather - uh - 51:30. We
have 1 minute.

PLT Okay, Bruce. When this flare came

off on the last rev, I was Just
getting pointed out there on the ]imb
and I didn't get anything started.
. D. I I

SPT Boy, there's a big city out there.

PLT - - want me to pick up with the rev

that we Just missed or would you like
me to go on to the 2329 rev ... - -

243 22 50 51 SPT ... I can't look through here; I'm

busy. But you might look out the
window. Well, no telling which way
 Dump Tape 243-12
Page5 of ii

it is. l've- uh - got ... on the

target here.

CC Roger, Jack. Proceed per the plan as

•indicated by Zulu time. That is,
forget about what didn't get done
this last rev and pick up with the
next one. Over.

PLT Okay, thank you.

SPT Okay. Stand by.

243 22 51 39 SPT MARK.

243 22 52 13 SPT MARK. _hd of the exposure. And the

last one here in this sequence is 64
seconds at 53:30. We have 1 minute.
Changing timer to 64.

SPT Stand by.

f 243 22 53 44 SPT MARK.

CC PLT, this is Houston. If you feel

like commenting on the flare activity
as you offered to do a few minutes
ago - uh - we'._e standing by. We've
•got about 4-1/2 minutes left over
Madrid, here. Over.

SPT ... Okay.

243 22 54 41 SPT MARK. The end of the exposure.

PLT Okay, Bruce - uh - as I was setting

up for the - uh - current operations
out on the west limb, I got the
flare ... - -

SPT And now I've got to change the - uh -

lens, so - uh - I'll be off the line
here for a minute. I'll - uh - turn
off the tape recorder.

243 23 04 55 SPT Okay, SPT is back on channel A. Get-

ting set for our next - uh - set of
 Dump Tape 243-12
Page 6 of ll

exposures with the ultraviolet filter.

confirming that the lens has been
changed. We now have the UV lens
and the UV single filter. One thing
uh - Wally Teague might want to note,
uh - There is no - uh - focus setting
on this UV filter. I assume that it's
permanently set at infinity. There's
no way that one cam be adjusted ....
set on 64 seconds, and we're waiting
for 11:08, 23:08. Coming up in 2
minutes.

243 23 06 ll SPT A setting of 240. Make that around

a 140 and see what I find.

SC ...

SPT Okay, there's the horizon in there

again. About 307. Your rotations
are out to lunch I think - uh -
Wally.

_-3 2_ 07 _2 OPT _±_; J..;J...u oe dsmnea.

CDR

SPT Okay. Stand by for this exposure.

It's going to be a little bit later
than scheduled.

2h3 23 08 26 SPT MARK. The beginning of the exposure.

SPT Lower 18, yesh .... change the TILT

to ..°

2h3 23 09 33 SPT End of my exposure.

Sl_f Okay. The next one is here at - uh -

Ii. That's still a minute away. Go
for a 6_-second exposure. 23:11.
Okay, we got a pretty good airglow
horizon that time. I was a little
dissatisfied about the last one, but
uh - this one looks a little better.
And the rate change in the airglow
is smaller now. Okay, we've got 15
/_ seconds until the scheduled time.
 Dump Tape 243-12
f-_ Page 7 of ii

SPT Okay. Stand by.

243 23 ll 16 SPT MARK. The beginning of the exposure.

243 23 12 22 SPT MARK. And that was a good one. That

was particularly good. I could see a
little bit of - uh - - uh - horizon
tilt change during the course of the
run but it wasn't too bad. I tried to
keep it right in the center of the
field - uh - on the horizon. So, each
end of the field will rotate Just a
little bit. It was pretty good. I
liked that one. And I am - uh -
keeping my one eye dark adapted by
keeping it closed - while I 'm looking
with my light.

243 23 12 55 SPT Now my ROTATION at this point is - uh -

224 degrees, TILT is still 30. I
don't see the - uh - horizon at the
angles that - that are on your pad,
Wally, so we should check to make sure
_i,_" titus= _L61e_ a.L-ecurl'eLL, L_c_u_
they're not the ones that I'm - uh -
looking at. Okay. We're coming up
on - uh - 14. Another 64-second
exposure at 23:14, half a minute away.
Okay, I want to get down there and
get set for that.

SPT Stand by.

243 23 14 13 SPT MARK. The beginning of the exposure.

SPT Little lightning discharge on the

ground down there. But we was far
enough below the horizon that it
won't get into the airglow. Ought to
have been.

243 23 15 20 SPT _d of exposure.

243 23 15 21 SPT MARK it. That should have been a

good one also. The - uh - horizon has
not changed angle too rapidly. It
 Dump Tape 243-12
Page 8 of ii

does require, though, a slow, continuous

rotation on the knob. And the air-
glow horizon is sufficiently distinct,
I still estimate my errors to he about
uh - plus or minus 5 to plus or minus I0
uh - kilometers. Okay, the next exposure
ought to be about 17 at 64 seconds.

243 23 16 06 SPT A minute away. Uh - Wally you might - uh-

verify that - uh - there is no - uh -
focus - no range setting on this UV lens.
I don't know how that got set up with
infinity, but - uh - it's reassuring
to make sure I know I'm not messing
something up that I should - should
have known about.
Stand by.

243 23 16 58 SPT MARK. Beginning of the exposure.

2h3 23 18 04 SPT MARK. End of the exposure. Let me

get that - uh - optical sight inten-
sity turned down a little bit. Now,
/-_ it ought to be right there_ veah.
Yeah, I think I probably had it a
little bit too bright. Okay. Switch
eyes. Next one is a 20,32-second
exposure. Change my time. And - uh -
Wally, I'm still waiting for a res-
ponse on - uh - uh - what you and the
packers think about a plus or minus 5
or l0 kilometer here on the pointing.
Is that about what you were hoping
for, or better, or worse? I see
the stars come up over the horizon
and- uh - out to the airglow. MY
guess is about 25 kilometers is
where most of these stars are becoming
visible. And I prestune from the
film, after you've got the length
of the star track, you determine the
length of the exposure from that, I
guess. Okay, we're coming up on -
the next exposure is at 20 at 22(sic).
20 is 15 seconds away.
SPT Stand by.
 Dump Tape 243-12
Page 9 of ii

243 23 20 07 SPT MARK.

243 23 20 40 SPT MARK, end of the exposure. Okay.

Okay, our next one's also a 32-second
exposure at time 22_ a minute away.
The last one was also a good one.
All these latter ones have been
good. I wasn't too happy with that
first 2-second exposure made at the
very beginning. Two seconds
wouldn't have needed to have moved
at all, really. But you know, I
think I may have jiggled a little
hit. And I'm still also - uh -
trying to keep my eye off of this
uh - eyepiece.

243 23 21 22 SPT And l'm also not touching the

csmera because they'll - uh - they
Jiggle, and we don't want that, ob-
viously. Be nice if there was a
tighter fit. NLight try to wedge - uh -
F I've got tape around it. I might
Cry co get more tape or some_nlng
else wedged inside the - uh - uh -
slide on - little - uh - shoe.
Okay; stand by_ here.

243 23 22 09 SPT Heh. Won't take any more. That's

it. We hit zero there. I thought
it would take one more frame, but it
won't. It's on zero, and so that's
the last frame. It can't take -
take any more. I might try one more.
Well, I'll let it go. Let me put
onto the end of the - uh - 0kay,
now I don't see any change in
brightness myself. Also, there's
no light on the solar arrays. And
uh - no light on the solar arrays
and there's no reflection light
through the telescope. I presume
that's as a result of my coments
on the last run. So - uh - they've
been terminated - uh - uh - suf-
ficiently early.

f-
 Dump Tape 2h3-12
Page i0 of Ii

243 23 22 53 SPT Uh - I didn't see any change as

near as my eye could tell in the
brightness. I'm beginning to see
some now. I presume the calcula-
tions are all clear. Yeah, but it
is very definitely brighter now
at this point. See, I can tell a
difference between the - uh - Earth
and the 8irglow that I couldn't tell
before.

243 23 23 12 SI°T So - uh - if you can get the time

off the tape, I'll just go ahead
and describe what I see. But - uh -
it's Just a nice, uniform band at
this point. It's a more or less - uh -
uniform - uh - intensity - uh - be-
tween the Earth's horizon and the - uh -
upper limits of the air glow at
about 80 kilometers. That is the
distance between your pedestal and
F-
the dashed line. Okay.

243 23 23 h5 SPT Now we're beginning to get some

light off the solar panel. Yep;
now the panel is illuminated and
it washed everything out right
there• So - uh - that time w_s - uh -
about - uh - 23:30, about a minute
and a half after our last exposure.
•.. I run it. But if it was just
1 minute after the last exposures
terminated. So the timing was real
good.

243 23 24 06 SPT I did not get the last 32-second

exposure because the camera frame
remaining hit zero and would not
take another film. So that's the
end of the - uh - cerements on this
uh - first pass, and we'll be firing
back up again for the next rev
im 2-1/2 hours. The end of the
message from the SPT, with informa-
tion to PIs for S063, Wally Teague,
Jack Lew. And - uh - there was also
a comment in there about the mirror
L •

D_np Tape 2h3-12

Page ii of Ii

that goes to Karl Henize of S019

investigators.

243 23 2h hh SPT Message out.

24h 00 54 h3 PLT Hello, ATM fans. This is Jack on

Channel A. The - uh - with a little
more information concerning that rev
that - uh - we went for the flare
on ... real time. But the only other
thing we got done there on that rev
was the Dh calibration on - uh - S052.
And - uh - the - uh - readings, the
crosspointer offset readings that I
copied down on page 2-17 of the
checklist, were up/down, plus I,
and vertical left/right, a zero.

2hh 00 55 16 PLT And - uh - that concludes this

part of the debriefing

F END OF TAPE

F
 Dump Tape 244-01
Time : 0148-0234 GMT
_f" 9/1/73
Page 1 of 8

244 01 52 03 SPT SPT, recording on channel A. With

information on the S063 run up and
coming just before 2:00 am Zulu.
I've got about - uh -.3 minutes
before the first exposure starts
and I'm gonna run over the camera
settings.

SPT There are two 32-second exposures

and then some 64's and then some 32's.
Let's see that's 2, 5, 8, ii, 14,
17, 20 ... So there's a - every
three minutes we got another one.
The first ones are 32-second exposures
... Nikon 02 with the visible
lens and the twin visible filters
on the front. And verified I am
set on fl.2 and infinity. My timer
on the top is set T and on the back
is set on T. My Nikon timer -
Nikon 02 is now coming right to
/- position 32. My camera is cocked.

now, as best I can, with little

smid - smidgens cf tape.

224 01 53 19 SPT To try to stabilize it. My frame

counter on the bs.ck is sitting now
at 39. But I Just wound the camera,
it wounded down to 39. So there's
probably one mor_ frame to be
exposed than you'd expected. Okay.
Now looking for the horizon - and
the for the airglow - I see it out
there. Okay, there it comes.
There's the horizon and there's the
airglow. Now I'm gonna get my -
uh - light turned off in the window.
And I'm going to adjust it ... I
got about 2 minutes. Okaly, now
I'm gonna rotate this litte apparatus
parrallel to the horizon.

SPT Where it is now located. Got a

nice dark line between the airglow
and the horizon and I'm seeing Stars
in stars through the airglow ....
 Dump Tape 244-01 ......
Page 2 of8 __

CC Skylab, this is Houston ... for

8 minutes. Out.

sPT Should be all set.

2_4 01 54 43 SFT Waiting an 56 - 30. Waiting on 5630.

Now the twin filter we have set on
6300 angstrom selected. Okay. Take
note in - oh, ho we have some
airglow - or we have aurora. I'm
gonna take it right now. If I can
find the button here.

244 01 55 29 SPT MARK.

PLT ...

CC Okay. We copy that, Jack. No

problem.

244 01 56 00 SPT End of exposure. And that one did

P not come out well. I'm gonna have
•o see if i c_i _'oli _'_d _t _.d
get that - uh - and find some way -
doesn't look like there's any way
to do it. Well, too bad. You'd get
a smeared aurora, but nothing else.
Okay, 56:30 I'll get my regular
exposure now - 32-second. Stand by.

2_ 01 56 3_ SPT MARK.

2_ 01 57 07 SPT End of exposure. Now I'd Just wished

I'd reduced that time exposure down
to a couple of seconds and I coulda
had that aurora. I'd have a very
• large field of view here and the
doggoned aurora Jast - uh - went ri-
right through the field of view of
the SO6B.

SPT Hello, Bruce, you there?

CC Yes, sir. Go ahead, Owen.

SPT I was Just in the process of taking

some S - 63 airglow photography and
an aurora Just flew - a small section
of an aurora just flew through the
field of view. I got one exposure,
/'_ Dump Tape 244-01
Page 3 of 8

was too long, so it's probably

over exposed. But - uh - it was
sort of a surprise to see an aurora -
uh - small flash fly right through
the middle of your airglow.

224 01 5_ 58 CC Roger, Owen. We copy your ...

22h 01 58 25 SPT Okay. We're waiting on 59:30, it's

gonna be at 5977. 5577- It's
selected. And this frame count is
going to be - it's now sitting on 37.
So - uh - this'll be my second
exposure. Now - uh - the first, 41
to 39, when I wound the camera. And
then 39 itself - uh - 39 went to 38
on that attempt to get the _urora.
Now I've had one other exposure 6300.
This is my fourth exposure, 5577.
Another 32-second epoxure.

CC For the CDR_ Houston. With respect

/- _ b_n_p_ng ... canister change.
We show that ... on day 29. Over.

SPT Stand by.

224 O1 59 42 SPT MARK. Beginning of the exposure.

CDR Okay. Thank you, Bruce.

CC Roger. Out.

244 02 00 15 SPT End of exposure. Next one is coming

up at 2:02:30. 6300 angstroms now
for 64 seconds. 6300 is selected,
6_ seconds is selected.

224 02 01 24 CC Skyl_b, this is Houston. A minute

and 20 second til LOS here.., while
you're working on the ATM we like
to get a frame count. Over.

PLT Okay. Bruce ... H-alpha is ...

CC ... Jack. Thank you.

/_ 224 02 02 29 SPT Okay. Stan_ by.

 Dump Tape 24h-01
_/_ Page 4 of 8

22h 02 02 44 SPT MARK. Beginning of exposure.

224 02 03 50 SPT MARK. End of exposure.

CC Skylab, this is Houston through

Ascension ... at Ascension for
16 minutes. And the CDR phone call
should be coming though.

SPT Okay, coming up 205 - 20530, I want

5577. 5577 is being selected. Okay.
We've got that filter selected,
we're 15 seconds from exposure.
Okay, stand by for the mark.

SPT Stand by.

224 02 05 _2 SPT MARK. Beginning of exposure.

224 02 06 h8 SPT MARK. End of exposure. That was a

good one: That was good one.' They've
all been pretty good as a matter of
fact. But that one was a - uh -
w-- =Au=l_bio,_al - in terms of sSaDlli_y.
I think I've got things taped down
pretty soli-dly this time. There 's
not too much Jitter and play.

SPT Okay. Next one is 2:08:30 we

want 6300 that is being selected.
6300 angstroms we now have. Still
on 64 seconds. 2:08:30 is the time
we have about - uh - 30 seconds -
15 seconds to go.

224 02 08 30 SPT Stand by.

224 02 08 34 SPT MARK. Beginning of exposure.

224 02 09 hl SPT MARK. End of the exposure. And that

should have been a good one also.
Okay. Next one - uh - 2:11:30, 5577-
Okay. We've been getting all these
marks, you can pull them out of the
tape. Don't want to speak too loudly
it Jars my head and everything and -
uh - makes me bump the - uh - machine
 K "_ Dump Tape 2h_-01
Page 5 of 8

So I have to speak rather quietly.

Ws/ting on 2:3/:30 - til 40 seconds
away. Should have 5577 selected.
Everything seems to be working as
desired.

STP Stand by.

22_ 02 3_I 37 SPT MARK. Beginning of the exposure.

22_ 02 12 h3 SPT MARK. End of the exposure. Okay,

that should have been a good one.
Tracked smoothly all the way. Okay.
Gonna be lh:30. 5577 - no, Just a
minute that was that's - okay, that's
right, lh:30 remains 557 for another
6h-second exposure, which will be
about midnight. Or something like
that.

SPT 30 seconds.
f-

SPT _-_ _"

224 02 lh h9 SPT MARK.

_2h 02 15 56 SPT MARK. End of the exposure. And a

signifieatn amount of rotation
occurred during that one to the tilt
of the horizon. I'd say about - uh -
l0 degrees or so of rotation of the
horizon occured. Okay, the next one
coming up is 17:30 at 6300 angstroms.
6300 anstroms selected, still at 6h.
•.. 30 is coming ap in a minute.
6300.

SPT Amd ... they're getting a little bit

brighter now. Maybe ... I'm better
adapted or something - I don't think
that's it .... few lights on her
out there. Coming up in the ...
hut - uh - lights on down in the
head and up in the airlock. And I
cs/% see the - a faint illumination
around. I'm still pretty well
adapted• No problem with ...
/_ boundary. Stand by.

22h 02 17 31 SPT MARK. Beginning of the exposure.

 Dump Tape 244-01 .
"f_ Page 6 of 8

CC ... Houston. Over.

224 02 18 36 SPT MARK.

SPT 'It was a red filter, but I should

have shortened my exposure time to -
uh - uh - below 32. As a result I
left - uh - I didn't have time to
do it because I just took it with
the settings that I had set up to
beginning the exposures. And I'm
sure it smeared the aurora badly
because it drifts across your field
fairly quickly. So - uh - I think
it's going to he - turned out to be
a more of an interesting event then
a useful experiment, here. But
nevertheless we have one frame with
the aurora on it.

CC Okay, what color was the aurora?

SPT Well, it tended to be - uh - _reen

vlsna, ,y, Out £ had the red filter
in that was my first exposure - 6300.

CC ... 28 minutes ...

224 02 19 28 SPT 20:20. 2:20:30 is the next one.

5577 we want. 5377 at 20:30 ...
another 64-second exposure.
30 seconds away.

SPT Okay, stand by.

224 02 20 33 SPT MARK. Beginning of exposure.

224 02 21 38 SPT MARK. End of exposure.

SPT 23:00. 6300. Coming up on 23,

got about a minute to go. 23:30 is
a minute away. 6300. 4 seconds.
Stand by.

224 02 23 39 SPT MARK. Beginning of the exposure.

.... _ _ ?_ . _,_-....... _,_ • • : .7.- -_

Dump Tape 24_-01
Page 7 of 8

224 02 24 44 SPT MARK. End of the exposure. That

should have been good one, too.
Particularly good one. Okay, we
want 5577 next. A 32-second selected,
waiting for 26:30. About a minute
and a half. Okay. Stand by.

224 02 26 42 SPT MARK. Beginning of the exposure.

224 02 27 I_ SPT MARK. End of the exposure. Okay,

one more exposure to take. 29:30,
we want 6300. That's what we got -
we got 32 seconds set in. And it
appears pretty stable tonight. The -
uh - optical sight and everything
are not zooming around too much. I'm
still keeping my eye off the
eyepiece as best I can. Although I
find that I can touch it now without
wobbling it around. I've got it
taped down solidly enough that it
doesn't seem to Jiggle. And I think
that's really essential to a smooth

STP Still have 45 s_-conds til the last

exposure.

224 02 29 26 SPT Stand by.

224 02 29 31 SPT MARK. Beginning of the exposure.

224 02 30 04 SPT MARK. End of the exposure. Just in

time too because right at the end
of the last 5 seconds or so we're
beginning to get light shafts in
off a solar arrey. Because - uh -
I'll tell you the last 5 seconds of
that exposure ha_ some light scattered
in from a Solar ar ray into the side
of the AMS. And It'll be and
interesting test to see whether or
not you can see that on the film.
Now the film remaining counter right
now, reads 26 - on the back of the
Nikon, too. And it is wound, already,
for the next frame. And so we had
to sratr it on 40 then when I wound
it to 39. And I took one attempt at

, ,,,, . i
"f-- Dump Tape 244-01
Page 8 of 8

that aurora which wound it down

to 38. Now I should have had 12 frames
here, which is correct. That drops
it down to 26. And that's excatly
where I'm sitting on frame 26, right
now. So - uh - that should give you
the - uh - information necessary for
the - uh - plauning the next passes.
And - uh - 11o other debriefing items
here that I can think of. Uh - the
run went pretty smoothly. I wish I
had known about that aurora a little
bit earlier. It Just went through
the field too fast for me to react.
Because what I should have done was
to (chuckle) switch to 5577 drop the
exposure to about 2 to 4 seconds and
•rack away at it. But - uh - Just no
time to get that done. It really
caught me by surprise.

224 02 31 33 SPT But I think there's some good

/ _dr_low photographs on there. And
I'd be interested in getting some
feed back from how the information
sound on the ground.

22h 02 31 41 SPT SPT with information about S063.

• .. and - uh - Wally Teague and
Jack Lew. End of message.

]_ID OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 2411-02
Time : 1238-1255 GMT
9/01/73
_'_ Page i of 3

2_ 12 38 33 CDR Okay, this is the CDR on channel A. I'm

debriefing the - uh - handheld photo sites
number 16, 17 - number 16 and call site 17
North African locust swarm. Uh - you
Just can't see - uh - locust swarms, I
don't think, from orbit with the naked
eyeball. Now maybe the thing to do is
go up there without the camera and some -
uh - good binocu]avs. First of all,
there's the area that we're looking at
is not - uh - like you might imagine,
green, but as it swaths through, it's
gonna be brown. The area is fairly
brown itself and there's some green patches
but not too many. And - uh - uh - I
really believe that the chance of seeing
anything llke a locust swarm, unless it's
huge, and recognizing it, is awfully _LI.
Uh - Determining the size of the swarm
would be one whale of a good stunt. The
vegetation you can't describe, the only
thlng you can see up here is - uh - is
the _o_
s_-, ....
.of. colcrs,
2 _.-
bx_wn
•
-uh - llke maybe

be dirt. You don't know, it's Just kind of

brown. The green you don't know whether
• that's farms, trees, bushes or what. So
describing the vegetation is going to be
di ffi cult.

244 12 hO 02 CDR Is there an obse_-_able cause for the di-

rection of migratory path? If you could
find it, you might be able to do that,
simply by looking a little bit ahead and
1_'re trying to g_t a new picture. Uh -
Is the migratory path affected by to-
pography, vegetation, climatic conditions?
You know it is. But you might be able
to pinpoint this, too, if you coul_ see
the locust path itself. Now, maybe a
possibility of this thing is to 6mr higher
power binoculars, so you man look down and
find them. I'll try to next time I came
out of this area. Just get out the bi-
noculars and look for a locust swarm if
there's something l_'ke that.
i

DompTspe 2_-02
Page 2 of 3

_'_ 2_ 12 40 21 CDR Uh - I don't know how many there are,

is there one or - uh - in this whole big
area or is there one every square mile or
so. It would be an interesting piece of
data to know, we may be looking for the
so-called needle in a haystack here - uh -
there may not be that _ locust swarms
going around. Okay, now - uh - my rec_n-
mendation would be, we try it _ybe one or
tWO more times with the binoculars, if we
can, It Just my not be something we can
do from orbit with the equi_nent we have
on board now. Any more than we could lo-
cate the trees or - uh - cities or locate
houses or - it's - it's - impossible with
the equipment we have on board at the moment.
Okay, this goes to EREP officer.

24_ 12 41 zl _ oR out.

2_4 12 _i 33 C_R Additional information for the _ officer.

You might contact those current event Folks
with %he Smithsa_ian again, end get the_ to
_i,,_oI_V a _arm, inetea_ of saying it' s
in this multlmountaln area. Maybe they
r- know where two OZ" _e of them s-_e. We
could find them on our map and then try
to find them.

244 12 41 49 CDR CDR out. That goes to EREP.

2_4 12 _8 06 PLT Good morning, space fans, this is Jack

on channel A, debriefing the first ATM run
of the day for the boys in the backroom.
The ran _e_ul - the run began at 11:24.
And we put a little - uh - on the VTR.
Give you ... active region up close, and -
uh - we - uh - took a tour of the ]_mh,
turned around end looked at the - uh -
prominences, particularly the - uh -
•.. used. And - uh - we've got a couple
of runthroughs of the A_ run. Then we
went on and did JOP 6, that uh - step -
step i, building blocks IA and ]3, and
they came off Just the way you like them
as well as the - the uh JOP 2 Bravo ou -
uh - active region 12. There was - at the

r
 Tape 21_1_-02
Page 3 of 3

end of J0P 2 Bravo I had a few minutes

extra so I - uh - ran the - uh - mirror -
55 up to ... center and picked up a hot
spot for the detector and gave you a
grating auto scan on the hot spot and uh
active region 12, detector i. It went
through effective sunset at about rating 2000
and I didn't run it - run it on out. Now
I also noted that uh looks to me like this
active region, coming out of the east side
there, you don't have on the pad this morning
and it's located at 40, about .9 ....
take a look at that ...

2_ 12 _9 _0 PLT (Repeated sounds as if tape is stuck).

2_ 12 50 27 PLT And - uh - I also was concerned uh as far

as the experiment is concerned ...
though we apparently have a little more
than we did yesterday. Dh - particularly
in the region around uh well, I'd call it
h0. Not a ... east - southeast quadrant
_ uh approximately the center of 40. That's
_toi,'_iy aeurze_ the ... run anct un - we're
looking forward to the remainder of the
day on the _ ...

2_ 12 5l 06 PLT Thankyou.

END OF T3tnE
!

Dump Tape 244-03

Time : 1424-15558 G_
9/1/73
/'-" page i of 20

244 i4 24 32 SPT This is the SPT on channel A with

information for the biomed people.
•.. (Some 2 minutes of talking,
cannot be understood due to noisy
dog,n-link )

244 14 31 25 CDR This is the CDR recording ... tape

recording ...

2_4 14 49 _7 CDR Okay, this is the CDR- uh ....

recordings ... 5, 65, 62, ...

244 14 52 27 CDR ... tsht's what it was _reviously

...... on the thermal, the ...

244 14 53 ll CDR Went away .... sounds like ... had

problems.

CDR What made it go _ay then? (Echo ,

like repetition on _]l speeches)

CDR Maybe it was you;" comm set over

the re.

PLT Set it over near that pump.

2_4 lh 53 38 CDR That clears it up'

PLT ...

CDR Figured as much.

PLT I'll tske it the way it comes.

FLT Okay, how do you read me on the

head set? Okay?

CDR Ah, so-so. No, I don't ready you

okay.

PLT How about now?

CDR I'm reading you better.

PLT Okya.

24_ 14 57 16 FLT Is your door open on 917

t

D__p Tape 244-03

/'_ Page 2 of 20

CDR It 's always open.

PLT Funny part about it •.. Tell us

to turn out s1_ of the lights and
do EREP.

244 14 57 36 CDR Okya, its' t_me for a little pre-op

configuration check. Tape recorder
On.

244 14 57 41 CDR READY on. 92 ON; BEADY out. MODE

in CHECK. Door open. 91 ON, Ready
on; cooler on; snd door 6pen,
according to the Jack.

244 14 58 23 CDR 90's on. The READY's out. In

STANDBY and the door's open.
93 R, STANDBY. READY out.

CDR 93 S, OFF. READY out. 93A, OFF.

READY out. 94 ON, with READY on.
Standing by to big this run.

244 14 59 36 CDR What's that?

PLT Looks like we;re over Africa.

CDR Think over Africa, too?

PLT ... delta.

CDR Okay.

244 15 01 IB PLT Do you think I'ii want to look

under there?

CDR Wide open. Everything's wide open.

PLT That's the way we want it, all right.

CDR I 'ii bet.

CDR What time does it give us ... O2.

CDR It'll do nothing until 0.4.

PLT Find out where we're going.

Dt_np Tape 244-03
Page 3 of 20

PLT Better monitor the deal.

244 15 02 01 CDR Okay. 15:02 coming in.

CDR Okay, there's 15:02, 193 A to

STANDBY, 193S to STANDBY.

CDR Warming up.

244 15 02 55 PLT Got em on a reel, too•

CDR Good.

244 15 03 40 PLT One ought to get a good shot o£

Rio and one ought to get ...

244 15 04 12 CDR Made it for 548, gentlement.

CDR I bet that was what was happening.

• .. minus.

PLT It might have been. Right around

in here somewhere.

CDR Yeah.
i

PLT Could have been. No, that's - the

fan is on. That's right.

CDR Maybe it was ovel near that cooler.

Maybe we could pick up that cooler -

CDR Yeah. It went away once you did -

did the -

244 15 04 49 CDR 05:48, that's a minute from now.

Must been a place where that ...
didn't bother anybody.

PLT This is going to be a great window

when the pass is over•

CDB If the pass is over there, yes/a,

we'll whip it out. Good idea.

244 15 05 22 CDR 05:48 coming up, Jack. I've got to

get a ... syac. Because of the
Nadir align over the ocean, probably.
Dump Tape 24_-03
Page )4 of 20

PLT Yeah.

CDR 3 R is going OFF and A is ON.

24h 15 05 41 PLT It"s 05:48.

244 15 05 49 CDR MARK, R OFF, A ON. Microwave

ALTIMITER is going. Stand by for
6 minutes before the EREp starts.
That's it. Now monitoring A-l, B-l,
and C-I. They're starting to move_
they're starting to oscillate. They
quit oscillating.

24_ 15 06 15 CDR 94 MODE to MANUAL. Okay, I'm

stanfLing by for 7 minutes. VTS to
AUTO CAL. 7 minutes, Jack. I'll
give you your call. Uh - I asst_me
for all practical purposes, Jack,
that uh -we're in Z-LV- and we are,
we're in it - in detent, which may be
the offset.

PLT Would lever let you down on tllaz',

CDR Okay, you have' no_ got a AUTO CAL

under your belt.

PLT Recorder _ on mat.

CDR ... right now is holding about

82 percent, 82 _rcent.

PLT Where did all that tape go?

CDR Need sc_e tape?

2_ 15 07 18 PLT C-8. What's C-8 reading? C-8

ought to be here. C-8 ain't the one
I'm looking for.

CDR You want 0-8? We've get lots it.

PLT Where's the ... aks_. Are the -

CDR No, we're looking at the backs of

the - uh - friendly little - uh -
altimiter.I've got a decisiontime
at 08:50, and it look - looks to me -
Dump Tape 244-03
Page 5 of 20

from the looks of things, like we

ought to get to it. Any valve
above 50, aud we got 83. Just in
time to keep testing. Little
alignment.

PLT Stand by to push buttons.

PLT Doesn't matter, O.

CDR Done farther up, Big O. Why, what

you looking at? Okay. We're going
right across Italy _after the last
pass. 08:50 coming up, decision
time, Big Jack.

244 15 08 29 CDR 08:50 is my decision time, which is

20 seconds from now•

244 15 08 34 CDR So far, the things are oscillating a

percent or two and it's up at 83.
Natura]]y we will let it pan out, I
think - except. I'm watching the
na_r allgn kEADI light. ± jus_
went out, right on sched. I'm going
to let it pan out the next 15 seconds.
•.. that as 83 percent. Oscillating
slightly• Everything looks good.
Record A-I and B-I. Okay, A-I 5 -
correction - 46. B-I is 40. And now
A-1 is up to 52. 46 to 52 and then
40 on B. "{ow B is moving up, it's
going from 40 up to 45. So everything
looks good. 191 READY on at 09:04,
Jack. 09:40, I mean, which is 8 seconds
from now.

PLT I'm still ready.

CDR Okay, I'll tell you to count down.

244 15 09 38 PLT Chomping at the hit, lets go.' Move this

thing - come on, Skylab:

CDR ... READY's on. 193 to A to STANDBY.

MODE 5 and 63. 563.
 Dump Tape 24h-03
f_ Page 6 of 20

PLT Hello down there, Bob.

CDR 193 POWER to STNADBY. Okay, we're

standing by for i0:43, Jack.

PLT Okay. Hey, down there, Robert.

2_4 15 I0 00 CC Got you a good down-ling this time for

II minutes.

PLT Th ataboy.

CDR Everything's good t_p here.

PLT Okya, let me give you a little tour

here.

CDR 10:43, 190 MODE AUTO. Okay.

244 15 10 16 PLT Our EREP pass this morning brings us

here over the South Pacific - uh - hitting
the - uh - South American Coast. Uh -
/_ close to the southern tip, of course,
of South America, not too lat north or
Straits of Magellan, and we're gonna
whistle across Chile and Argentina,
crossing Bahia Blanca, Argentina, Buenos
Aires, Montevideo, Uruguay then we're
going to gc up the coast to - uh - Rio
and then out to sea. And then we'll be -
llh - -

244 15 l0 _4 CDR Okay, i0:43 -

244 15 i0 h5 CDR MARK. That's 190 MODE AUTO.

PLT - - then we'll be coming up on

Arfiea I'll bive you the - uh -
geography en route to that. In a
rounded area up there. Chompin at
the bit, Just waitin to go. Have to
wait for this EREP for so long. 01d
Motor Mouth over here has real]y got a
tough job today, all he's got to do is
turn this on and off a little here.

CC Got trouble with th Skipper.

_ Dump Tape 244-03
Page T of 20

CDR Never. Never.

PLT Skipper's running the show as usual.

244 15 ll 22 CDN 11:20 it says here.

PLT How do you like that attitude, Bob? I

mean the spacecraft.

CDR Looks good to me. 399 - 3599, 3598,

all balls i. 13 minutes.

PLT By the way, the VTS" came up - uh -

O0 left and 00 down in the pointing -
uh - for information of those who
requested it. Coming over the Andes,
Southern Andes, I see them now, snow all
over era. And clouds right up to the
coast, clouds a little ways in land,
now it's clear. Over Chile, the high
Andes, covered with snow. Looks like
cold country.

244 15 12 27 PLT Nothing in Argentina. All flats and

deserts _lown there. Mountains now.

2_h 15 12 54 CDI_ Okay, stand by for speed medisum shut-

ter at 13 minutes.

244 15 iB Ol CDR MARK. Shutter speed medium.

244 15 13 12 PLT ... down there ... brown. No apparent

salt f/ats in it. Small lakes ...
around the edges apparently. Big
salt flat on the ... now. I 'm standing
by for 14 here, A1.

CDR Okay, it's coming up on 13:44. I've

got to go to MODE READY on 192.

PLT I see some highways down there.

244 15 13 46 CDE 13:44. MODE is ready. 13:55 is next.

13:55 intervalometer 20, Marks 20.

244 15 14 02 PLT MARK. VTS on. Zero zero, nadir

swatch. Camera's on.
 D_np Tape 24h-03
f_ Page 8 of 20

CDR Okay, tapes in motion, everything

looks good.

CDR 14:30 S on snd R on.

PLT Now we're crossing farmland, Bob.

See lots of there's lots of crops
down there.

2hh 15 14 30 CDR MARK. S ON and R ON.

PLT Lots of farming land down below us

now, _Imost all completely sectioned
up tino - uh - plots of agricultural
areas. Very few clouds, nice clear
day for this pass over Argentian.
A little bit of interference now,
but forget it. There's a FLARE
ALARM going.

CDR What alarm?

PLT What
's the IIC?

CDR South Atlantic anamoly.

PLT South ATlantic anomaly.

CDR ...

PLT Okay, quite a few more l_kes coming int

field view now, but they are completely
surrounded by farm land. Argetina
looked -uh- there's a lot of work
out in the field.

24h 15 15 h9 CDR That antenna's scanning ... when I

went back there to check that alrm
I Just noticed it.

PLT Picking up a little bit of the coast

on the right side of the reticle, huh?

F _
/_ Dump T_pe 244-03
Page 9 of 20

244 15 15 58 CDR 16:30 and the intervalometer is i0.

PLT Just crossing over the bay by Bahia

Blanca, I believe. Golfo San Matias.

CDR Rio de la Plata, says the O.

CDR 16 :30.

PLT Very muddy water coming out of that.

CDR See Buenos Aires?

PLT We're not there yet.

CDR 0kay. 16 :30, coming up.

244 15 16 25 PLT Okay, let's turn this thing off.

PLT Okay, the VTS if off.

CDR Okay. 8 - 9 - 6 -

244 15 16 31 PLT MARK.

244 15 16 32 CDB 16:30, intervatomer i0, READY out on 190.

That's 18:20 by _y watch.

PLT ... on the ground it ... up right.

244 15 17 16 CC ... we got a call to tell you that

we did enable dump - uh - so we can
get our dump then when you would come
out of Z-LV.

CDR Okay.

CDR Made quite a bit -

CC Here, Jack.

244 15 17 41 PLT Okay, we're about to clear out the

beach. Near the - uh - over the Atlantic
and the nice beach there and I think we
made it across the - the Mar del Plata -
D_mp Tape 24h-03
Page i0 of 20

Pelotas - the Rio Orsmde - uh - Brazil

and we're now across the coastline and
we ought to be able to - uh - get a goo
look at - thh - Rio after awhile.

SPT Hey, Jack gotta go to -

CDR Hey, look out that STS window, Bob, and

see the - large antenna scanning back
and forth. 193, I assume. Looks like
it's scanning the coastline there
really looks pretty. All covered with
uh foil. 18:30
244 15 18 30 MARK. 193 MODE to CHECK.

PLT Okay, we're breaking away from the land

now.

CDR ... release it.

CDR Say again.

SPT ...

CDR Yeah. Good weather ss_vs, Big O.

PLT Yeah, that ,ras good weather.

PLT We're scanting up the coast now.

CDR Do me a favor, 0. Is that antenna scan-

ning now?

SPT ...

CDR Which windo% ?

PLT ... you're going over clouds now, Crip.

Over water, over clouds.

CDR How about that antenna? Is it moving

around, O. ?

PLT You still there, Bob?

 Dump Tape 244-03
Page 3_1 of 20

CC Go. Still got you for a minute and

a half.

PLT Okay, one thing I want to mention is

that housekeeping 84 ...

CC I -

244 15 19 27 PLT You know what that does? Turns out _]1
the lights out in the MDA, makes it
kinda hard to read your EREP pads.
Leaves all the lights on down in the
workshop.

CC ... backwards.

PLT Yeah. We've got three guys up here who

don't like working with no lights and
the circulation down. So you might want
to take a look at that. Actually those
uh three airlock fans, we don't need
them while the other external fsms are
going - it's uh - but I think you want
to leave the upher, so we can see what
we're aolng.

CDR ... Coming up.

244 15 20 01 CDR MARK. S t¢ STANDBY. R to STANDBY. Okay.

PLT I don't get S191 on mine if I scan over

toward the coast, will they?

CC No, uh that's perfectly satisfactory,

Jack, and _/_we're going LOS in about
_0 seconds. See you at Madrid and uh -
and -correction-Ascension in h minutes.

PLT Okay, we'll be looking for you. We're

Just coming up on Rio. Ascension in 4.
Gonna get a nice ... today, Bob.

244 15 21 42 CDR We didn't cut em off here, but we didn't

cut em off at the workshop either.

I_LT Cut what off?

CDR Lights.

_ PLT I know it, didn'ttell me to.

Ik_np Tape 244-03
Page 12 of 20

CDR O. ? How about going down there and

cutting off the main lights in the
workshop if you can. To make up for
the lights. Make up the lights we got
on up - here they said turn out.

SPT ...

244 15 22 03 CDR For electrical power. They told us

to power down these lights and we
couldn't - so we could see.

PLT Yes/G, you can turn em all down or

off except the ones" you need.

CDR Yeah. We'll leave - leave em off

for awhile til they s_y -

PLT Yeah. Don't understand the logic.

CDR Be 230.

CDR R OFF and A ON. That's very good.

CDR Okay, that's R OFF. A OS at J6.

T- L

244 15 22 38 CDR MARK, it's on. Okay at 23:00 1 got

190 MODE SINGLE. 24:00 MODE SINGLE.
I think I can do that.
CDR A MODE SINGLE we Just took. At 24 of
I'll go MODE SINGLE again.

CDR Standby for 24 SINGLE.

244 15 24 01 CDR MARK. 24 SINGLE. Now 25:20 SINGLE.

Start.

244 15 24 44 CC Skylab, Ho_ton. We're A0S once more

for about 7 minutes, we may drop out
here in about a minute due to terrain ...

PLT Okay, Bob.

CC Jack, you can have those MDA lights

if you want era.

PLT Thank you. We turned on the two in

the workshop to make up for it.
Dt_p Tape 244-03
Fage 13 of 20

CC EGIL ... ?

PLT Roger.

PLT Who's the big EGIL bird today?

CC ...

PLT Legal EGIL.

PLT Bill Moon again, her? That Bill Moon

must be down there all the time.

CC Hard working man.

PLT What does Bob say, is it hot?

PLT No answer.

244 15 26 ii CDR MARK. 26:10, 93 A to STANDBY. Range

to 60. At 26:30, A is gonna come on.

244 15 26 31 CDR A's on. 26.55 MODE SINGLE. Nice.

SPT Bob, let me ask you a question about

87A coming up Uh - was that suppose to
be - two of the liquid containers? One
of which wss disposed of on SL-2 and Uh -
was that one we were supposed to dig
out or _h - was there only one? OVer.

CC There's Just one, 0wen, and we do not

want you to dispose of it; we want you to
save it.

SPT Okay. There is one, I thought it might

still be a new one that SL4 was going
to use, but it's down in the locker.

244 15 27 24 CC Okay, uh I'll tell you about it later,

but now we want you to save it_ we do
want to keep it.

SPT Okay, they're going into locker number 733.

CC Okay.

SPT Okay.
Dump Tape 244-03
Page 14 of 20

CC We got uh - -

SPT Go ahead.

244 15 27 42 CC Okay, I was just gonna tell yo that we

do want you to make sure that you start
your maneuver back to uh solar inertial
on time. We're sitting right on that -
the critical point of uh - possibly
getting into a reset during our dump,
so we want you to start it back on
time and we want you to monitor the
dump dlosely. And "if we start to
diverge and it looks like we're going
into a reset, we'd like you to go to
your offset attitude uh card and go
into ATT HOLD and and we'll do our
reset when we're back in full inertial.

SPT Okay.

PLT Attitude hold.

CC Let's not hold Zhe 'I'AC,says JacK.

PLT Yeah. Okay.

SPT Trying to _aneuver back.

244 15 28 39 PLT I got 15:39, maneuver back. No change

to that, is there, Robert?

CC That 's affirmative.

PLT Okay.

CDR Waht are we over, Jack, the ...

24h 15 28 56 PLT Yeah s we're over water, we're coming

up on the uh the Intertropieal Divergence
Zone as and we're gonna uh get some
data on the weather down there. And that
uh-

CDR Take a plain old photograph -

PLT Particularly interesting there. Zones -

world's weather - -

CDR Modes are ready.

 Dump Tape 244-03
Page 15 of 20

PLT - - pictures.

244 15 29 20 CDE Okay, 29:20 on the . ..

PLT There's some clouds now, gettin thick.

CDR - - 29:30 A - -

244 15 29 26 PLT MARK. 190 ...

CDR 29 :33

244 15 29 33 PLT How much longer yotr gonna be there, Bob?

CC I got you for about 2 minutes. Gonna

drop, out for about 1 minute and
pick you back up again.

CDE 29:30, - -

PLT Okay we're gonna hit the African Coast - uh -

at - uh - Portuguese Guinea and we're
/-_ gonna go over ... Senegal and over the
_ahara D_rt _d u_ AI_II_ _ud - -

CDE 29 :35, Standby - -

PLT Tunisia, leaving the African coast in

the Mediterranean at Tunis, Tunisic,
and then our EREP pass is over, the
camera is off and the spacecraft itself
will continue up over Sicily - uh -
Bucharesty, Odessa, Volgograd and -
uh - It'll be dark then and - uh -
down over the Gobi Desert - -

244 15 30 18 CDR 31:20, MODE - -

PLT - - leaving the - -

CDE - - 192, MODE to STANDBY.

PLT - - down the coast between Shang-hai

and Canton, heading out over the
Philippines.

CDR MODE to STANDBY at 31:20.

F 244 15 30 36 PLT Who's the boss down there today, Crip?

Hut:
f-_ Ik_p Tape 24h-03
Psge 16 of 20

CC Puddy's the boss.

PLT Oh, that's right, Don Puddy. Hello, there

Don.

CC He says hello, Jack.

244 15 30 54 PLT Okay I got a good cloudy/area in this

inner tropical convergence zone. That's
what we're looking for. Be with you
in Just a second, Alan. Help us under-
stand the world of weather better -
Better for a long forecast - -

CC Going down - -

PLT Go ahead.

244 15 31 13 CC We'll lose you in about 30 seconds and

have you back in about - oh - a minute
and a half.

PLT Okay,we'llsee you.

CC Be cloudy over the coast here and it'll

clear off right afterwards.

2_4 15 3_ 22 CDR 31:20, MODE to STANDBY.

PLT Uh - It's clear across the from coast

right now.

244 15 31 29 CDR Stnad by on 190. SHI/I"f_ SP_:_:I}

to FAST.
RANGE to 29 - RANGE to 29. Okay,
33:45

24h 15 31 39 PLT Camera's on. Hardly a cloud across

the whole of Northwest Africa.

CC Good.

CDR 31: 38.

PLT ... my - uh - 191 to ground was still

over water - straight down, that is.
She'll be coming over the coast of - uh -
Portu - Portuguese Guinea here near the
city of Bissau- Bissauis how it's
pronounced. Okay here we come. See
the little islands down there.
Dump Tape 244-03
Page 17 of 20

Down there, Bob?

244 15 32 h5 CC We're back with you for about 9 minutes.

PLT Okay we've crossed the African coast.

We 're over land.

PLT Good weather down ther; a few scattered

clouds. The coast looked basically
pretty clear right now• A little bit
of haze. But - uh - able to see the
ground.

244 15 33 20 PLT See patches of green mixed in with - uh -

the drown down there. Now the greenish
features are very evident. Uh - the
background of brown - apparently there is
lots of vegetation around the rivers.
• .. the - uh - arid soil-country
around it. _e ground's getting more
brown now as we approach the Sahara Desert.

24h 15 34 17 PLT Seeing mostly brown down there now but - uh -

a few small lakes•

244 15 3[! 35 PLT Now we're diefinitly over the desert.

PLT Occasional pass of scattered clouds

here and there. Basically very clear.
Judging by the clouds and shadow they
make on the ground, we've got - uh - a
good Sun angle. And - uh - now we're
coming over some - uh - sand dunes which
are very apparent. All parallel linear i
•.. very much like the sand dunes you E
see in the - (caugh) Excuse me - Arabian
movie. Don't see the French Foriegn
Legion down there, but that's the kinda
ground they live in. (Laughter) - uh -
long axis of .•. lies parallel with the
spacecraft now, we're going right along
them. They're north-east and south-west•
Now we're crossing over some red soil.
Big area of kinda reddish - fields of
reddish soil mixed in with the brown.

244 15 36 31 PLT Now another area of a very - very apparent

sand dunes, running the same direction
as the others,
i-_ Dump Tape 244-03
Page 18 of 20

Must be very high because it looks like

you can see shadow in them.

PLT There, now the sand dunes are moving

out of the picture. We're coming into
a little - ... 3. They're quite flat -
gray color to it. Could be streaks of
brown sand going through them. Now
picking up some streaks of sand dunes
- uh - could be - uh - a new one
every - uh - maybe l0 miles apart, all
running parallel. Xn between is flat.
Now they're getting close together again.
244 15 37 54 PLT You can't see the red lines on the ground
that - uh - devide the countries up like
you can on the maps. Haven't see one
of those yet.

CDR Got 1 minute til SI maneuvers, Jack.

PLT Okay.

_ CC YQ-k_ we '_ l_e y_,1 to g_ _a _a nnt

that maneuver time in so we can make sure
get there.

PLT That's what I'm doing right now, Bob.

CDR Okay. What it is? 13 minutes or some-

thing - or longer?

CC Sixteen minutes - -

CDR Sixteen minutes?

CC - - 14 minutes-correction, 50016.

CDR Okay.

244 15 38 31 PLT Okay here we go, 52030 - -

CDR That 's it.

244 15 38 37 PLT Enter, in, CLEAR, 50016, CHECK, ENTER,

CLEAR.

SC Okay I think I ... - mode maneuver time;

that's EMC;MODE,SI,

CDR You got h seconds or so.

 Dump Tape 244-03
Page 19 of 20

PLT Give me a mark.

244 15 39 01 CDR/PLT MARK.

CDR 39.

PLT We're on our way to SI gang.

CC Appreciate it.

PLT On time: BAT CHARGE light's been on a

while here, as you might expect.

SPT ATT/HOLD TACS is the backout, right?

CC Affirm.

PLT Okay.

CDR On that - uh - thing right there.

PLT Okay.

f" 244 15 q9 42 CDR Your READY out sup_osealv at 40 on ]Q0.

MODE to STANDBY.

244 15 _0 03 CDR Okay READY out on 190, in STANDBY.

Stsmding by for _0:20.

244 15 40 20 CDR Come on REALY on; okay, READY on complete

and EREP to STOP.

PLT ... but why that's the worst one? - -

CDR ... right.

PLT Complete. Kow's she looking to you,

Bob. We gonna make it?

244 14 40 48 CC Looking good right now. And - uh -

We're gonna loose you in about - oh -
little over I minute here. AI, if you
get a chance, we would appreciate it if
you can try that - uh - condensate
sepress fitting and see whether that
line is cleared out yet. We're thln_ug
about moving up that 60 Bravo a little
bit early.
 Dump Tape 24h-03
Page 20 of 20

CDR Good idea. We'll try it in - uh -

Just a few minutes.

CC And - uh -

CDB Anything else?

CC If we do that 60 Bravo, we don't have

S019 in the SAL, of course.

24h 15 41 08 PLT Okay we're right over Tunis now - =

CDR All right, understand.

PLT - - And Sicily, the boat of Sicily.

244 15 41 16 CC (kay we're 30_seconds from LOS. See you

at Guam at - uh - 16:07. Be doing a
data/voice recorder dump. That's about
26 minutes away.

PLT Okay, Bob.

f -
24415 41 26 CDR Going off the comm.

244 15 47 ll CDR Okay, B-7 is 30 percent, 30 percent.

244 15 52 21 SPT Oka_v, a little information on the - uh -

ErC camera for the -_h- ground. Goes to the
EREP officer. The frames we used - the
frame counter reads 79 79 total frames
used. That'll , of course, be on the - uh -
daily report as well.

244 15 52 38 SPT This message for the EREP officer from

the SPT.

244 15 54 40 CDR Okay this is the CDR. The tape meassure-

ments - is 1-7/8 inches - 1-7/8 inches.

_D OF TAPE
Dump Tape 244-04
Time: 1617-1619 C_T
9/oi/73
Page i of 1

2hh 16 17 39 PLT 277, 286, 335, 259, 29h, 301, 300.

Step h: 10.62281, 278, 289, 320,
308, 262, 263, 299. Step 5: 10.62284,
290, 335, 263, 277, 273, 289, 288,
308, 308. Step 6: 10.62243, 272,
278, 257, 26h, 295, 359, 283, 258,
306. Step 7: and its repetitions, are
as follows: the first set of three was
2.56788, 709, 769. Second set of three
was 10.36733, 702, 760. Step - or the
thi=d set of three is as follows: 2.36719,
731 and 7 - 671. The last number was
671. And that takes mare of the - uh -
blomed information for Doctor Mike Whittle
and Doctor Bill Thornton.

2h_ 16 18 48 PLT End of message. Thank you.

END OF TAPE
/.

D_np Tape 2_4-05

Time : 1900-1917 GM_
911173
Pagei of 2

2_ 19 00 35 PLT C_ay, space fans, this is Jack on

channel A debriefing the last ATM
run which began at 18:10o We ran
off - tth - two JOP 6's, J0P 4 Alfa
JOPs all run pretty much as advertised
and- uh - got it all done. Not
too _ch to report so - tth - we'll
see you at 19:43.

24_ 19 lh 20 SPT Okay, SPT on channel A with some wordS

to the biomed people. M092/93 Pls.
Yesterday's run on the SPT on the -
uh - amount of work done at the
2-minute intervals doing S04 watts.
I forgot to tell or to send that
do_n, 30h was the reading on the
ersometer. And now today we're setting
for a 92/93 run on the commander,
and - uh - AI is in the tank right
now - uh - his arm bandS are the
same. Let's make that his leg bandS,
are the standard ones sent up on
the pad we've been using all along and

pressure trap. And his calf dimensions

are as follows: left calf is 12-7/8
13-1_/.

24h 19 15 17 SPT And - uh - that's a]] the infol_nation you

need, I believe, on the - uh - 92 run.

2_h 19 15 50 SPT kay, SPT on channel A with information

to the bic_ed people, also Dr. Paul
Buchanan. Uh - made an extra measurement
an the refraetometer and the specific
gravity of sterile water obtained
frc_ the hematology kit was 1.0115.
1.0115, essentia]Sy the same
measurements that we got with the water
from the table - uh - or the head. In
other wordS - uh - it's an error
in the refractometer and I presume
you can adjust your other
measurements linearly, although I don't
know, I would appreciate knowing the
adjustment is Just for curiosity.
I

_-_ D,_.pTape 244-05

Page 2 of 2

244 19 16 28 SPT End of message. Out.

E_D OF TAPE
• Dump Tape 244-06
Time : 2119-2248 GMT
912173
• _ Page i Of ll
\

244 21 21 21 SPT Okay, this is the SPT, talking

&bout hSy-2 Charlie crew debriefing,
foundtable discussion, except I'm
to be doing it separately.

SPT On question number l, preferable

floor-ceiling or open cylindrical?
It is a question of how much space
is available. In other words, is
volume - is a problem, or - uh -
you can have all the volume you
want. And secondly_ what's the
function to be performed. As far as
a place to eat is concerned, or
a new experiment. For the most
part, say like a medical experiment,
the floor/ceiling is perfectly
satisfactory. For some of the
others, like the maneuvering unit,
you need a larger volume. There
are some of those things that are
probably not in - in the correct
/_ volume. And we're mentioned one of

-- to look outside. That's in floor to

ceiling, where it would have been
better the more open arrangement
so that you can orient your body -
uh - appropriate to the horizon
or the task that you're watching
would be outside the window. So,
it's eitheris satisfactory, and
depends upon what the volume avail-
able is, and what's the function
that you're trying to perform is.

24h 21 22 25 SPT How adequate are the restraints

end mobility aids - not very.
Where are more needed, and which
ones, where are some unnecessaryY
I'm sure there's a lot of un-
necessary things, like those dome
hsmdredls. But there's an awful
lot that are needed that are not here.

f-

r
 Dump Tape 24h-06
Page 2 of ii

In the head or the bath place -

nothing to hold yourself down to
when you're trying to say ch_ge
out your urine bag, - uh - do some
of the other taksks. No place for
logging information. We Just got
stuff glued to the wall where there
ought to be stuff written out ...
no places to write. And this - this
whole place - there was never any
though intended for _iting or
keeping books, or making changes,
anything like that. So_ the whole
thing needs to be through through.
And I'd say there aren't half
as many as are re_lly required.
And there's probably twice as many
as are used, - uh - presently,
if that makes sense. It's a
lesson in paradoxical, but I
think it ...

2_4 21 23 27 SPT How often have environmental

_ f_r_ iL_L_f_fr_d wi_h your
ability to perform a task, noise,
temp, airflow_ illumination. Noise,
never; temp, never; airflow, never,
except in experiments when you'd
like to have no airflow. Illum_na-
tion is only a problem when you're trying
to do the low, light-level stuff.
The flight planning has got
to the point where we are fre-
quently eonflieint with each other.
People want to eat when others
are trying to do photographic
work. Uh - We're - uh - - All
of us wanting to ride the
bicycle at the same time. And,
so there are conflicts of flight
pl-nning involved, - uh - uh - but,
other than that we cem adjust the
illumination to whatever task
you want to do. So environment
is not a - big - factor. Never
interferred with the ability to
sleep.
 Dump Tape 244-06
/_ Page 3 of ii

244 21 24 16 SPT Unique off-duty activities you

devised to supplement those supp-
lied in the off-duty activites
equipment kit, none. We've
not - we've been too busy to have
any off-duty activities. Ah -
recreational facilities - depends
upon the length of the flight.
It's a whole new question, but I
don't want to spend the time up
here in orbit trying to think
out recreational facilities for
another flight.

SPT In terms of zero-g living and

working, what specific habita-
bility would you recommend for
the next Skylab crew for fUture
programs? I'd recommend more
socks - ah - for the next crew.
For future programs, rather think
about it on the ground, when
we've got some time to do it,
ins_ead of _asting too much of
this time for L things that we
could do as well on the ground.

244 21 25 15 SPT Beneficial and detrimental effects

of zero g. Individual work
activities are restrained. Well,
anything have to do with something
heavy is much easier and is bene-
fielal in zero g. If it has very
many parts, you have to keep laying
stuff down then it's a hinderance.
So - uh - I think as far as your -
Just normal work activites, in
general, zero g is a hinderance.
The reason we're up here, it
seems to me is the fact that,
first of all, we're above the
atmosephere. Secondly, it's a
brand new environment so its vacuum
is important. And third, there's a -
a number of specific things like
heavy masses, like a bunch of new - uh -
 Dump Tape 244-06
Page 4 of ll

uh - types of tasks could be -

could be performed without gravity.
Like, the crystal growths and we
were doing that. But those sorts
of things. Those are the reasons for
zero g are - are of benefit. As
far as our individual work activity,
our ordinary things like eating,
drinking and - uh - - uh -uh -
writing and so forth, all that
stuff - uh - generally, zero g is
a hinderance. It is not
particularly - uh - a significant
one. It's one that you can work
around. But it's not a particular
advantage. Except in those specific
things I was mentioning. Handling,
transfering various - It's almost
always an advantage and very naturally
in zero g. It's really much simplier.
You can really coast around with no -
no effort and do things with precision.
The requiredassistanceusually- uh -
- _ - s_aol±i_y ana tying yourself down
would be a typical problem. But -
uh - other than that - uh - zero g is
satisfactory. It doesn't make a lot
of difference either way. Personal
maintenance activity. Hygiene,
domming, doffing, is - uh - more of
a problem in zero g.

244 21 27 02 SPT Personal hygiene. You can tell

by what we talked about in the head.
It's more of a problem in zero g.
But you can get around it. There's
nothing that's so big that it's
a big everyday problem. But, it's
nevertheless, not as simple as
straight forward as it is in
one go had we spent the last
SO years up here, we'd have probably
devised things that would have
made it more simple. And it would
have been comparable. But at
the moment, it is not. It is more
Dump Tape 244-06
Page 5 of ii

of a problem. Donning and

doffing is a litle bit more
of a problem here, except
for some - uh - things, having
to use heavy weights for. The
first ... getting in and out of suits
is usually a little bit more of
a problem; although it's nice not
to have to hold the suit up, still
it's a little bit more of a
problem. You take a little bit more
help getting in and out. Waste
management and cleanup _ - we've
talked about that when we were talking
about the head. So it's a bit more
of a problem. Locomotion in and
through - Well, going up to the
top is certain_y a lot easier. You
can fly straight to the command
module with no problem. So any
time you've got to go up or down
in one g it's a lot eaaier to do
it in zero g. Any time you've got
to go horizontaJ_ly, it'spro-
bably easier to do it in one g. So,
your answer depends on which
specific thing you're talking about.

244 21 28 l_ SPT Satisfactory of frequency of

beddding and clothing. We don't
need to change as often as we have,
with the exception of the socks. I
think, at least for myself, and I
believe A1 and Jack would have
preferred to change socks every day.
We didn't have that many. The rest
of the clothes, more frequent changes
than we really need. You Just don't
get as dirty up here because there's
no dirt or grime. And - uh - about
the only thing that gets on them is
a little bit of food maybe - a little
bit of maybe. We change our
underclothes, of course, So - uh -
there's - uh - no real problem at all.
 DumpWape 2_4-06
Page 6 of ll

The frequency could br less,

except for socks, as far as I'm
personally concerned.

244 21 28 50 SPT That's the end of this briefing,

2 Charlie, from the SPT.

TIME SKIP

244 22 07 i0 CDR Okay, this is the CDR, and

we're doing S019. l've'got it
set up on 232.8 because the
actuals minus 2.2 and the ...
minus 30; 21.9 TILT; field 437.
We're going for 270. I've got
the frame in hand. It's going
to be number 109. All I'm doing
is waiting for something to happen,
which is 22:08 which occurs in
about20 seconds.

- C_R _erytnlng is in reacynow.

Everything is in ready to - for
this run.

CDR Stand by, here _e go -

244 22 08 lO CDR MARK. Shutter is open on the

first exposure.

CDR 270, WIDE to 437, frame 109.

We'll cool it here. I'll go
off the comm.

CC - -

244 22 09 14 CDR This is the CDR talking a little

bit about the hand-held photograph
of the Colorado River. It came
off real well. Uh - The weather was
scattered to broken. I was able to
pick up the Colorado as it approached
the coast - Gulf Coast. Uh - Standing
water was in evidence - uh - in
_°

Dump Tape 244-06

Page 7 of ii

several of the cut-off

windings of the river; although
I suspect that might be true,
rainy weather or dry weather. I
don't know also how this is going
to help you - uh - I don't know
how this exactly helps anyone
because I'm not being specific
enought. The time over the area
is in a matter of a minute or so.
The maps we have on board do not
pinpoint it precisely. It
pinpoints the river, but - uh - uh -
I'm still puzzeling on a lot of
these EREP sites what - what we get
out of them. We - -

CREW ...

CDR Say again?

CREW ...

CDR Yeah, I'm Just started.

CC 0kay, Jack ... - -

CDR Yeah, my pass says 22:08.

CC - - ... and the upshot of it

is we'd like your velocity, ...
tomorrow's your day off ... will
be discussing some A_4 items ...

SPT - intercom. Jack, who'd you say

was going to be talking with us?

CDR ... To get back a little bit further - to

get back a little bit further -
uh - I'm still a little bit puzzled
about how we're going to handle -
uh - this sort of information.
It seems like just casual talking,
you can't do anybody any good. It's
not detailed enough, it's not specific
enough.
 Dump Tape 244-06
_ Page 8 of ii

244 22 ii 52 CDR That's puzzling me a little bit,

but I guess we can work on it - uh -
and I'ii be ready to take the
next hand-hand pictures later
in the next orbit, in Mexico.
And now let's don't talk
about it - By the way, that was
the EREP officer. We're now
working on - uh - our SOl9 - By
the way, I elected to do the
unwides first. We're presently
doing unwide and I'ii let you
know at the 270 mark.

CDR So stand by. It's gonna be close

the shutter on a unwide.

244 22 12 52 CDR MARK. Okya, that's a 270 unwide

and let's go for the 270 wide now.
Okay, I'm picking up a frame. And
I'm ready. I'll give you a mark when.

CDR Standby-

244 22 12 55 CDR MARK. Okay that should be frame ll0,

field 437.

244 22 16 24 CDR Okay, S019 again for Dr. Karl

henize, and Wally Teague. We're
approaching the 100-percent mark
of 270 wide. I'll give you a mark.
Then we'll change fields. That's
437, frame Ii0.

244 22 16 44 CDR MARK. Okay, now we're going to a

different one, 0652.

CDR 0652, that's one. And 213 is the

other one. There's 213, 06520 - 650,
excuse me, 650. I'm glad I
checkedit. Okay,that'sit. And i
213 is going to field 107. It's i
going to be a 270 wide to begin with.
I'ii place this righthere. Pick i
up a frame. Stand by - 1

I
 Dump Tape 244-06
Page 9 of ii

244 22 17 34 CDR MARK. We've Just begun. 270

widened, field I07, frame iii.

CDR Okay, 5019_ we're approaching the -

uh - i00 percent of the 270/wide,
field 107. I'll give you an
unwidened right after this.

244 22 21 20 CDR MARK. That's done. Okay_ I'm

standing by for unwldened, as soon
as the widening mechanisems stop.

CDR Now, I'll do a 90 and 30.

CDR Stand by -

244 22 21 38 CDR MARK. We're beginning a 270-second

unwidened exposure.

244 22 24 02 PLT Okay, space fans. This is Jack,

on channel A, debriefing the last
ATM run, which began at 21:ih.
,_ I ran off a JOP 6 as advertisied.

that active region 15 in the

process of rising in a flare. I went
over to it and --uh - did a shopping
list item 13 on it - correction shopping
llst item 13 and - uh - it did not -
uh it was rising up through - uh -
450 when I saw it and was very bright.
And it topped out about 600,
but did not ring the bell. Therefore
I - uh - continued on the - uh -
interesting event - uh - shopping
list item. And I took a couple
of more time exposures as it fell
and when it was no longer of
interest and the experiment was
timed out, I went on to shopping
list ... down to JOP 2 Alfa
was able to rum off three of those
from active region 9 as you requested.
I was unable to get the fourth one,
and I did not do the J0P 6 because
there was no time. I've already indi-
catedwhat experiment ran and - uh -
F Dump Tape 244-06
Page i0 of ii

244 22 25 21 PLT So that completes the debriefing

on that rev and we'll pick up
at 22:47.

244 22 26 -2 CDR Okay, stand by for the 270-second

unwldened.

244 22 26 08 CDR MARK. Th'ats it. Okay, now lets go

for the 90-second widened shall we?
I'll pick up a frame. I'm at the
90 now. Stand by -

244 22 26 2- "CDR MARK. That's a 90-second , field 107,

frame i13.

CDR Stand by for a mark when

I open the 90-second exposure.

244 22 27 35 CDR MARK. Okay, let's go for the 30.

Stand by -

f 244 22 27 45 CDR MARK. 30 on the way.

CDR Stand by. We've got a 30-second one

Just about finaleing [sic] here now.
Stand by.

244 22 28 14 CDR MARK. That's de_e. Okay, shall

we move on to the next field,
which is a 270? 038.3, okay.

CDR 38.3, 24.6. Hey, that's good.

Let 's for a 270. Okay,
we're there. Pick up a frame,
stand by - 37 -

244 22 29 03 CDR MARK. Okay, 38.3, 24.6, field i01,

270 and it - uh - didn't work.

244 22 32 33 CDR Okay, stand by. We're getting

ready to shut off the 270. And
go to the next 270.

244 22 32 47 CDR MARK. Complete. We're going for

22:34, 22:34; that's one of my
favorite ones, and 056. That's
!=

f_ Dump Tape 244-06

Page ll of ll

okay, if you can't get anything

else.. That 's it. Now let 's
go for 270, 22:3_ 056. We're
gonna go for 471 field and it'll
be frame 116. Stand by ~

24_ 22 33 30 CDR MARK. 270 on the way.

24_ 22 37 i0 CDR Okay, there's going to be a

mark here at the end of the 270.
We're going to press on to the
next.

244 22 37 15 CDR Y&d_K. That's the end of that 270.

Let's go to the final one. We'll
make it Just on time. 2127, 212,
2127, and let's go to 211. 2127,
211, okay, it's going to be field
_15_ one of your favorites. And
I'll take - pick up a new frame,
gonna be number 117, frame number.

7- 244 22 37 55 CDR MARK. 117 we're in good shape.

244 22 41 25 CDR Okay, we're finishing up this

270 exposure on field 715,
frame llT° When we're finished,
we'll pull it in and let it set
inside our little AMF box.

244 22 41 38 CDR MARK. That's it. Carriage retracted,

film hatch closed. Going off the
con, S019.

2h4 22 41 45 CDR See you in a couple of hours.

END OF TAPE
 Time : 2038-0053 GMT

Page
1 of16 i

244 23 43 07 CDR Okay, S019. Stand by for your first

mark. It's gonna be on star field 473.
Stand by.

244 23 43 15 CDR _La/_K. It's frame 118 and it goes -uh

with 2346 for -uh- ROTATION. Notice
the 0.8 change there and 3.4 TILT;
field 473 - 270.

244 23 44 52 CDR Okay, we're still in between marks on

-uh- S019, as you know. This infor-
mation goes to Dr. Karl Nenize and
Wally Teague. We have -uh- begun -uh-
270 widened wxposure on field 473.
That's in process, of course. -Uh-
we had a 2.2 minus on NU and -uh- so
that made a correction o_ -

244 23 46 09 CDR 2.2, so the actual is minus 2.2 plus,

I guess, a negative minus, so I should
substract 1.8 from the - I 'ii go do
that. Get 39.6 right there. 76.6,
74.2. Okay,stsndby.

244 23 47 03 CDR MARK. Okay, that's complete. Let's

go next to the next one then, which is
a 90. Let's reset this thing to instead
of 234.6, let's set it to 233.0 - 233.0.
Good. Now we gc for a 90-second ex-
posure. Okay, ;ick up a new frame and
wait. Stand by for a mark.

244 23 47 32 CDR MARK. Begginning a 90-second exposure.

I'll go off the co_n. We're at
ROTATION of 233.0, and a TILT of 034.
I made an error in that calculation.
Minus 2.2 is more positive so if I
take the pad minus 33 and minus 22
I get - end up with negative minus 8,
so I should subtract minus 0.8 from
there. Same thing occured on the pre-
vious times, of course.

244 23 48 48 CDR Stand by.

f
DumpTape244-0_ " ........
Page2 of 16

244 23 49 30 CDR MARK. That's the end of the 30-second

exposure. Let's go to the next one.
Okay, the next one's gonna be a 270 and
it's gonna be at the 39.8F 39.8. Let's
go to 39.8.

244 23 49 57 CDR 39.8 and 274. That's good. Now we're

going for 270 on this field, which
happens to be field number 108. The
frame - Standing by to shove it in.

2h4 23 50 17 CDR MARK. And thst's frame 121, - 270

exposure, field 108.

2hh 23 51 20 CC Skylab, this is Houston. One minute to

LOS here in Madrid. Next station con-
tact 37 minutes through Honeysuckle
at 00:28, and we'd like to get some
atmospheric management here on panel 225,
oxygen and nitrogen control system.

_FILL valve, PPIMARY

FILL valve, PRIMARY to OPEN.
to OPEN, and
Over.

2h4 2q _P 00 CO a.ky_, this is Houston. _ yzu ......

-_r_ -
Over.

CREW ... up here you _rant the AM 02 FILL,

OPEN; and what else?
CC The 0AFILL PRIMAPX, OPEN; and the AM...
FILL,ZPRI_IRY OPEN. And we'll call you
when ... comnand. Probably be in about
45 minutes... If we don't, you can
cut off at 5.7 psi.

CREW °.. 5.7 psi .....

CC Okay, thank you ve.ry much and we'll

talk to you over Honeysucke.

244 23 53 _6 CDR Okay, stand by. We're getting ready

to shut off this 270, and we're gonna
go for a 90; field 108, frame 121.

2h_ 23 5_ Oh CDR MARK. That's the end of that one.

Pick up a new one. Go for a 90 now.
Same game. Here we go. Stand by.

244 23 54 17 CDR MARK. Frame 122.

 Dump Tape 244-07
Page 3 of16

244 23 55 26 CDR Okay, we're almost finished with this

90-second exposure so stand by. I'm
gonna close the shutter on my mark.

2hh 23 55 35 CDR MARK. That's it. All right, let's go

'to the next one_ which is 0766. Okay.
76 - 45 76. Okay. Frame 138. 138
Okay, the first thing they want is a
270, then a 90 so let's do it. This
is field 157. Okay? Go pick up one.
Got it. Stand by for a mark.

244 23 56 22 CDR MARK. That's it. We're beginning a

270. I'll go off the com_.

245 00 00 37 CDR Okay, here we're gonna go. We're gonna

cut off this 270 and we're gonna go
for a 90. I don't think we are. I
think that's the end of the game.

245 00 O0 51 CDR MARK. That's the end of the 270.

There's sunrise. 00:15. That the
time right now. I think it's later than
_- that.

245 00 Ol 02 CDR CDR out. This goes to Dr. Karl Kenize

and Wally Teague; S019 information.

245 00 Ol 56 CDR This is CDR hack on again. I errored

obviously. I had 15 - I had 00:15
seconds not 00:15:00 so let's go for
the same old -uh- uh- 90-second ex-
posure here that we were gonna get a
minute ago. And here wet are standing
by. I'll cycle and get a new one. Now
standing by. I'll cycle and get a new
one. Now standing by to open up here
in a minute.

245 00 02 22 CDR MARK. We're on the 90-second exposure,

field 157, 124 frame. Everything's
looking good.

245 00 03 37 CDR Stand by. We're gonna shut this off.

245 00 03 40 CDR MARK. Shutter closed on a 90-second.

Now we're gonna to a different field;
 Dump Tape 2hh-07
Page4 of 16 .......
'-

074.2. Okay, tl_at's there. 8297 - 297.

That's good. Now let's go for a 270 ex-
posure. Okay, pick up a new frame.
Stand by to open it.

245 00 04 08 CDR MARK. It's open. I'll be off the co_.

2h5 00 07 3h CDR Okay, we're coming to the end of the

270-second widened exposure, field 165.
We're gonna go for a 90 next. This is
in frame 125.

245 00 07 52 CDR MARK. Okay, let's go for a 90. Okay,

I'm getting a new frame. It's gonna be
frame 126.

245 00 08 03 CDR MARK. Frame 126, field 165, 90-second.

I'll stay on the eonml. It's easier.

245 00 09 13 CDR Okay, stand by, gentlemen. I'm gonna

close the shutter again on this 90-second
exposure and give you 9 270 unwidened.

_ 245 00 09 23 CDR MARK. Okay, that's the end of that one.

he_'s go for a 270. Okay? Stand by.

2h5 00 09 23 CDR MARK. You're now getting a 270 un-

widened, only you don't know it.

245 00 13 52 CDR Stand by. That°s the end of 270 tm-

widened. I'll give you a mark as we
pass it.

245 00 13 59 CDR MARK. That's complete, gentlemen.

Now it calls for another 270, which is
impossible. I'll Just call that the
end of the game. Okay? Okay, I'm
putting this back in CARRIAGE RETRACTED;
FILM HATCH, closed because I believe
I'll pn1_ this in tonight. I've got
to mend something. Okay, this goes to
. , Dr. Karl Kenize and -uh- Wally Teague.
-Uh- want to apoliogize for erroring on
the first exposure, the 270, and -uh-
going the wrong way on the map. The
previous -uh- run I went the wrong way
on the map. I'm hoping that that total
 Dump Tape 244-07
/_" Fage 5 of 16

error, 1.6 degrees; doesn't foul things

up. I don't think I'ii m_ke that mistake
again. Sorry.

245 00 14 42 CDR CDR out.

2h5 00 33 23 CDR Okay, this is the CDR.

CC Skylab, this is Houston. We're 1 minute

and 30 seconds to LOS at Honeysuckle.
Nest station contact at 17 minutes
through Hawaii at 00:28 for the Evening
Status Report. Will be standing by ready
to copy you AOS. The stations following;
Goldstone ... for the evening. Over.

245 O0 BB 48 CDR Okay, this is the CDE. -Uh- I'm doing

487-2C; 487-2C. It's supposed to be a
roundtalbe discussion but the general
feeling has been that - that we end
up listening and wasting two peoples
time, so we're running these round-
_ table discussionsas individuals. We
ao a io_ oF _alking on our own. -U_-
we listen to the other guy usually
that's usually around when the other
fellow's talking. And as a result,
we Just ... on this cross ..., so we
don't have to just sit idle while the
other fellow's talking.

245 00 34 25 CDR Question l: Which is preferable, the

floor/ceiling orientation of the OWS,
or the open cylindrical arrangement of
the MDA/STS? In my opinion, the floor/
ceiling is. It allows you to nail your-
self down and work in front of an
object. Whenever I think of the space
age now, I think of the part that we're
in right now, which is the - the experi-
ment compartment. But you know what.
You got to anchor yourself down and -uh-
it's convenient - It's much more co_-
vinent to have a grid floor like this ...
anchor yourself down than up in the MDA
where you have to put in a false floor,
as you notice, like in front of the
ATM seem to offer any advantages off hard
F_ to the ...
Dump Tape 244-07
Page 6 of 16

245 O0 35 52 CDR How adequate are the restraints and

mobility aids throughout the OA? We
discussed those. -Uh- the floor is
the biggest mobility aid of all. -Uh-
by the w_y, ... mobility aids, remember
one thing. You don't pull on anything
to get around. You ... shift from place
to place. You can use ..., and boxes,
and handles, and all that to get there.
Handrails at the openings would be nice ...
mobility aids. The rest of them are
restraints and by far the best is some-
thing like the floor where you can back in
and work. The ceiling is excellent,
too .... like the ones we designed
in the dome so you crawl down them.
The -uh- fireman's poll was different.
We haven't had the tings in since
about the first or second week because
it Just ... We Just hold to the floor
smd dive to the ceiling. It's Just in
front of the EREP C&D, you have to put
in a false floor. Everywhere else
you're wrappingyour feet aroundhand-
rails or something. This _ _ _urb
more reasonable arrangement. And -uh-
much more convenient... It's also
much more convenient during ground
checkout and also for training. -Uh-
crawling time was a big pain. You
were always tripping over. You couldn't
get to all parts and - whereas the ons,
both the first and second ... are very
convenient. But not only during flight
but preflight and postflight, I suspect, i
would be much better with the floor
arrangement as we have it down here in
the OWS. And the tasks performed, for
the simple reason you can anchor your-
self to work the Job. It's more conven-
tional, you're fsm_lar with it, and -uh-
although the other isn't that bad, it
doesn't much beter. You can target
that way. You can do flips and things ...

245 O0 36 47 CDR How often have environmental factors

(noise ...)? Sometimes ... they worry
Dump Tape 244-07
Page
7 of16 ....

you, but after 3 or 4 days then your

- become accustomed to what they are.
They don't worry you because they're
loud. You just wonder if something's
going wrong. After a while, you know
the one's that are bad and good, so
you're okay. The temp has been good.
• .. considerable in here because the
-uh- the -uh- ... I've also noticed
that when you get over here, the -uh-
sunnyside up on the second deck where
you're right next to the -uh- skin of the
vehicle except for the insullation you
got a lot of radiation ...... stand
around here near the -uh- 509 • .. area
than it is anywhere else. It's definitely
warmer. And I don't know if the thermom-
eter'd measure it but when you stand
there, you face gets hotter and I'm
sure it's the radiation off of that
wall . Ill_imlnation doesn't allow you to
reach in the head too great. Airflow
-uh- is good. Little too much airflow
in the head, but ... I'm gonna _et
some of these ...... the airflow from
the bottom to the top when you're handing
above blows dry air up your nose. And
I prefer much ... top,..

245 O0 38 08 CDR What unique off-_uty activities have you

devised to supplement those provided
in the ODAE hit? Exercise is our most
off-duty or Just talking or looking
out the window, probably that's the
ibggest one. Exercise, looking out the
window, talking, and then it's fun to
run around the dome lockers, the sides,
and the center of the workshop, do flips,
get on the handrails and kinda do big
circles. Those sorts of things that you
really can't do on Earth because it
takes too much strength. Up here it's
quite simple and fun. And you can do a
lot of acrobatics here that are impossible
on Earth, so they're fun to do.
245 00 38 43 CDR Are such items an impor - an important
consideration for a mission the length
Dump Tape 244-07
Page 8 of 16

of yours? You could do without 'em,

but they sure make it a lot better.
-Uh- I would definitely recomment that
you have more windo s - bigger windows,
which are - What we should have had here
was four big windows in each direction.
No, I take that back. We should have
looked at the ones that would be fancyfacing
t_e Earth and then they had one facing
the sky and then had two or three facing
the Earth ... of at different angles.
So at this nadir you could look out ...
down ... two or three different.., at
the same time. Have enough width so
you could look completely from horizon
to horizon out each window. It would have
been no trouble and it could have been
done .... in the ... or maybe even a
buble ... where you could stick your head
up in a buble and look around. That
would have been much better, much pre-
ferred. The bigger the bubble the higher
... Maybe you could ... in it and look
arouna. It wouma be great. Tnlngs ±i_e
that ...... We're not up here long
enough for recreation. Reading is plenty
good, and I don'_ think the cards - Nobody
has taken 'em out of the packages ....
The only thing we've been doing is read-
ing books and listening to music ....
fill a whole spacecraft ... throughout the
spacecraft where you can have your ... you
know you home, like in an office where you
can put some music on and don't have to listen
to the same thing - something nice ... mood
music and then the guys can have their
own little ...
D_np Tape 244-07
Page 9 of 16

245 00 40 12 CDR In terms of your zero-g living and

working during this mission, what specific
habitability improvements would you
recommend for the next Skylab crew,
for future programs? Well, I reeo_nend
they have a few more ..., for one. And
I recomnend that they come up with
a better a - kind of a sponge bath
or way to take baths. Get a shower
that's connected into the pipes.
There's no reason to have to do this
the hard way. We ought to be able
to leave in that shower, take a
shower with hot water, and get out.

245 00 40 B8 CDR Also, the water's not hot enough.

It's kind of lukewarm .... see what
you can do with that thing ....
come in here with your - with a towel
and all that. You Just don't need
it .... towel. Essentially, this
shoulddo it. We'vebeen talking
about habitability and other ones.
I won't go into any more, but
these are program_ that oughta have
a better shower and more socks.
•.. You got oo ms_uy clothes• They
don't need that many clothes• The
food's been goo. I'd like a little
more variety; I'd like more of a
selection. Like today - I might
like spaghetti two or three times
a day and I might like - and I
like ... chili a couple of times, and
there may be some steak here where
you've got this defined menu. It -
it's difficult, so r__ suggestion would
be to try to get a regular menu,
nothing fancy, where guys can eat
their own food and have a good
...... like this, you know,
where they can fix up ... the kind
of means they like.
 _p Tape244-07 ......
f-_ Page I0 of 16

245 O0 41 39 CDR Discuss both the beneficial and the

detrimental effects of zero g on
the following types of activites :
individual work activities where
restrained at a specific work station.
Well it's better on one g. You
don't have to restrain - you
stand there and do it. You got
somehing as little as a nut or a
bolt ... - anything that you can -
that's big enough so that when you
hold it - sticks out we your fist,
works better in zero g almost.
Anything else that you got to open
your hand and see _f it's in there
and then throw it away, then it's
a little difficult in zero - usually
not bad, but that's ...

245 00 h2 15 CDR Work activites requiring assistance

from another crewman. Much better
on Earth. Anything that you're working
-_ on, it seems to me, in the way of
screwing nuts aria bolts, turning,
lift - anything b1_ lifting and
carrying, it appears to me to be
easier on Earth. Now when you lift
something that's got to fit in in,
it's much easier up here. When I'm
carrying big objects, it's a lot
easier. We can do work up here we
could never do on Earth. I want to add
one .°. couple hundred pounds.
The other day, Jack Lous - Big Owen
was in the - uh - }4509, which
weights a couple hundred pounds.
I coulnd't lift it. He was in and I
was moving him aroand with onehand.
That sort of stuff is great. Now
when I got ready to change out the
bottle, lifting the bottle's . ..

245 00 42 56 CDR But trying to dive under there -

by the way, another thing that's easy
 DumpTape244-07 ....
Page ll of 16

here is getting into small spaces.

You can turn around and dive underneath
between and around and among is -
is much easier. By any time you have
to think to yourself_ now ...
Now how that helps, I don't know.
Persoanl hygiene: Easier on Earth.
Everything drops all the time
instead of having them floating around.
Some thing donning and doffing . .. they're
easier up here. Down here. You Just
kind of float up in the air and put
the things on. Much better ....
you don't work too hard.

245 00 43 30 CDR Waste management and cleanup chores.

Wastee management is - uh - harder
here becuase system ... in gravity,
you know, and - Urine drops; that's
nice. Fecal matter drops, and that's
nice. The cheauup chores. Now,
_ the cheanupchores are easier on Earth.
But Itll say this gets dirtier because
± never ... _o fall in _tle ss_ne spot;
they're a11 around. So things ... there
are still more things than ... will
show up, if you Know what I mean.
They just disperse over a large area.
They also cover various compartments.

245 0O 43 39 CDR Locomotion in and through various com-

partments. Locomotion is easier for
distances - uh - zero g. Now,
if you want to stop and anchor yourself
in ezero - either one, but to get
anywhere - I can get anywhere in
almost - up here faster than I can
anywhere else. C_rtalnly it was
easier - . .. How satisfactory is
the frequency in change of bedding?
We're chaging too much. Only ...
a couple of weeks. This doesn't rub
you as much. You're clean up here, and
you're not laying on any - uh -
 Dump Tape244-07 ..............
f_ Page 12 of 16

bedspreads to get them dirty.

You're ... the bedspreads and
that makes a difference.

245 00 44 36 CDR Clothing: No point in changing

it too much, except for socks. I
would reco_end that - a change of
jacket once a month, and a pair of
pants every couple of weeks, a
shirt every 3 days - that'd be
adequate. Now - Shorts every
day, but ... I don't know, it
depends on how fancy you want to be.
I could live with the same clothes
for a week; it ain't gonna hurt
me .... camping trip. Thought
I was great, but - when I'm home
I change once adya. So, I don't
know - uh - depends on - uh -
I would change shorts every other
day, and pants - uh, once every
2 weeks, Jacket once amonth,
shirts every 2 - 3 days. CDR out.

TIME SKYP

244 20 38 12 SPT Four - 01H4. And then in Step 8,

it asks about the difference between
the first two answers and why I
didn't change by more than l0 degrees.
If I could change from 78 to 10,
which - uh - let's see, that looks
about 22 - 27 degrees. So I
close the camera to the following
locations.

244 20 38 54 SPT You start counting from the hole in

the grid - that is by the TV trigger
on W-6 and that pole is Just a half
of a lenght, where one length is the
length of a triangle side. The hole
 DumpTape24h-0T ...........
Page 13 of 16

is one length beyond the lamp,

beyond that light fixture, toward the
window. So it's going to be counting
zero from that point. I then go
para] Iel to the lamp shade with the
trigger end of the vidicon one,
two, three, four checks - four checks
right along the side of the lamp
fixture. I then make a 60-degree
rlght-hand turn for one more lenght.
And then I mount the camera right
there, in the same orientation that
it was origionally.

244 20 39 47 81_ So, its essentially amounts to

moving one, two, three four lenghts
par_]lel to the lamp shade. Then make
a 60-degree right-hand turn as
you face the lamp. Theyn move one
length, and that's where I mounted
the camera. I then make this check
looking at the left of the window
/- again. And the numbers I now get
_T'_ '_}'_:. .Ciq 1,qQ 1W,--, T 4+V Z ---_--

5 degrees differnt, from the _n-_wer

I got in step 3, and I presume
that satisfies your criteriam.
And I believe that that is - uh -
all that's necessary. Stand by
Just a moment.

24h 20 40 53 SPT Okay; I'm not going to take a Nikon

photograph. I think my explanation is
clear enough. Bu_ if it's not, them
call me back about it. NOw, as far
as - uh - a new permenent location
is concerned, I don't think that this
location is satisfactory. It's a
substitute for W-6. If you want to
look outside the window, you're twice
as far from the window as you were
before. So I'm not going to makr
any new location. I'm not going to
label a W-9. And it is not a satisfactory
location for looking out the window,
: because it's twice as far as it was in
the W J-6 location.
 Dump Tape 244-07 _
f-_, Page 14 of 16

244 20 41 57 SPT So that's the end of the discussion

as far as I'm concerned on TV aim.
If that's not 8nswered to your
satisfaction, why send up up another
message, I guess. SPT with information -
uh - I don't know except this
general message 3626 Bravo. But
Dave Brooks and Fred Kirk (?)
were involved and it should go to
at least those two. _had of message.

2hh 20 45 31 SPT Okay. This is the SPT on chmunel a

with additional comments on yesterday's
M509 run. This goes to Bruce MeCandles,
Ed Whittset, and others interested
in maneuvering units. There was one
other subject which you had not
specifically listed on your debriefing
questions for which I intended to
make some ec_ments. And that was on
the utility of - uh - ground-based
simulations or simulators that apply
/ to the maneuvering units. Now as

believe that a simulator of this

particular flying unit would be a
necessity. As aratter of fact, perhaps
mY o_n experience is the best
Justification for that. Your photos
- the photographs - DAC photographs,
when they come down, will aloow you
to determine the difference in the
precision with which I flew the
maneuvers.

244 20 46 B1 SPY And I'm sure you will flag some -

uh - find some between m_ precision
and that of AI and Jack's. HOwever,
particularly for the CMG and rate
gyro modes, according to A1, there
was not all that much difference.
And I think that with Just a little
bit of training, a person would very
quicklybe up to the same level
of proficinency, whether or not
they had any ground-based experience.
Dump Tape 244-07
Page 15 of 16

244 20 56 47 SPT That's not quite so true with the

direct mode. And I didn't find
that my second run was essentially
better than the first run. And
I expect you - you know, will be
able to see from the DAC photgraphs.
Now, I think some sort of training
before flying direct modes is the -
appropriate - or in the responses
which are produced by given comnauds
required. For example, if a
person had never flown a spacecraft
or sort of a 6-degree-of-freedom - uh -
device, in which you're controlling
translation with your left hand and
attitude with your right, then
it would be a very difficult Job.

244 20 47 4! SPT But once a person has the experience

that is gained, for example, flying
in the CMS or performing some docking
maneuvers of the older - Gemini
dockin_ trainer or somethin_ like that.
So he have some familiarity with
translation control in your left hand
and attitude in your right. Then I
think he's adequate by prepared for
flying in a direct mode on a maneuvering
unit like 509. _nd uh - it might -
uh - very well be better to
plan on providing for any - uh - extra
training by actually flying the
f]_ight in it.

244 20 48 18 SPT It you're - uh - tethered for example,

in your'e in - in a vacuum or - wouldn't
necessarily have to be tethered - in
a the way we are iu the workshop.
And by tethered I don't mean with a
life support umbilical but only with
a safety line or something like that.
So, that was my only co_muent, but
you can Jusdge for yourself the
validity by gaging the extent to which
a person with eseentially no training,
only 509 simulators, but yet with
Dump Tape 244-07
Pa_ 16 of 16

some experience in spacecraft

contorl can fly the the amneuvering
unit. F_d of con_nents relative
to 509, directed to Ed Whitsett_
Bruce MeOandless and others.

244 20 49 O0 SPT SPT out.

_D OF TAPE
: Dump Tape 245-01
Time: 0121 to 0208 GMT
9/2/73
Page i of17

245 O1 22 31 PLT Okay.

PLT Now.

PLT Hey, can we begin?

PLT Can you get - can you get me and - uh -

the rest of the place in down there?

PLT Okay. Oh, I Just want you to be able to

see the track air lock-clear on through and -
uh - and I'ii be here talking.

PLT Okay.

PLT And then that and that, that, that, this,

that and that and that. Okay. (Laughter)
You got all that? Okay.

SPT ... over there?

245 Ol 24 O0 PLT Hello, space fans. Uh - we thought you might

enjoy a brief ;our of the Skylab, America's
first space station. With us up here at -
uh - 275 - uh - whirling around the earth
at 18,000 miles an hour and having a sunrise
and sunset evexy hour and a half.

245 Ol 2h 18 PLT At the moment you're looking - uh - to the

very base - or the basement of the workshop,
where the crew quarters level is located.
And you're looking from the very attic, or
the tunnell through which we enter the Skylah
from the commanl module. It looked much
like this as yos see it, when we first entered
it. It looks kinda like a lonely house,
that's - uh - been put away for a vacation
for a while. And everything is neatly in
order. It's waiting for it's occupants to
return, much as you would return to Your
Dump 'Tape 2h5-01
Page 2 of 17

house, after a vacation. So we put it in

living condition and working order in -
uh - pretty short time and - uh - now we're -
uh - living very comfortably up here and
enjoying zero g and getting lots of work
done. We want to - uh - show you a few of
the - uh - particular items that are - uh -
parts of our everyday life and - uh - parts
of our work here in Skylab. We thought
that - uh - perhaps the first thing you'd
enjoy looking at was - uh - the - uh - various
pieces of equipment that is - uh - located
to my left here and - uh - taking this all
down on tape.

245 01 25 18 PLT This is a video tape recorder. As you may

know - uh - we don't have - uh - ground
stations - uh - end to end across the earth
so we - uh - periodically - uh - come in
contact and - uh - most the time, however,
we're out of ground - ground contact. In
fact, about 30 percent of the time - uh -
is all the time we spend talking to the
ground. And we coul_ not sent this picture
down to you without - without - uh - recording
it on this tape; because we're not currently
over ground sta:ions. So every thing that
is recorded here is recorded on this tape
recorder and th_.n the tape - the ground can
dump it and plucks this very telecast.
Now let's move cn around here to - uh -
another - uh - L_teresting - uh - piece of
equipment which gets a lot of work from us.
Take a cut here.

245 01 26 08 PLT I'll get down here. In fact let's turn this
off, for a moment. Find yourself a place
where you can - L_ - see this and this and
the window kinda. Here, I'll take it. Uh -
the DTS and then - uh - Just kind of this
area. Okay, where - oh here it is. Ready
to go? How's the picture, Okay? Okay?
All set, 07

245 01 27 24 PLT One of our main objectives in Skylab, is to

look at Earth and it's resources. We want
 Dump Tape 245-01
'/--" Page 3 of 17

to look at it's forestry, and it's agricultural,

it's fresh water resources. It's weather,
it's - uh - pollution, and a number of other
resources that are - uh - very important
to us on the Earth. And this is some of
the equipment we use to do that. This is
called our Earth resourses experiment package.
Consists of about - uh - six experiments with
which we - uh - look at the Earth. And we
spend a lot of time taking data here. This
particular instm,ment is a telescope, and
we can - uh - see - uh - resolutions down
to a quarter of a mile _quare. For example
we can see a city block with this telescope.
And we can home our instruments in on it
and take data of earth resource nature on
that particular object. Or that field, or
that forest, or that body of water, or that -
uh - mining area, or the geologic area that
we're interested in. To take data on it's
is all recorded on tape, and sent ot the
ground.

_> ul zo i i P,.±' we nave another battery or - un - experlmen_s

also that are associated with earth resources.
And - uh - they are the cameras that take
_ctual photographs in different wave lengths
of light. We have six cameras, as you can se
see here. And they click away - uh - as we
pass over the ground taking photographs at
Just about - uh - any rate that we want to
set. And then - uh - these photographs then
are returned to ground, and - uh - processed
and evaluated ar.d the purpose, of course, is
to learn how to use our resources on earth
more efficiently and more effectively. This
battery of cameras is rotated down to this
window. And when this window is _aeovered
you can see the earth below going by at
miles per second. But still we can get
soma very good pictures of the earth and its
resources. _ake a cut here, 0. And get up
here, so we can see this control panel.

2h50l 29 16 PLT That's - that's next, after this one. We'll

finish up earth resources right here. _ay?
 DY_p Tape 245-01
Page 4 of 17

This is the control panel - uh - from which

we control the rest of the earth resources
experiments. It takes two men to run this -
uh - battery of experiments. One working
the telescope and one working this main panel.
And from it we operate all the experiments
that are associated with earth resources.

2h5 01 29 54 PLT Okay. Let's make a cut there, O.

PLT Now we'll take some of this. Now let me

refresh my m_mory here.

PLT Yeah. I'd llke to get the sphere into here

someho_t.

PLT Let me knwo when you're ready.

PLT Okay. Just a see. There's the crystal

finally. YOu're not getting me in on this,
I take it. You're Just getting the instrument
_ depointing. Okay. Let me look at here a
minute.

PLT Yeah. I think _o.

PLT _ay.

245 01 31 I0 PLT Another set of experiments that we have on

Skylab - uh - is to - uh - explore the indus-
trial uses of sp_ce. Here before you, you
have a - uh - -u electron beam welding gun.
Now it doesn't look like a welding gun that
we have on earth, but it's - uh - operated
by the high intensity or high energy beam
of electrons which will strike - uh - metallic -
uh -material in this chamber, which can
be evacuated. _nd it's - uh - capable of m
melting metal and of welding two pieces of
material together.

245 Ol 31 39 PLT Additionally - uh - with this - uh - chamber

and the electrean _sic] beam gun we ca_ - uh -
produce - uh - perfect spheres or ball bearings.
We can also - uh - grow crystals in here,
as you know. Perhaps - uh - much of metalurgy
r__ Dump Tape 2_5-01
- Page 5 of 17

and - uh - crystal growth, and the formation

of metals is very dependent upon gravity.
We believe that we can grow perfect crystals
and - uh - perfect metals, without the - uh -
presence of gravity and we're examining that
particular phenomena here in Skylab. We're
also - uh - doing permeability experiments
where we can put a - a specimen to be burned
in side this chamber and determine how it
burns in the absence of gravity. Fire, or
course, and its propagation, is dependent
upon gravity on the earth. And we believe
that perhaps in - uh - _tudying - uh - the
flamability characteristics of several types
of materials in this environment - uh -
we can determine how to make - uh - materials
in a better way to - uh - equip our spacecraft
in the future, such that we'll have less
probability of fire and - uh - catas catastro-
phies of that sort. In addition we expect
that as time goes on, we'll find additional
industrialuses of - uh - of space. And we -
knowing the yankee ingenuity of the - the -
- in_us_rlsl complex in our country i 'm
sure'that they c_n come up with many applications
of zero g in 'space for the production of
of metals and o_her items of use for our
every day consumption on an industrial basis.

2_5 O1 33 ll PLT Okay. I'll take a cut here, O.

PLT Okay.

PLT Sweeping across our ever present map of the

United States and - uh - the rest of the
world - uh - to determine where we are. I
didn't like my words very well on that.

SPT ...

PLT Yeah.

PLT I'm all wrapped up in my cable here. Let me

get it undone.

F
Dump Tape 245-01
Page 6 of 17

PLT Now, see, can you get me and the panel in?
Let me know when you're ready, 0.

2_5 01 34 17 PLT Okay. Another place of business in the

multiple docking adapter. Okay. Another place
where we spend a lot of time - uh - during
every day life is - uh - at the control
panel for the solar telescope. We have
eight solar telescopes with which we can
continually look at the Sun. While we're
on the sunny side of the earth. Our orbit
takes us abou_ an hour and a half to completely
go around the earth.

245 01 34 53 PLT About an hour of this has been in daylight.

And the other half hour has been in darkness
of course. But during that hour of daylight
we have somebody constantly at this pauel
during working hcurs, looking at the Sum
with these eight different telescopes. Now
we can look at the Sun on earth as well. But
of course, on the earth, the atmosphere bl
blocks a good deal of the informationthat
ec_es ITom the Sun. it's a gooa _nlng l_
does too, because otherwise we'd be fried
to a crisp. But up above the earth's atmos-
phere we can get all the information that
comes from the Sun and we can record it
on our telescope, through our telescope on
to film and bring it back to ground for analysis
of the Sun. Of course this is a very important
study as - because - as you know, the Sun
controls our very environment - controls our
weather - controls our very life and our
existence on earth. So the more we know
about it the more we know about our own
environment.

245 01 35 h5 PLT In addition, - uh - there is very little known

about the Sun. And we believe that in studying
perhaps we can learn something that we can
apply in a different way. Maybe there's
a new _-d of an energy source or - uh -
uh - something that - uh - will permit us to -
uh - let's cut that. I don't like that at a11.
 Dump Tape 2_5-01
f-_ page 7 of 17

Okay. Let's go on to the next. Okay.

This is the - uh - maybe I could - could you
give me some good words on something like
this or would - -

SPT Yeah .... best we can apply ... laboratories ...

PLT Maybe sometime the time will come when we

can - uh - - uh - relay energy to the ground
from the Sun and that kind of thing?

SPT ... by learning about ... we can learn more

about how . ..

PLT Okay. Okay.

SPT ...

PLT Uh-huh. It's a - it's a atomic - an atomic

neoular reaction.

_PT A reaction that ...

_.°I'_
^7_ 37 2_ _ b_A--i_. Ck_. Beside_, o_ course, learning
more about our own - uh - climate and weather
aud environment _nd it's relation to the
Sun, we believe that perhaps there's some
energy process - processes taking place on
the Sun which we can reproduce on our own
laboratories. And perhaps on earth to
generate new power sources which are similar
to those on the Sun, to accomplish the variour
Jobs that we face in our modern society.
Ahhh that wasn't very good but was it under-
stundable? Huh? Now - - let me - uh - put
this - uh - I guess I can't plug this in
any where else, can I? Now let's see, can
you - uh - get this - uh - this part in?
I wonder if these lights are too bright.
Those wash out every - Okay.

CDR ...

_PT eee
f-_ Dump Tape 245-01
Page 8 of 17

PLT Okay. How about if I Just kind of lay down

by the thing like this?

SPT ...

2h5 01 38 49 PLT Both - both up. Okay. Let me get to these ...
over here. Well, l'm here, I'Ii get it.
Let me know when you're ready.

SPT ...

245 01 39 17 PLT Okay. How's _his? Now we'll take a quick

look at the - uh - control panel that we use
to control the electrical power system on
board the Skylab. This is the control panel
from which we do the - from which we do
this. The Skylab is run entirely on solar
power. We have solar panels on the outside
of the spacecraft which eolleet sunlight
and convert it into electricity and then
it's transferred into the spacecraft here and
we light our lights and run our equipment
or heat our heaters, or run our fans and
do everything electrically with sunlight.
Perhaps the day _Ii come when - uh - we do
more - uh - use - uh - sunlight as an energy
source - uh - mere than we do now. This
is - uh - at least a beginning. Now you're
going to ask me naturally, what happens
when we go behind the earth for that half
an hour when it's dark. Well, we have some
batteries which are charged up during the
daytime. So besides running the lights in
the spacecraft during the daytime, the
batteries are also charged up and when we
go into the nighttime the batteries take
over and supply that electricity that we
need. And then _a the daylight, again, they're
recharged and the cycle continues, every
hour and a half to recharge the batteries
providing power for the whole space station.
Additionally we have a caution warning system
here. In the event that we have a fire,
or a rapid pressure loss, or many other
malfunctions within the spacecraft which
need _mediate attention, we have a caution
and w_rning system here that elerts us,
F
 Dump tape 245-01
Page 9 of 17

both day and night, to the problem. For

example, I can - uh - test the fire warning
system in this manner. (Siren)

245 O1 41 04 PLT You can hear a loud siren. The master alarm
and some warning lights come on. (Siren)

245 01 41 i0 PLT Or perhaps if we have a rapid pressure loss,

we have another sound for that. (Siren) Or
if we have another warning tone we have
another sound. (Sounds like a buzzer)
Nobody could ignore that. Nobody can sleep
through it either. (Bt_zzer) And moving around
here, of course, we also - also have to control
our - our atmosphere in here. In Skylab
has only five poinds of pressure in it.
Of course, on earth, you're used to 14.7
pounds of pressure. We only have 5 here
but we made it up in such a way that we have
at least as much oxygen as we breathe on
the earth. Whereas, your atmosphere on the
earth is 80 percent nitrogen and only 20
• _ percent in oxygen. Our is Just the other
way around here. -_'s abou_ 10 or oO pereen_
in oxygen, depending on - on the variation
of - of the i uh - the sensors which are
sensing it and - uh - it's only 20 percent
nitrogen. Of course the nitrogen reduces
the flamability characteristics of the
atmosphere greatly. But it is controlled
from this panel right here. And these other
meters that tell us what the pressure is in
various areas of our spacecraft.

245 01 42 35 PLT Okay. Let's take a cut and turn that thing
off.

PLT Wonder how long _e been going.

SPT ...

PLT Okay. That's going to be about right.

SPT ...

PLT Yeah.

f
 Dump Tape 2h5-01 ........
. _ Page i0 of 17

PLT Why don't you find a place where its good

and I'd like to get that snake out of here.
I think I'll hook it up to this box down
here.

PLT Okay, 0. Now we want to get this hatch

with this - uh - blue and - uh - golden-black
thing here in - And we'd like to get that
had to the foreground there too.

2h5 01 43 42 PLT Maybe you could get down there. Turn upside
down or something. And I could turn
upside down with you. That's it. Okay.
You'll have to turn that thing on. I
turned it off, 0. Now I How can that
best be located, like this?

SPT Just wait till I tell you ...

PLT Like so?

PLT Okay. It's on, huh? This is the

airlock eompartm_:nt of our space-

you why its called an airlock. How

right here you see a hatch. This is
our Extra Vehicu]ar Activity hatch.
Periodically we have to go outside
and replace the film in the cameras on
the solar telescopes. We put up a
sail to - uh - help protect the - uh -
workshop from th£ heat of the Sun.
And we also went out there and hooked
up the rate gyro - uh - package. But
-uh- we have three EVAs during our
mission. We have already completed two.
And this is the hatch that we use to
go out there. We get out space suits
on, hook ourselve_ up to our _bilicals,
which are located in these boxes, and
then we get in this airlock - two
men at a time. With all the extra
eqUipment and paraphernalia that we
have to take out with us. So now you
ask the question, '_What happens when
you open that hatch? Doesn't all the

f_
• _ Dump Tape 245-01
Page ii of 17

air leak out?:' Well, the answer is

partially yes and partially no. And
that's why this is called an airlock.
Because at the forward edge here you
see a big hatch and behind me there's
another hatch which is similar. These
hatches can both be closed to shut off
this little compartment, right here,
from the rest of the spacecraft.
When we do this, both ends of the
spacecraft are isolated and the air
can't leak out when we open this
hatch. So what we do i_ we Just sim-
ply open this valve which allows all
the gas and atmosphere to escape from
the _mall oxygen compartment till it
becomes a vacuum, Just like space,

245 O1 46 05 PLT with air on either side of it. Then we

can open the hatch, and go outside and
do our work. When we come back in,
it's Just the reverse process. We
close the hatch, close this valve,
ana _nen _ne other ms_ _no:_ ±e_
inside the spacecraft can open onw
in the hatche from the pressurized
side of the spacecraft and let the air
in and replenish the supply and get
it back up to 5 pounds, so that we
can open the hatch and get our - get
our spacesuits off. Now we'll proceed
on further dowr to the -uh- upper area
of in the workshop, where we -uh-
also spend a io_ of time doing a lot
of work. Why don't we cut that off
now. Let's turn off the BTR. How
we doing sun wise-uh- is-uh-is it time
for ATM? Yes, it 's about time.

245 01 h6 51 PLT Well, the only thing to do is to - uh -

continue this -uh- after this pass or
have AI come up. You turned it off,
I take it.

i e •

PLT Okay.

SPT . . .

PLT Yeah.

SPT . . °
 i

• /-_ Dump Tape 2_5-01

Page 12 of 17

245 Ol 47 07 PLT Yeah.

2_50l 53 i0 PLT _o_, here we are again, space fans.

We're down in the -uh- lower area of
the workshop now. This is a con-
verted hydrogen tank. This - u/1 -
itself was a rocket one day that -
uh - send men to the Moon, or the same
type. This is a hydrogen tank that's
been converted into our working
quarters. I'd like to - uh - show
you around hore, Briefly as well.
So - uh - you'll notice-how we get
around quite readily in zero g. Uh-
we've been here 3ong enough now to
the point where zero g seems as
normal as - uh - Just walking down a
street. And we - uh - Just float
anywhere.

2h5 01 53 40 PLT Tm_gine how - uh - neat it would be

to be able to float up to the - uh -
'_" peak of your house to paint it or
to whistle up into a tree to - un -
retrieve your kSte or something like
that. Well that's what we do here.
We Just want to show you these dome
lockers. So we'll go on up to them
and uh - we - uh - have a ring of dome
lockers in the - uh - workshop here,
in which we - uh - store a lot of
the equipment ax,d extra things that
we need to use. We have to resupply
the various things in the workshop
frequently, and so uh this is where
we keep them. Spare parts, extra
clothes, extra towels, extra bags -
_isposal bags, aad - uh - all kinds of
extra equipment, extra film, extra
tapes. Here's a whole lot of towels
in here. If they don't come out, I'ii
Just show you what that looks like.
So we keep a lot of extra towels right
in there. So whenever-we have a whole
ring of these dome lockers. And some-
times it's ftkn Just to run around these
_ome lockers. We can get enough eentri-

/_ eentrifical force going so that we can

 Dump Tape 245-01
Page 13 of 17

stay touching the dome lockers and

Just run around them, for a little
exercise, - a littlerun. Dow below
the dome lockers we have water tanks.
These are our water tanks. All the
water that we have on the Skylab was
launched in the Skylab as you see it
now. And each mission uses some of
these water tanks.

245 01 55 02 PLT Some of it is used for the wardroom,

where we mix our food and drink it.
And other tanks are used'for - in the
waste m_nagement compartment - for
cleaning and that kind of thing. The
water in these tanks has idione in-
Jected into it periodically, to keep
it pure. We have a way of testing
this water much like you test the
water in a swimming pool. Any by
det - by looking at its color we can
determine how much iodine is in it.
Any then we have a way of adding some,

here, is the locker where we keep our

film. Of course, in space,
our film would all become irradiated
if we do not have a - uh - good way
to protect it. So we have it in this
heavy vault. Stowed in drawers.

2_50l 55 _9 PLT Whenever we want some film, we come in

here and we get it. For example, we
pull it out right here.

245 Ol 55 58 PLT There's a film magazine for our motion

picture camera. Or we have film down
here for Earth resources cammras.
These are all cassetts that are bolted
into Earth resources cameras, when we
want to take pictures with those
cameras. This whole vault is full of
film.

245 01 56 21 PLT And it's protected by the heavy metal

around it, from getting streaks in it
or getting cloudy, because of the
radiation in space. We move
f_ around this way we come to an object
 i
I

Dump Tape 245-01 i

f'_ Page 14 of 17

that's hanging on the wall here. What

we call an airlock. This airlock is
actually a hole in the spacecraft.
It's a hole where we can mount ex-
periments and pick them out of the side
of the spacecraft to look at the
stars or to look at various
phenomena, which is in the world
about us. Basically what we do is we
take this experiment - this is a
particular experiment that is used
for - uh - looking at the stars and
analyzing their spectrums. Very faint
stars, ones that we can't see with the
naked eye, even. And it has a mirror
inside of it which we can extend out
of the spacecraft and it has a film
camera right here to take pictures
with a special kind of film. Basically
we put this experiment under the airlock
and make sure that it's sealed so our
air won't leak out. Then there's a
F handle down here, which we can crank,
_o open a aoor _d ex_nd out into _he
-into space whatever we want to use to
look at the various phenomena out there.
We have one on each side of the space-
craft. One looks away from the earth -
er - away from the Sun, I should say,

245 01 57 h5 PLT And one always looks towards the Sun.

And the one that looks towards the Sun
we have - uh - put a parasol in there
and extended in outside the spacecraft
to protect the spacecraft temperature.
I'll get to that later. Okay. Let's
take a cut on that, O. And then you
come down over hare. Can you turn off
the VTR,O- A1, please? Right over here
I'm going to go to the freezer and that
food locker. Did you turn off the
VTR, Al?

245 01 58 25 PLT Hay, AI, did you turn off the VTR?
Whew.

CDR
 ded on thDump Tape 245-01
/-" Page 15 of 17

PLT . . Turn off the BTR.

SC . . . (Musicplaying)

2_5 02 00 45 PLT Hey, can you turn it down Just a

little bit for about B minutes, AI?
(Music playing) I can't hear.

CDR

PLT Yea. Just for S minutes. Can you

turn the VTR out, please? Can you
turn the BTR on for me, please? Is
it on?

CDR It is on for you Jack, baby.

2_5 02 01 37 PLT Okay, This side of the spacecraft

we - oksy - this side of the space-
craft we have a scientific airlock.
Basically what a scientific airlock
_- is is a hole in the spacecraft.
What we do is we take a experiment and
seal it up as a scientific airlock,
so that our air won't leak out. and
then there's a door _n there that we
can open up. And when we open this
door we can extend whatever is inside
this experiment out. For ex, mple in
here is a mirror that we can point
different directions to look at the
stars and take : lot of data and - uh -
many very faint stars that we can't
see with the naked eyes We have other
experiments that we can put in there
as well, which are all located on the
floor right here. They all do different
types of things, and take different
types of data. On the other side of
the spacecraft, we also have a
scientific airlock. This particular
one looks at the Sun. The one we
were Just at, looks oposite from the
Sun. We have an experiment - we - we
have a package installed in here which
is a parasol. Our parasol is extended
to this container in - out side of the
_- spacecraftand extendedover the
f._ Dump Tape 245-01
Page 16 of 17

spacecraft to - to make up for the

meteoriod shield which was taken off
during launch.

245 02 03 02 PLT That parasol is kept us kool all this

time• As we move around this way we
have some food storage lockers• Here
is extra food. Each one of these
packages contains six days worth of
food for three men. It all comes in
these cans. Our menu repeats itself
every six days. Every 6th day we come
up here; take our food d6wn to the
wardroom; and restock our pantry. It
all comes in cans. Big ones and little
ones. Inside the cans are plastic
containers in which we can put water.
Rehydrate our food. We also have some
frozen food. Our frozen food is stored
in these refrigerators right over here.
These freezers. Much as. you would
f store your frozen food at home. Now
we don't have as much frozen food as
we do regular food. One of these
packages will last 3 men for 28 days.
We have about i frozen food item per
day. That includes steak, ice cream,
roast beef,very good food. Well,
that kind of completes the tour of the
workshop. We hope you've enjoyed it.

245 02 04 27 PLT And we hope that you'll be back again

sometime to whirl around the earth at
18,000 miles an hour, to look over the
Skylab. In the meantime, be watching
us, cause we'll be watching you.

2_5 O2 04 43 Huh?

L_C • • •

PLT Hey, AI, - uh - can you turn off the

VTR and see if it's still working?
We want to know if we got it all on.

CDR It's still working, I Just turned it

off.

PLT Okay, and - uh - turn up the music

would you please?
 D_np Tape 245-01
Fage 17 of 17

CDR Turn in off?

2_5 02 05 07 PLT No. Turn it up. You're cleared.

]m_ OF TAPE[

F
jr
Dump Tape 245-02
Time: 0220 to 0258 GM_
9/2/_3
Page i of 4

245 02 21 52 SPT Okay. This is the SPT, on channel A,

recording information for Dr. Faul
Buchanan and for any of the biomed
community interested indrug stawage
•onboard the spacecraft. Okay, let's
see, we're up to about day 244 now
and I want to talk about the general
message on IMSS drugs sent up on
day 238, - entitled "Procedure for
Actvation in Usage of Drugs." I'd
like to clarify exactly the procedure
that I went through in following
- uh - this - uh - mess-age. I first
of all went right down paragraph by
paragraph doing exactly what was said
in each of these - uh - sentences.
First of _11 , it said to collect all
the SL-2 drugs from the topical drug
drawer, middle drug drawer, and the
lower drug drawer. So I went to W707,
which I'm looking at - uh - right
now. Be sure I got all these thing,
yep. Open up W6706 here for a moment
_^ _ ..... 2o _ _ W727 '"
are the three drawers that I went thorugh,
cleaned out everything, with the
exception of those items which were
listed as exceptions. For example, I
cleaned out - uh - well, I found the
Ampicillin and left it there. I found
dal - Dlamane, Erythromycine, Mylanta,
the Pilocarpine drops, Sulfamylon, ...,
Tetracycline, c_loral hydrate. I did
not find deployed Scopolamine drops
or dexedrine. _a_d that was the thing
that I was tyring to point out in
my previous message. Some of the
things you said to exclude, I believe
in these drawers, I never found in
these drawers in the first place. And
those exceptions were Seopol_m_ne and
dexedrine. And I did put the collected
drugs in empty can 103b, which
I got out of the locker right above.
• d

-w

Dump Tape 245-02

Page 2 of h

245 02 22 32 SPT Okay, now the last sentence there,

it says tape together any topical
not fitting in can l0 - 103h. Put
in the upper level of W706. I did
hot follow that instruction
precieely. I instead put them
into another can, which will turn out
to be canister B. Now, I might
as well talk about that for a
moment. Canister A and B, you know,
was brought up in our co,and module.
After I took the drugs out of that
can, later on, I had these two
can availabe. And so with the stuff
that would not fit in the can 1034, I
put them in that canister B, and I'll
talk more about that in a little bit.
Now your second sentence is collect
all the inJectibles from the
inJectible drug kit, except for
several. So there was a lot of
F inJectibledrugs that had been deployed
that I had to collect - uh i dozens
ol _nem. now_er, i _ciud_d _w_ -
Epinephrine (10 percent and 1 percent,)
Decadrom. That went in can 1037, if
I could get it there, and if not - if
not, into canizter A.

245 02 23 35 SPT I could not find any glucose

inJectible. So, I did not collect
that. Sentence 3 says to collect
the six Lidocaine dental injectors,
which I did, ... to be added to 1037.
Certainly no room by now. Oh, add
to can 1037, excuse me. The other
was in 1034 to begin with in sentence
i. 1037 has been full all along.
103T was already full of stuff that
Joe Kerwin fille/ up before he left.
And so that one's not available to me.
And so again the overflow from
1034 and all this stuff ahd to go
into canister A. Now sentence _,
deploy cans A and B, which I over
in 732 temporarily. I did put the
topicals and so forth where they go and
 Dump Tape 245-02
Page 3 of 4

•.. so forth where they go. So,

my other point tha I was trying to
make was, I did not deply from our
canisters A and B anything like the
number of thinkgs that I had collected
from the topicals and so on that
Joe Kerwin had deployed. So we
have substantially fewer now in our
rack then we had before I deploed
canisters A and B.

245 02 24 50 SPT Now I did also make one note about

some stuff in the dental kit. It -
uh - I've gorgotten the name on it
right now but it - uh - for - uh -
filling either temporary fillings or
cracked - chipped teeth and so on.
And there's a handfull of these
that needs to be put into the dental
kit. The dental kit already had an
equal number and there was no room
for the new ones and old ones
" together. So as I said on my earlier

put the new ones in and transferred

the other - uh - dental itmes that
were there origionally over to
canister A. Those are not mentioned
on your message at all. And fifth
sentence is a statement that all need
deployed ... SL-4, which they did. So,
I hope that clarifies it. I went
rith down your list, item by item.
And I tried to note the exeptions
where there was an exception from
waht you'd said. If there's any
further question, why please send
it up to me on the teleprinter. End
of the message for Dr. Paul Buchanan
and others in the boimed community
interested in the stowage of the
onhoar d drugs.

245 02 26 05 SPT Message complete.

245 02 33 16 PLT Okay, space fans. This is Jack debriefing

the last ATM runm which started

f--
f_

DumpTape245-02 ....
Page 4 of h

00:22. We got to J0P 6. Then

we went ... at - uh - 24 and - uh -
the first thing I did was - Well,
wait a minute. I got the wrong rev.
'Let's go on down to the 01:55 rev. We
got to J0P 2 Dog done -

245 02 47 54 PLT Stand by.

END OF TAPE

F
 Dmmp TApe 245-03
Time : 1231-1239 GMT
_-. 9/2/73 _ -
Page 1 of 1

245 12 31 14 SPT Here comes some PRD readings. For the

pilot, 303. Jack had 303 in his sleep
compartment.

245 12 31 49 SPT SPT had 152 above the centrifuge; 152 for
SPT.

245 12 33 36 SPT 368 for the CDRs above the - uh - minus-Z

SAL. 368 is the last PIID reading.

245 12 33 44 SPT _d of message on PRDs.

END OF TAPE

F
_ Dump Tape 245-04
Time : ih07-1505 GMT
912173 ......
Page 1 of 23

245 14 07 24 PLT Okay, space fans this is Jack on

channel A - uh - ready for another
installment of the Jack and A1 show
on EREP.

2h5 lh 07 31 PLT Delta 6 is reading 57 percent and -

uh - we'll he - uh leaving the -
u_h - recorder for awhile - uh - but
we'll be back shortly, so don't go
a_y.

2h5 lh 16 16 PLT Okay, here we are again space fans,

ready to go at the T minus i0 - uh -
monitor reading. Just gonna read em
all off. Alfa 2, 92 percent, which
is too high. Alfa 3, 86 percent is
okay. Alfa h, is 71 percent ; okay.
Alfa 5_ is 65 percent ; okay. Alfa 6,
is zero; okay. Bravo 2 is 61 percent;
okay. Bravo 3 is 76 percent; okay.
Bravo h is 71 percent ; okay. Bravo 5
is 7h percent; that's okay. Bravo 6,
50 percent; okay. Bravo 7, 30 percent;
oEay. Bravo_ is 1 percent;o_ay.
Bravo 9 is 58 percent; okay. Charlie 2
is h5 percent;: okay. Charlle 3 is
88 percent - 87 percent, right on the
high end there. No, it's okay with
the inten - attezuator, that's in good
shape.

2h5 lh 18 33 PLT Bravo - Charlie h is 89 percent; too

high. Okay, we got Alfa 2, Charlie
high. Okay, Charlie 5 is 83 percnet,
which is okay. Charlie 6 is h6 per-
cent; okay. Charlie 7, 50 percent;
okay. Delta 2 is 86 percent; okay, "
for the tenvator. Dog 3 is
85 percent; okay with the attenvator,
Dog 4 is 72 percent ; okay. Dog 3 -
correction Dog 5, is 13, 13 percent;
_: okay. Dog 6 is 57 percent; okay.
Okay, Bravo 7 - uh - I already gave
you that. Bravo 8 - then I'll give
it to you again. Bravo 7, 30 percent;
Bravo 8, 1 percent; Charlie 7 is
50 percent, and Delta 6 is 57 percent.

/-
 Dump Tape 245-04
"_ Page 2 of 23

Tape recorder Charlie 8 is reading

81 percent. A/fa 2 and Charlie 4,
higher than we like to see era. And
we got to press on. Okay, 26 is the
go time. Charlie 7, not greater any
as S191 stays on. T minus 5, which
where we're coming up on right now.

245 lh 20 50 PLT We're gonna go MODE READY.

PLT Tape recorder EREP system is off.

MODE to READY. Gotta check for a
minute.

CDR ... check.

245 lh 22 0h PLT I got - uh - 4.2 at least. Okay, I

Just checked the - uh - S192 - uh -
package and we're reading, in the
visible, 85 and 65 percent and -
uh - thermal reading hh.to h5 per-
cent. Now we want to go on here
F and _n to _EADY. Get our do_ ,_p_,n,
Light off. Okay, S190 switch light -
Heater switch light off. Off and-
uh - press to test, both lights on
ii[ window heater panel are working.
0kay, it's - uh - T minus 5, we'll
verify and voice record the pre-operate
configuration. READY light not on
yet on 192. Let _s go on. Pre-operate -
per-operation configuration; tape
recorder, POWER on, READy on. 192,
we'll dkip for the moment. 191,
POWER ON, READY light on, COLOR ON,
and the 191 door is open. Okay, 192,
POWER is ON, READY light is on, I
checked and the door has been opened.
Going to CHECK, turn the READY light
out.

245 14 24 06 PLT Okay, S190. POWER is ON, READY light

is out, we're in STANDBY, and the door
is verified to be open, with light
cnm_ng through the window. 193 RAD,
we're in STANDBY. READY light is out.
193 SCAT; POWER is OFF, READY is out.
• I

DumpTape245-04
Page 3 of 23

193 ALTIMETER; POWER is OFF, READY is

out. 194, POWER is ON, READY light is
on. Okay, time is 24:40, we're - uh -
minute and a half ahead of schedule.
And - uh - just to doublecheck my -
uh - ready verification, 192 is high,
low, high. 191 is 9 and 2, 190 is
low, 14 and i0. You ought to be
hearing from ... CROSS TRACK
CONTIGUOUS, angle is zero, polarization i,
193 is, ALTIMETER MODE 1 reads 76.
194 is AUTO B. We're all set, ready
to go. Read Alfa 2. Okay, Alfa 2 now
reading within limits at 56 percent,
which is okay, and the other one was
Charlie 4, now reading within limits
at - uh - 70 percent, so Alfa 2 and
Charlie 4 were a little slow coming
down hut we got them now. And we're
standing by to go to 19B A to
STANDBY.

245 14 26 02 PLT MARK, 193 A to STANDBY, 26:57 next.

PLT How you readin down there, Bob?

CC ... okay, I got you on the Vanguard

for about ll minutes.

245 14 26 17 PLT Okay, we're off and running,

everything is no_inal. Uh - readings
Alfa 2 and Charlie 4 were a little
slow in - uh - coming into spec, but
they're within range now, and appear
to be - uh - cha_uging a little bit.

245 14 26 30 CDR Also, I - uh - I noticed - also I

noticed, Bob, uh - they want me to
track Mount Etna on the third try
with a special pan, and I looked at
my chart of Sicily and it doesn't
tell me which part of Sicily
Mount Etna is, unless it's the
northeast part, cause there seems to
be elevation angle that's high up
there.

CC That 's it.

f
Dump Tape 245-04
Page 4 of 23

CDR Okay, babe.

PLT Stand by for EREP to start.

245 14 26 58 PLT MARK, EREP start.

245 14 27 04 PLT MARK, 190 MODE to AUTO, 194 MODE to

MANUAL.

CDR We're at attitude, within O.l on Y.

PLT Okay, we got number 5 and 6 - -

CDR ...

PLT - - thermal malfunction lights on on

190, but we presume that it's running
okay, and I bet you after this sequence
they won't come on amy more.

245 14 27 29 CDR Okay, we haven't crossed the coast,

Jack. We're - uh - getting ready to,
right now. We've got what's know as -
_L - =u_L_=r_ _o brok_ul cumulus
clouds. Nice and fluffy white - uh -
ones, probably about - uh - 0.6 to
0.7. We're over the coastline at the
moment.

PLT Gonna give em tour?

245 14 27 49 CDR Oh, I don't know if I know that much

about it, but l'd say we're Just at
that lower part of - uh - Chile, about
halfway between Santiago and Cape Horn,
so things are _inning along okay, and
we're gonna be persuing a northeasterly
course here. It's becoming more
overcast. I would say it 's about 0.8
nOW.

j CDR Okay, now it's starting to clear up,

we're - uh - a mere 0.1 now, we Just
broke out of some sort of front.

PLT Are we over land, Dr. Beau?

%

Dump Tape 245-04

Page 5 of 23

2_5 lh 28 27 CDR We are, and if your cameras are running,

they're getting good pictures.

PLT They are running. Wonder if the Bid 0

• is running?

CDR He never tells us.

SPT ...

CDR We Just hope he opens the door - -

PLT He's running, he says.

CDE - - all we can ask for.

CDR Okay, even when you're in a space

station, you got to have a weather
man looking ahead for you.

245 i_ 38 51 CDR Yes, here comes the front he was

talking about. }Lltocumulus, it looks
to me. Maybe a little stratoeus, hard

ground, so they can't be too high. We

seem to be moving - uh - over into -
Argentina at the moment. We should -
uh - break land at - -

245 lh 29 21 PLT READY light off at 21.

CDR - - Golfo Sand Y_tias - San Matias - -

PLT MODE to STANDBY on 190.

CDR - - okay, now we're over some strata - -

2h5 l_ 29 30 PLT MARK. 193 RAD OFF, 193 ALTIM_f_H ON.

CDR - - overcast, no pictures at the

moment.

PLT Okay, Robert, would the EREP guys,

like me to cycle the S190 power switch
to see if we get those film advance
malfunciton lights off?

CDR Now we're crossing the shoreline.

 Dt_p Tape 2_5-0_
Page 6 of 23

f-
CC Did you try to cycle it, Jack?

PLT Okay .... off and then on. We'll ...

Flagpole here.

CDR IMC is working beautifully right now.

You know what happened to that other
IMC problem we had but it's not
bothering us at the moment.

2_5 lh 30 21 CDR Okay, we're moving up the coast, it's

now becoming clear.

PLT S_neday we're gonna have to go back to

Earth and work for a livim@, A1.

CDR I know it.

PLT ... terrible thought.

CDR Okay, we're starting to move away from

the land, I was hoping to see Montevideo.
I did not see it° I'ii move my - uh -

PLT Sure move across the ground in a

hurry. Expeciallywith that VTCS_ you
don't see a whole lot. Pretty small
field of view.

CDR There's a nice group of - uh -

2h5 14 30 5_ PLT Everything's perking along on auother

clasic EREP pass. We're about to
31:15 here.

CDR Okay, let me look over further up the

coast. Okay, we're now on Montevideo.
I'm zeroed in on it. Right across the
way from Montevidoe, as you will recall,
is the - uh - lovely town of
Buenos Aires. Point right at it, get - -

2_5 14 31 15 PLT MARK. MODE to SINGLE - -

CDR - - some data. Can't do it, it's

falling too far behing.

........... PLT _ "-on 190 and I go frame 4_ 04 that ...........

is.
• i

Dump Tape 245-04

Page 7 of 2B

CDR Okay, I'm Just manually foiling up the

coast here - -

PLT ...

CDR - - seein if I can see anybody on the

beach.

PLT Got the film advance malfunction

light backs on on 5 and 6, apparently
they're not completely de ...

CDR Zoomed in on the beach now, to see if

I can see anything. I don't see
people, I don't see cars, I can see
waves down there. Not waves, but the
st_rf, the little white surf edge as it
comes close to the beach.

245 14 31 48 PLT Say, I got a eoranent for the guys

who put the S190 pad together. When
you got frames, I'd like to see you
put two numbers, please; if it's Just
4, - uh - it'd be nice if you made it
n4 +_.+ _'__y_'!i never get = 4C
instead of a 4.

CC Okay.

PLT Okay, thank you.

245 14 32 04 PLT Okay, S192 standing by for the tape

burner to come on, And the tape is
reading a straight 75 and 79 percent.

CDR Okay, we're heading for the Intertroplcsl

Convergance Zone and you know how
interesting that is. Okay, let's hang
in there, we got a special 01 at 46.

PLT By God, we're at 46, too.

(DR Well, let 's do em together.

245 14 32 39 PLT Okay, we got 6 seconds.

CDR Huh? Maybe you do.

f
• L

Dump Tape 245-04

Page 8 of 23

PLT Hight here, pal. 32 - -

CDE Oh, you're talking - -

245 14 32 46 FLT MARK. MODE to READY.

CDE - - talking 46:00.

PLT Tape motion light is OFF and back on.

CDR Well, you got some clear skies - -

PLT Okay, again.

cdr - - ocean, get clear ocean data - -

PLT 193, MODE to AUTO.

CDR - - EREP weather m_n was on the ball.

Clear - -

2h5 lh 33 0h PLT MARK. MODE to AUTO on 190•

245 14 33 I0 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. Reads 71.

like they asked.

CDR Jack, give em what they ask for. In a

few more minutes, we will be crossing
Africa - -

PLT High water coming up there. That Atlantic

must be higher %h_a the P_cific.

CDR - - We're gonna cross a little west of the

Ivory coast, over Guinea, we're gonna cross - -

2_5 lh 33 30 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER ON.

CDE - - over Mall, over Tunisia and we'll look

do_ and see Tunis, home of the ancient
Carthage, and see if we see any ruins, I
doubt we _rill. And then we'll whistle over
Sicily, Greece, Bulgaria_ the Black Sea
an_ - uh - right over Russia.

245 lh BB 51 PLT Is that where Col_nbus threw the half a

dollar across the Delaware?

f
Dump Tape 245-04
Page 9 of 23

CDR Uh - Let me see, it's not marked on the

map.

PLT (Laughter) Okay, stand by for READY out.

CDR Looks cool out there.

245 14 34 i0 PLT MARK, READY out. Stand by for Mode to

CHECK.

245 lh 34 16 PLT MARK, MODE to CHECK. Tape burner's off.

How much _ got left? Not doing too bad,
we got 75 to 80 here. Correction - 65 to
70 is the way it's operating Charlie 8 at
the moment, 34:55 stand by.

245 14 34 31 CDR 34:46, I think I got a few seconds. 32 -

PIT I notice 190 is still in AUTO; they want

me to go to SINGLE.

CC At 55, 43:55.

PLT Eight.

SPT TV MON is - -

245 14 34 56 PLT MARK, bingo, we got one. Okay, they want

me to cycle the power on 190 again?
Let it run a little longer. Still got
two advance malfunction lights. Number 5
and number 6.

CC Require report, J_ck.

PLT Say again ?

CC No requirement. No need to cycle.

PLT Okay, I know there isn't any need, I was

Just wanting to know if I they - uh - uh - wanted
me to try to extinguish those lights. See
if we're completely being fooled. Being
fooled.

245 lh 35 36 PLT 36:15, standing by.

, .%

Dump Tape 245-04

Page i0 of 23

245 14 35 40 CDR That's the way the Crip looks when he's - when
he's in L.A. you know it. (Laughter)

CDE He's fooled me when he comes in in the

mroning.

SPT Talking out of school. (Laughter)

CDR He's being fooled.

245 14 36 01 CDR I can't see anything out of this thing.

Yeah, there it is. It's all Blue.

PLT Okay. Standing by for MODE to STANDBY.

PLT Yeah, we're go_ua change our altitude

again.

SPT ... our orbit is varying?

PLT What's our real apogee and perigee now,

Bob?

CC Check it. Goona lose you in _ m_m,_

Pick yoU up again in about 3-1/2 minutes.

PLT Okay.

2_5 l_ 36 50 PLT MARK. ALTIMETER, STANDBY; RANGE, 66.

Must be coming up on some high ground, or
getting lower or something. 37:10. Altimeter
is going back on. We over Afriky [sic]
yet?

245 lh 37 10 PLT MARK. ALTIM_92d, ON.

ODE Jack, I'm still waiting around for 46. I

hate to say thls, but - uh - your dragging
your heels. I can't understand why that's
359_8 instead of 359.9 on the Y-axis. It's
been that way. Strange. Let me look at
my pad again. No, it's supposed to be
one-tenth.

PLT Did you get it?

CDR I ain't got it. I don't go into my act

'til 46.
 DumpTape245-04
Pageii of23 ' .......

PLT Oh.

CDR See I'm - I'm running up through here.

I didn't do the South American stuff. So
I'm gonna go over here and reset the
menuevering time while I wait.

245 14 38 19 CDR CLEAR, 52030, EN'±'_h4.CLEAR, 50013, EST,.

It's done, I'll check - I have to check it
when we get there.

PLT 0k%y.

245 lh 38 36 PLT MARK, MODE to SINGLE on 190. Two minutes,

then tool it. (whistle)

CDR Where' s the action?

PLT It's drag for you, huh?

CDR Albania is a country I've never visited.

PLT May be a while before you get there too,

A/. boy.

CDR Could be.

245 14 39 0-4 PLT Astronaut Alan Bean locked up in Albanian

prison. What difference does it make?
About the same as this spacesuit of yours
that got stolen. They found him in a green
bag out in front of the county courthouse
in Albania. C_lled a Bean bag.

CDR Lots of clouds over the world - -

PLT Coming up over spaghetti country there,

Al.

CDR That 's true.

PLT You'd be right at home, find everything

there is there.

CDR Zoom in on it.

245 14 40 0S PLT 40, 30 - Come on ... before they close today.

f
• r

DumpTape245-04 ............
Page 12 of 23

CDR Right. )Laughter)

PLT I can see them right here on this box.

CC We're back with you again for about 18 minutes.

245 14 40 21 CC Apogee is 241; perigee is 230. You're gonna

hit perigee just about the time you cross
the coast of the Med.

PLT 241 by 2307

CC ...

245 14 h0 30 PLT MARK. 14_TIM_'f_:R

to STANDBY, Range 62. What's
happening to our orbit?

CC What we'd expect from no trim burn.

PLT I see. I thought maybe it was one of

those rockets they're shooting up these
days - messed up the atmosphere.

245 lh 40 51 PLT MAEK. ALTI-M_qI'_

ON. Lots of trickles in

PLT I notice190is using a lot of f_Im tod_y.

Got a few single shots.

PLT I see somebody's got a friend down there.

42:15. Lot of time to stand around and
ponder today.

CDR Takes lots of time.

PLT Kind of pass that makes your thumb turn

blue where you've got to hold it under the
next line for th_ pad.

245 14 41 41 CDR 41:40, we're going into it in a few minutes,

Jack, so hang in there.

CC A1, for your information, your attitude

there looks good so don't know why you're
reading that 0.8 instead of 0.9.

f
, ,°

D_mp Tape 245-04

Page 13 of 23

CDR I don't either. Uh - the other two are

0.i off, per the direction, that - now it's
0.9 - now it's 0.8 - so it - 0.9 - it must
be right edge of this particular sensor.
It kind of splashes back and forth right
now.

PLT Lots of trickies in the air today, A1 boy,

That's what it is.

245 14 42 15 PLT MARK. MODE to SINGLE on 190. Now stand

around for another 45 seconds.

CC It was your day off. You can afford to

stand around a little bit.

CDR You let him sleep late. We don't want to

spoil him; he's a Marine, spoils easily.

PLT 42:46.

CDE There will be no day o_f.

PLT 0_ay, s_an_ by for ,3. I'm gonna reaca

right over here under your chin and hit
that green light with my big th1,_h -

245 lh 4_
_ 01 PLT MARK. There's AUTO CAL. The 91 lights
up, 6 seconds later, Just like advertised.
190 goes shutter speed to medi_, now we're
gonna get some action. Frame 06. On,
six whole frames. No wonder they don't
want me to cycle that power switch, we're
not taking enough frames to do much good.
193, SCAT to ST__/IDBY, on the minute.

PLT Shutter speed medium. 46, 06, 51, interval

zero, then comes 44. SCAT -

245 i_ 43 41 CDE Okay, we put in a new manuever time, back

to SI. How does it look in the old co_guter,
i Bob?

CC Looks good to us, AI, appreciate your

putting it in.

CDR Okay.

r
 Dump Tape 245-0h
Page 14 of 23

PLT h3:58 -

245 14 44 Ol PLT MARK. SCAT to STANDBY. Glad to have him

in the game. He's been out a]1 day.

245 14 44 ii PLT MARK. ALTIME'±'_ to STANDBY.

PLT Oh, he's gonna go off and come right back

on again, can you imagine that?

245 lh 44 33 PLT ... MARK. ALTIMETER ON.

PLT 45 :40, 1 minute to wait.

CDR Hey, one change we'd like to make on the

EREP pad if you can, Bob, request it -
instead of telling us which track we're
gonna run, because that doesn't help us
too much - uh - on the VTS pad or any of
the pads where it says track such and such,
skip that, and just put on some sites by
n,Tmher. That they think we're gonna hit.
That will aS]ow us to look at them the
night before. Where we have a track, we
.. st!l] don't. _nnw much

PLT I think we ought to put both on there.

CDR Well put em both on there.

PLT Give a track, the sites, the percent of

the film you're gonna use and al] that stuff.

CDR Because the real site, don't come up til

the next morning. They usually - -

PLT Yeah, well, they might not know til the

" next day what the sites are gonna be on
account of the weather. Stand by for 40.

CDR At 46, I 'm gonna go turn my camera on.

-,_ CDR We are still over the Imtertropical -

Convergence - -

245 14 45 hl PLT MARK. READY light on, right on time,

you guys are great :
D_np Tape 245-04
Page 15 of 23

PLT REF 6, there we go, REF 6.

PLT Stand around and pick my nose for another

few seconds here.

245 14 _ 00 CDR ... MA_.

CDR ... think it was derogatory.

CDR ... you're running, camera's making noises.

245 14 46 08 PLT MARK. MODE to READY. MALF light on,

tape off. Tape hack on.

CC Good, that's the way we like it,

245 14 46 14 PLT MARK. 190 MODE, AUTO.

CDR ...

FLT I know. Got to stand around awhile again.

PLT For the spectators on air, Alfa 2 is

now reading 51 percent, Charlie 4 is 71 percent.

CDI_ *,s_g _innya 5 snf 6, huh?

PLT Yeah, well, they might or might not be va1_d

any more. We don'd know because we didn't
cycle the - uh - power switch recently.

I_LT I'm confident they're working though, they've

never failed to work.

245 14 _6 58 PLT Okay. Stand by for a MODE to CHECK. 47:10.

55 percent on the tape. You open her steady
when you've got this tape Burner on.

245 14 47 3_1 PLT MARK. MODE to C_K, TAPE MOTION light is

back on.

PLT 47:50. Ready to stand by. Sounds like the

O. is to squeal at us down there.

245 i_ _7 32 SPT Say, Bob, I was Just noticing on my next

_TC pad, if - the notes indicate that it
requires a filter change. Yet I've got
 Dump Tape 245-04
Page 16 of 23 .............

filter 5 on the next one. Can you clarify

that for me?

CC Wilco.

245 14 47 50 PLT MARK. ALTIMET_IH STANDBY. Mode 2 he says,

there it is, MODE 2 is set and ready to
go. What's next? 190, READY light out
at 48. Let's watch 190.

245 14 48 01 PLT MARK. It's out right on time. Look at

there! Says we got a RAD to STANDBY.
What time is it now? 48:13-15.

245 14 _8 15 PLT MARK. SCAT's ON. RAD ON. 190 MODE to

STANDBY.

CDR We're overcast right now.

PLT Shutter speed's going to fast. We're gonna

really rip them off. Frame 27. I hear
it come up to speed - -

CDR I hear it tick. And I'll pick interval i0.

IX,T ha_,q ._-_, Now I_+'_ cb_ o!I 9hi_

f- We got SCAT's ON, RAD is ON, 190 STANDBY,
FAST, 27, interval i0.

CDR CS_ay, now- -

PLT You want me to cycle the 190 power switch

now to - uh - see if the lights will he off
after this next run?

ODE Must of had a h_audover ... means we're

gonna stay in their area.

PLT h9:33 coming - Where in the heck are we,

Al?

245 lh 49 13 CDR We're - uh - not to the coast yet. We're

in Ascension control and will be coming up
towards the coast and I think we're out
now, w_'re over the coast now. It's hard
to tell. We've been over clouds. Yeah, I
think we're in Africa now.
 L

D_9 T_e 2hS-0h

Page 17 of 23

CDR 49:27. On 50:10, I've got to come off.

245 14 h9 33 PLT MARK. 190, MODE to AUTO. Now I get to

stand around and daydream about it for
a while, now. 52:40 Monday. 3 whole
minutes to goof off. Got time to get a
lemon drop out here.

CDR ... gonna be I0 seconds from here. Got

some good clouds here, or lack of clouds,
which is good.

PLT Uh - Going over Bulgaria and the Black Sea

again, up over Mobilgrad - Kaput - Senyar [?]
huh?

CDR Okay, now we're gonna do the same thing -

with 51 to 56 rain.

PLT Going over the Gobi, Sahara Desert. We're

doing it. You still there, Bob? No, he's
not.

CC SPT, Houston.

SPT Go ahead.
f

245 i_ 50 48 CC Roger, the - You're on filter 5 right now,

you've got a Paraguay pass at solar intertia
that requires filter l, and then for the
next EREP pass you use filter 5 once more.

SPT Okay. Supposed to have a pad for the pad

which requires filter I?

CC That's affirmative, it's 3731 Ch_rlie.

2_5 I_ 51 17 SPT I'll have to look it up but you better send

it up again - uh - the first opportunity to
ma_e sure I've got it. I know where it is
right now and I'll look it up. But appreciate
it if you'd send it up anyway.

CC Good.

PLT Today sunny down there, Bob?

.... cc All day.

F-
 Page 18 of 23

PLT Why don't you have somebody call over to

the Harris County Youth Village, and tell
them I'm sending two ears of boys over there
end tell them I 'm thinking about them today.
If you would, please.

CC We'll do that.

PLT Thank you.

245 l_ 51 53 CDI_ You might mention to Dave Kelley, Wayne Comer

Eraie Lay and Bruce Schraufnagel that we're
thinking about them, too. We'll dedicate
this day to em pu here. We'll call it EREP
day since we got a couple of good EREPs.
And Dave and Wayne, Ernie and Bruce did one
heck of a good Job about - And the people
that work with them, of course, but we tend
to work with them more closely. Phi ling
this whole EREP package together. It seems
to run real smoothly. Jack was mentioning
last night that all of a sudden you get a
pad to change film and you change it, and
that's the end of it, and pretty soon you're
using it. Everything runs along real smooth
/- an_ - u_ - the - uh - We'll be thinking
about them today during these EBEP passes.

PLT I second that, those guys nlI did a great

Job.

CC Than_ you. And I 'm sure they appreciate

the word.

PLT Martin Marietta. Appreciate it if you'd

touck base with them too. And the NASA
guys that work with them also did a good
Job.

PLT Gkay. We got 40 - _0 like you wanted go -

then we're going SCAT to STANDBY.

245 lh 52 57 PLT MARK. And RAD to STANDBY 2 seconds later.

RAD's OFF. ALTIME'I_H is ON. 193 - 190 -

CDR Little puffy clouds over Africa. Over the

Sahara.

F-
r' "z_

Dump Tape e_5-0h .........

Page 19 of 23

CDR Running to 56:10. We've got plenty of time.

I'ii look at my chart right now. There it is.
Looking good. Not drifting.

PLT Okay, 190, I got my eyes on you. You're

mine, baby. READY was out early on 190.
Went out at 03. MODE to STANDBY. ALTIMETER
go MODE to STANDBY. Frames to 06. INTERVAL
to 20. 06:20.

245 lh 5h 2_ CDR I'd sure hate to w_l_ across this place

we're taking pictures of right now.

PLT That was MODE to STANDBY, Frame 06. Sounds

like Marine country to me.

CDR Yeah, that's -

PLT Okay, how about now_ The 190 guys after

that ripping off those frames for me to
try POWER OFF and then POWER back ON to
see if we've ... film, Bob. Can't wait
to get those lights out.

CC Go ahead, Jack.

CDR Okay.

PLT (Laughter)

CDR 55:03.

PLT That's Robert se.ying, "Oh, my goodness.

That guy' s doing that again."

CDR 55:10 coming up.

2h5 i_ 55 ii CDR Well, we are cc_/ng to Marine cDuntry.

We're gonna pass right over Tunisia, to
the right will b_ Tripoli, and _e 'ii look
down at the shore.

PLT Shores of Tripoli.

CDR See if we can see any Marines still there.

PLT Okay, we're standing by for MODE to READY.

/--
Du_Tal_ _h5-O_
Page 20 of 23

CDR Okay, now we're coming along some linear

sand dune, which are fairly flat_ flat to
rocky and pe_.haps sandy area. Now we're
coming into the large dunes. Reach it.
Time is 55:39. I want to stop this at
56:10.

PLT Get the tape burner on here again.

PLT Stand by -

2_5 14 55 57 PLT MARK. READY. MALF light. Tape motion

lig_ht on. MALF light off. Get -

2_5 lh 56 05 PLT MARK. 190 is in AUTO•

PLT Oh, boy look at that.

CDR That's it.

PLT No malf light this time, you - Oops, therm

we got ntwaber 6 on. Well, at least 5
at least cooled• Number 6 to go.

CDR That's I2.T, and I'm going 57:_2. It's

-'_ .... _'--" 57:h2

PLT ... Down there _ let the duw,,y have his way.
Doesn't matter nothing - but let him have
his way.

coR 57.

PLT Going MODE to STANDBY in a moment.

CDR Bad news for somebody.

PLT Visible channel was 85 and 65 this morning,

and thermal was _5.

2h5 lh 57 01 PLT MARK. MODE to STANDBY on 192. Tape motion

light is back on and you want S190 POWER - uh -
192 power OFF at the moment and that's what
we'll do. STANDBy and R to STANDBY. Stand by.
R's up at the STANDBY. SCAT's ON. RAD ON.
 Dt_p Tape 245-04
Page 21 of 23

CDR 57:_2, that looks like it right there. Are

we a little early? We Just keep going. Let's
play it smart.

CC LOS one minute. Guam at 15:2_ and we'll be

doing a data tape recorder dump there.

2_5 14 57 40 PLT Okay, Crip, I guess everybody decided not

to do anything about 192. Decided it's
okay the way it is, huh? And we got it
right - right on time that time, on 190
STANDBY. On the MODE - -

CDR ... data, but we're not sure exactly

where the mountain is because there's a
bunch of clouds. I'll Just shoot down
right between it. Shoot the minus l0
right in that little hole.

CC Right off the tip of the boot of - uh -

of Italy.

CDR Okay, let's move up there and take some

data up there. Data - There's several
mountains here _ud it's hard to tell which
that
clouds,we'll use it. Essentially
we're
getting a couple here.

PLT I was gonna AUTO CAL your VTS today, pal.

CDR Okay. We're getting a good lock on it.

Everything is rtu_ning Just right. Gonna let
you run it out _cefore I do - I've got to
go to SI at some time - 15:00, I'ii make
• that.

2_5 l_ 59 01 PLT I'll be la_ving your AUTO CAL for your dump
check in there. Okay. At minus l0 we got
it _ql. Get a little bit more at 59:09.
We want to go right on the hour 15, we want
to go right on 15:00 - we'll make it.
That's it, let me go do it. Okay.

PLT Okay, I'll do an AUTO CAL. AUTO CAL to 30

because A1 was still tracking it on the - on
Dmup Tape 245-04
Page 22 of 23

the minute. So we'll be 30 seconds late

on a11 that. POWER STANDBY at 40. 59 -

245 14 59 41 PLT MARK. SCATT to STANDBY.

245 14 59 43 PLT MARK. 2 seconds RAD to STANDBY. 194, MODE

to MANUAL. We could do that. That SI maneuver
on the minute, AI, baby.

CDR Okay.

PLT 8, 9.

245 15 00 01 PLT MARK. Go to SI - go to SI.

245 15 00 04 CDR MARK. 1 mib, 2 mlbs, 3 mibs, 4 mihs, 4 mibs

on minuy Y, and that's it. That's thruster 1
that's firing. See we're headed back.

PLT Okay. We're stand/ng by for 210 on the -

READY ON 8nd 191. Coming up over Greece,
I think.

PLT Okay, standing by for 191 READY light ON.

245 15 02 09 PLT MARK, there it is at 09 and go to EREP STOP -

245 15 02 12 PLT MARK. Okay, TAPE MOTION light is out.

Now - the post.

PLT Voice record Br_vo 7 - Bravo 7 is reading

30 percent and generally for those who are
interested, Charlie 8 is. I think 33 percent,
it was bombing right around 40 when it was
running. 192 d _or closed, wait 1 minute.
Closie and latch 190.

PLT Okay, 190 closed and latched.

: PLT And we're standing by for the door to be

closed on 192.

245 15 03 56 PLT NOW we don't have the power on. M_ybe the
light won't come ou. And we'rm going off
of- -

CDR In the dark, Jack.

 D_p T_e 245-04
Page 23 of 23

PLT - - record now. This ends the number i

EREP pass on day 245. And we'll be checking
in with you in a few hours %o do some more.

245 15 04 19 PLT Thank you.

END OF TAPE

-! !
 q

Dump Ts_e 245'05

Time : 1647-1806 GMr
912173
Page 1 of ii

245 16 47 30 PLT" Okay, space fans, this is Jack on

channel A, debriefing the last ATM
run which began at 15:57. I ran
two JOP 6s - uh - Just as you
requested. I - uh - ran the JOP -
two JOPs - two fox trots as you
requested, using the pointing and
roll as in JOP 2 Dog. I picked a
uh - 8/inear bright spot, active
region 9 which would fill the slit to
the greatest extent possible provided -
uh - uh - the region in that was
the one I selected, kind of on the
south side of the spot• South side
of the neutral line, there. And I
got the mirror auto rasters - uh -
928. The second - uh - JOP 2 foxtrot
•.. I - uh - used the same pointing
and this is the one where - uh - I
set the grating at and went, at split
center and - uh - setp the grating,
maYimize-specter3 an6[it turned
out that - uh - it got up to around -
ua - 6200. ± con_Inue_ co s_ _ne
grating position of 40.

245 16 48 52 PLT And I ran mirror line scan there. Uh -

there was a little confusion as to -
uh - later on as I was doing that, as
to whether or not I should be at slit
center or - uh - line 25, but looking
back at JOP 2 DOG - uh - step 6 - uh -
it appears to me I should have been
in slit center, although I gave you
about h scans at line 25 and Jumped
back up to - uh - slit center. Now
most - uh - most of it's in that region.
If you see a little - uh - disparity
in your data, cause I went down to
25 momentarily and then - tub -
returned back. I let it run on to -
 f-_ Dump Tape 245-05
Page 2 of ll

uh - check the sunset, and also at

the same time as we were going over
the hill, I noticed that - uh -
that spring in - uh - uh - 15 was 0
uh - doing its thing again. As it
was - uh - all through this thing
at the beginiing of the orbit.
I - uh - selected to - uh - see
where it was, just kind of watch it
a little bit, and if it got up to
a PMEC of about - uh - 575 and -
uh -went down again.

245 16 49 56 PLT Uh - at the end of the orbit - uh -

it did the same thing again. It -
uh - got up there, and I noticed that -
uh - it was fairly high, but not
climbing. It's around the same
numbers, 550 or sl. The only thing
different that I noticed there, was
that it dropped off very rapidly.
It did not have a nice, smooth,
slow - uh - return to - uh - uh -
quieter - uh - conditions. Anm l_
happened fast - dropped down very
rapidly on the P_C and I Just happened,
at the time, to have - uh - finished
up the mirror li_e scan - uh - on
active region 9.

2_5 16 50 31 PLT I think I - uh - I played you a little

of that earlier. I - uh - did not
caryy the - uh - mirror line scan
on active region 9 clear though ESS.
It was - uh - about a minute and
a half to go, and I pointed it up at
uh active region 15 when I noticed
that i was - uh - very bright.
And - uh - I discotinued mirror line
scan at grating position 40- uh -
through - uh - active region 15, and
this reduced very rapidly from about -
uh - 500 down to about- uh - 250
or 300. So that was during ESS,
and that might - uh - not be very
; good data, but it's uh - possible
better than nothing.
F
D_up Tape 245-05 ................
Pa@e 3 of ii

2h5 16 51 0Y PLT The only thing that - uh - I noticed

- uh - other - otherwise was my -
uh - daily schedule of the corona shows
that - uh - uh - there's not a
whole lot of change -uh - visually,
however, it looks like the - uh -
streamer that the - uh - coronal
activity on the - uh - western -
off the western limb - correction,
off the eastern - eastern limb is a
little more intense than it was
yesterday, a little more ... a
little more well defined. Uh -
there's less - uh - uh - uh - it's
uh - put in a ... and more well
defined streamers over in that area.
Other than that - uh - uh - I
think - uh - it don't apparently
tobe look a whole lot different.
So that eonludes the debriefing on the
run, we're going in to EREP now,
we'll be back _ith you later.

245 17 26 46 CDR Okay, this is the CDR voice recording

on channel A, an6 you need to know
D-6. D-6 is 57 percent, 57 percent.
CDR out. That's pre EREP.

CDR Okay, this is the CDR and I'm getting ready

to record everything on these monitor -
uh - decals. Everything in in position.
We're ready to make the run. Ready
verification is complete.

2h5 17 41 21 CDR Okay, here we go on this record business.

Let me make sure I 'm coming up.
How do you hear? Good. Okay, here
we go. A first: 2, it's 59 percent;
3, 86 percent, _, 71 percent, 5, 66
percent; 6, 0. And that's the end
of that one. Okay, let's got for B-2.
56 percent; 3 is 76 percent; h is 71
"percent, 5 is 7h percent; 6 is h8
_ percent; 7 is 31 percent; 8, 1 percent;
and 9 is 59 percent.
Dump Tape 245-05
Page 4 of ii

245 17 42 12 CDR So that's good. Let's now take C. C-2

44 percent; C-B, 88 percent; C-4 T1 percent;
C-5, 83 percent, C-6, 46 percent, C-7,
42 percent; C-8, it doesn't count.
But I'll read it to you anyway, 48
percent. Now, let's go back to this one.
D2, 86 percent, D-3, 85 percent;
D-h, 72 percent; D-5, 14
percent; D-6, 58 percent; D-T, 51 percent.
Now let's read the special ones again.
B-7, 30 percent, 30 to 31. B-8, about
i percent. C-7 about 40 - correction
54 percent. D- 6 uh - 57 percent.
And C-7 is less than 80, so everything
is good there. 192 mode to
standby. Ready. Door open. Okay, 6,
I'ii verify the light it out when it
is. I checked to press the temp
here, gentlemen; they both work.
Have itsays to test the Delta temp.
190 ... power switch is off, light
is off. Pullyour switchoff. 190
you switch off light off, okay?

245 17 44 19 SPT You there Crip?

CDR Okay. 192 door is open, and the green

light is on. It say now to verify and
voice record preop congif. Let's do
it. The tape recorder ON, ready light
ON, 92 is ON, ready light's ON.
We are in READY, door is OPEN.
That's an unusual conflg, but lets
Just see there. 91 is ON, ready
ON, coolerON, and ddor OPEN.
90. ON. Ready OUT, standby,
door OPEN, standby, doors OPEN.
93 is in stand by. READY OUT. 93F
OFF. READY OUT. 93 A, OFF, READY
OUT, 94 ON, READY ON. Okay?

245 17 45 24 CDR Pre op configuration is checked.

Stand by for 17:51. We're going
to run 192 here for h minutes, i
Okay? Okay with me. Know what
2 their doing.
_" Dump Tape 245-05
Page 5 of ii

PLT Okay, stand by to go to ZLV here.

No biases in this time.

CDR No biases huh?

PLT Nope.

CDR Okay.

PLT An umbiased spacecraft. There we go.

2_5 17 46 00 PLT MARK. XLV.

PLT Okay, we're coming over land. A little

clouds over the coast, but - uh -
inland a little ways it's clear.
And - uh - crossing - uh - Peru
at the time - uh - acorss the coast
Just south of Lima. And we're crossing
the Andes; it's - uh - okay to
the east of Peru. Set up down there.
Standby. Setup comm?

SC _ean.

PLT ... rivers down here• It's for rea,

and - uh - just crossing over into
Brazil.

CDR Comment? Carbad floated out.

2h5 17 50 Ii PLT Used the ...

CDR A good one. It's gloat time.

PLT ... far from the Amazon. Good 17:51.

CDR I'm going 93S and standby.

CDR 93S will stand by.

PLT Coming up on scattered clouds.

,L
 °

Dump Tape 245-05

/'_ Page 6 of ii

CDR Okay. We don't go EREP START

until 53:54, which is 2-1/2 minutes from
now.

PLT There we're crossing into Venezuela.

(Yawn) Unbroken clouds over Venezuela.
Passing over Los LLanos, the plains
of Venezuela. Good jaquar hunting
down there; good fishing too.

PLT You there, Bob?

SPT Must be too far from the Vanguard.

245 17 52 31 PLT Well, we should be coming up on

Bermud_ pretty soon. Be awhile.
ugh, cloudy.

CDR EREP START at 5B:54; that's a minute

from now, roughtly.

245 17 52 50 PLT Hey, we have to - uh - we gouth to be

in the ZLVnow.

CDR Let me check it. You bet ; all zip.

PLT ... We're too far off course.

PLT Looks now like it's overeast over

• Venezuela.

PLT What 're you running A1.

i
245 17 53 54 CDR 53:54. Just started to run it Jack.

PLT Yeah ... clouds; it's solid overcast.

CDE Okay.

245 17 53 59 CDE MARK.

PLT DAC ON.

CDR S ON, R ON, 19h MODE MANUAL. Okay,

• we're standing by for a 55:30 when
_ I go both singles.
 DumpTape2h5-05
Page 7 of ll

CDR Every 30-seconds I'ii do a - -

PLT Okay, the clouds are starting to

go away now.

CDB Okay. Good.

2_5 17 54 29 PLT Still over land. Now we're

crossing over the - uh - water now,
we're crossing the coast of northeast
Venezuela. I think we cam right out
in the - uh - delta of the - uh -
Orinoco.

CDR Where do you think we are on that map?

PLT We're right there, - uh - I think

we're right - uh - over Trinidad_
Port of Spain - -

CDR Apparently all we're taking pictures

_" of is water, here.

Zh> 17 >> iI PL'x on - you're t_Xing pictures ox" the

clouds right now. Yeah. That's
where we figure we're at.

CDR What did he say?

PLT That we were over the Orinoco at the -

uh - Orinoco Delta - Delta where it
uh - butts out iI_ the ocean. Okay,
we're in scattered clouds along the
water. -

PLT Now _ must he passing Tobago Barbados.

PLT Okay, they want to know if you can

see the eye of the - uh - hurricane,
or if it's under clouds, O. They -

2h5 17 56 27 CC Got you for about 5 minutes ....

PLT Okay.
 DumpTape2_5-05 ...........
/'_ Page 8 of ll

PLT Well, we got the VTS all fired up

as it will go, 8_ud it looks likes
its going to pass to the southeast -
uh - edge of the hurricane. We're
over clouds now. And I did pick
up some of the - uh - circular
streamery. It appears to be
heading into the - uh - clear
of the hurricane, although we're
uh - passing southeas of it.

245 17 57 09 PLT You through with that, O?

PLT Passing southeast of the hurricane.

Yeah. Over solid clouds now.

2h5 17 57 28 PLT We're going to let the DAC run a little

longer. Move left to the max.
Okay, the clouds are starting to break
up a little bit.

CDR 191 reference 2, 58:B0, I want to go

/_ MODE SINGLE again.

PLT Okay, starting to see some water now.

See some ... patterns that - uh -
about make as th_y go on into the
center of the - uh - hurricane. Kind
of like - uh - crossing over to bite
his legs, I guess you might say.

245 17 59 02 CDR Start SI ms_euver. Start SI maneuver,

Jack.
L
PLT Okay. DAC if off. Here we go into
SI.

CDR Okay.

PLT I mib, 2 mibs, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,

9, 10, ll, zipping it up. l mibs
in - uh - number 1.
 D_np Tape 245-05
Page 9 of ll

PLT Yeah. I thought it sounded like

somebody banging on a water pipe, kind
of thing.

PLT No, the reason we fired all those

mibs is because I didn't load it
another time.

CDR Okay.

CDR What time was it? It was 6, what you -

should you have loaded?

245 18 00 15 PLT 16.

CDR We mibbed it.

PLT Yeah. If this mib was in the usually -

uh - normally - u_h - I remember,
don't load a new maneuver time mib.

. 245 18 00 35 CDR Win a few, lost a few.

SPT STill with us 'for a few minutes, Bob.

CC Yehah, I've still got you for a

minute and a half.

SPT Ckay, I have fia2'view of 155

out the - uh - wardroom window
here, and it looks - uh - as if
it is moving in a southeasterly _
direction, based upon a following -
uh - uh - information. The south
edge of the - uh - storm, which
was - uh - say, 50 to i00 miles
to the left of our - uh - trajectory,
uh - was very well defined. And it had
a number of sort of thin - uh -
streaky, - uh - long streaky -
uh - clouds, forming a counter-clockwise
circulation pattern visible to the

F
 i.

• _ Dump Tape 245-05 ........

Page l0 of ll

southeast - uh - quadraut. And -

uh - to the - uh - to the - uh -
I should have been saying to the
south - excuse me - southwest
quadrant. And I also think it was
moving towards the southwest.
Uh - towards the northeast, the clouds
were somewhat more diffused and it
covered a solid pattern, whereas,
uh - where I could see the
circulation, it seemed to be focused on
nearly the ... edge of the - uh -
cloud formation. So it's as if the
clouds were moving in this - uh -
southwesterly direction, more or
less anti-parallel to our course.
And the yee of the storm would have
been very near the edge of this
large, dense layer of clouds. Is
that fairly clesa_? Over.

_-- 245 18 01 55 CC C_ay, could you visible see an eye?

the eye was there, it was right

at the edge of the dense cloud layer.
And it's possible that we could see
a little bit of an eye right at
the edge of this dense layer,
but it - uh - it's not a sort of
classical hurricane where the eye
is at the center of a large cloud
mass.

245 18 02 16 SPT Instead, if I was looking at the eye,

it was right at the edte of this
large clouds mass.

CC C_ay, we're going to drop

out, and I'll see you again in
about a minute and 15 seconds.
• f'_" Dump Tape 245-05
Page ii of ll

245 18 02 27 CDR Voice record B-7. Okay, B-7

its 31 percent. B1 percent.

_D OF TAPE

f-

F
 7

Skylab Dump Tape 245-06

r- 913173
Page 1 of 1

Tape 245-06 was never issued; this filler

page is issued merely to account for the
missing number.

._o

i
 Dump Tape 245-07
- Time : 1827-2021 GMT
912173
Page i of i0

2h5 18 28 49 CDR Okay this is the CDR and this inform-

mation goes to the EREP officer. Essent-
ially - uh - we - uh - took the old tape
and put it back in it's proper can. Put
it over in it's co.and module locker
A 9. And we loaded the new tape so
everything's ready as far as tape's con-
cerned on EREP.

245 18 29 07 CDR CDR out. That goes to EREP officer.

2_5 19 00 07 CDR Okay this is the CDR and right now I

Just finished an inventory of the food
we have here in overage. Ah - this
information goes to - uh - Melcom Smith,
Rita Rapp, anybody that - uh - is interested
in food - ah - stowage in Skylab. Let
me tell you the ground rules that I used
so that - uh - we'll understand. This
does not enclude any overage that might
be integrated within the food in lockers 558
through 563. Now some of that we've pulled
out of there - the overage. And I'll t_l_
about that later. But.- uh - does not
include any of that overage. Okay? Next.
r Ah - it includesall other overa_e. It includes
that from - ah - S1 2 - 3 and from the top
of the lockers. And last it does not
include our last day's food. With the
exception of when I talk of about the frozen
items - I - I - can't remember right now,
but it seems to he we have several frozen
itesms, the last day that we pull out of
overage. Leeme glance right now at the
book and I can - can tell.

2_5 19 01 32 CDR Well, I can't tell without doing a little

calculation, so let me not do the calcula-
tions. Let me merely say that - uh -
the food that we're gonna use for the last
few days - the ones we got out of overage -
obviously I didn't take the - uh - we got
in a hig bag - we got that food in a big
bag on top of the lockers. Except for the
frozen food, the frozen food will be inclueded
in what I'm saying, so I don't really know
what frozen food we have. You told us to
-" kL
j

Dump Tape 2_5-07

Page2 ofi0 .....

get out the overage, but whatever it is

you must subtract it then from the frozen
food items that I give you.

2_5 19 02 14 CDR One other set of items I did not have on

this list, but will put it on the end,
is we had some command module food - PSM
food left over, and I've got that listed,
so after I give you this reading I will
then wander up there and get that and call
it back also. So now here we go. And
then what I've done is gone to page 14-8.
In the Swiss Systems checklist. And - uh -
Just marked them on here saying this is
what's wither in SL3 overage, SL2 overage,
or upon top of the food lockers. So here
it goes. Pudding: Butterscotch, 18;
Lemon, 10. Beverages: If I don't see any
thing, that means we ain't got none, as
the expression goes. Coco, 6; Coffee Black, 5;
Coffee with sugar, 26; Grape drink, 2; Instant
Breakfast, l; Grapefruit drink, l;
Lemonade, 8; Orange drink, l; Tea, 10.
Frozen: Filet, 6; Ice cream, 5; Pork loin, 3;
Prime rib, I; Meals: Ambrosia, 14; apple-
sauce, 6; Apricot, ±4; Asparagus, 21;
Beef hash, 7; Biscuits, 9; Bread, 22; Butter
Cookies, - uh - 16; Chicken and gravy, 2;
Corn, 35_ Corn flakes, 2; Eggs, 2; Chili, 5;
Dried beef, 2; Green beans, 8; Hard candy, ll;
Jam, l; Macaroni and cheese, l; Mints, 26;
Peaches, 9; Peanut butter, 8; Peanuts, ll;
Pears, 2; Peas, 17; Pineapple, l; Pork and
potatoes, l; Potato salad, 4; Potato soup, 3;
Mashed potatoes, 19; Salmon salad, 3;
Sausage patties, 6; Shrimp cocktail, 7;
Spaghitti and meat sauce, 4; Strawberries, 2_;
Tuna salad, 22; Turkey rice soup, 17;
Vanilla wafers, 2; Veal and barbeque sauce, 10.
Now I'll go up in a minute and get that the
CSM food. Let me give you now a thought
on how we'll continue to report, so it may -
If we get anything out of the overage that
I Just discussed, you'll see that we ate it
on our evening status food report, but we
won't say anything about where we got it.
 Dump Tape 245-07
Page 3 of i0
f_

And you'll know it came from some of that

overage. And before we leave I'll give you
another inventory - of the overage and
you'll have everything jsut right. Okay?
Now - if we do get something out of places
that's integrated, within other people's
food, we will list that - uh - on our - uh -
unscheduled stowage item sheet. Okay, so
there's two classes. One is all this overage
I Just mentioned. If we eat anything out
of there I'll Just tell you we ate it, but
not from where. And I'll give you another
inventory.

245 19 05 45 CDR Integrated. If we get it out of any place

like that we'll note it. Now - ah - I'll
go do the CSM food, but there's one other
square you need filled. You need to know
what we got out of integrated food right
now.

245 19 05 56 CDR Let me get out the book and I'll tell you.

CREW ...

245 19 06 40 CDR Good. Okay, let me give you - uh - a - uh -

revised estimat(, on hard candy. The revised
estimate on har_L candy is 19. Let me also
give you an revised estimate on tuna. The
new number for tuna is 25. Okay now let's
look through here and see what we have.

245 19 07 46 CDR Okay. This cas_ my technique is to go look

at the overage table page 14-11 through -
some other numbers. I'll just wander through
there and tell you which we've got out.
Okay on F559 front: Butter cookies - Butter
Cookies. F559 front: we've taken 12 out of
there. Butterscotch, - nothing there.
Chicken and gravj, l, out of 563 front.
Chicken and rice, l, out of 559 front. Eggs, l,
out of 562 front.

245 19 09 04 CDR Grape drink, 3, out of 563 rear. Grapefruit

drink, l, out of 560 front' l, out of 560
rear. We notice that there was no grapefruit
drink, in 561 front, there's a grape one there.
 Dump Tape 245-07
Page 4 of I0

Okay lemonade: we took 4 out of 560

front; 5 out of 561 front, 1 out of
563 front, 7 out of 563 rear. Continue,
B out of 562 front. Pears: 3 out of
559 front. Pea soup: 1 out of 557 rear.
Pineapple: 4 out of 559 front. Pork
and potatoes: 1 out of 559 front.

245 19 lO 41 CDR Strawberry drink: we got them all.

Vanilla wafers : 2 out of 559 front.
Now these last quantities I've given
you, probably aren't as accurate as - uh -
as of this date, as the others, because I
know that we've taken some things out and
Just forgotten to mention them. So if I
were you, I'd compare those with the
information you've been getting back - ah -
on the nightly report. And if you find out
that we've actually taken more out of some-
where than I've mentioned, consider that
accurate. If you find I've said here that
we've taken more, consider it accurate. So
somewhere between em I don't think we're too
I- far wrong. Certainlynot - uh - enoughto
De slgnifican_, I don'_ _nlna. _u_ - i_m now
gonna go up and look at the command module
food that I mentioned that we saved. And
give you a reading on it.

245 19 ll 32 CDR Uh - Cdr out for the moment. Now all that
information goes to the food interested
people. Maleom Smith - uh - Diana Sanford,
- ah - ah - Rita Rapp, and probably severaly
others, but let me now go get the other and
I'll call you back.

245 19 15 47 CDR Okay this is the CDR, to continue the message

for the food foJks. Ah - Rita Rapp,
- ah - Malcom Szith, Dianna Sanford. Now - uh -
what I've done is - uh - put the - uh - CSM food
in with the listing of the - uh - the other
food. Let me give you a couple of revised
ones, and then all the food that I gave
you initially, would be correct for the total,
then I'll tell you what's in - the - uh -
CSM food, and then you'll know what percent
 'io

Dump Tape 245-07

Page 5 of i0

of what I gave you is CSM food, in those

plastic packages, if it makes any difference.
Uh - let me revise green bean. Green beans
should be 9. Salmon salad, should be 4, and
potatoes should be 20. That - if you take
those numbers and put em in with all the
numbers that I gave you of the food on
pages 14-8 and 14-9 of the quantities in
overage, and then that's all the overage
including the CSM. Now let me mention the
ones that are the CSM. Which are part of
this okay? One potatoe, one green bean, one
salmond salad, one asparagus, two spaghitti 's,
three peas, one egg, one salmon, one peach
ambrosia, one veal and barbeque, two potato
salads, two sausage, one macaroni and cheese.
That means there's a total of l, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9. 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17. There's
18 items CSM food, All the rest that's included
in there-aSs the rest are Skylab food. Now
if you've got any questions please call. But
- uh - my plan would be then - uh - as I
discussed, we'll all - if we get anything
out of overage, - uh - that's not part of
F lockers -uh - 558 through 563 we're
just gonna put on our rood, and you'll know
where it came from. Get anything out of
558 through 563, we'll put it down and call
it down to you. And give me a call for any-
thing else.

245 19 17 56 CDR Uh - CDR out.

245 20 lO 32 CDR Okay this is the CDE and I've got some
information here that's probably of interest
to the EREP officer. Ah - just a minute
let me go to a different COMM set.

245 20 ll 24 CDR Okay this is the CDR with some information

for the EREP offfcer. I'd like ya'll also
to send this to the - uh - Cap Co_mn - uh -
all of the Cap Comm_ for our mission - uh -
Story Musgrave, Dick Truly, Bob Crlppen, Bil
Thorton, - uh - Hank Heartsfield, Bruce
McCandless, that's - uh - uh - and ah - the
subject is this EREP business that we're
getting up, not the main EREP revsites, but
 f

Dump Tape 245-07

Page 6 of i0

the photographic site, and the comet site.

Ones that were listed as a part of general
messages 020 and 021. Uh - 0wen, Jack, and
I have been thinking about this problem for
a week or two, as you well know, 'cause we
comented about it several times. We Just
have not been able to fulfill - none of us
at any time has been able to fulfill the
requirements of any of these sites, time at
the beginning of each except to photograph
them. Uh - the questions that have been
asked have been - uh - questions that - uh -
some we thought we might be able to
answer, and maybe we did, some we thought
we could not answer and we looked out and
we couldn't. Some we thought we couldn't
and we could. Some - uh - we could answer
and we said, "who needs it?", it's Just and
exercise.

245 20 12 50 CDR The first thing, I guess, we need to under-

stand about this work we're doing - all of us
- uh - maybe you ought to send me some flight
directors too by the way - is why are we doing
it? We're not in favor of knocking it off.
/- We Just want tc try to determine why we're
doing it. And then once we decide why doing
it ' then try to see if what we're doing is
really satisfying, the why, - the how is
satisfying the _hy. Let's see if that's true.
Now let me go through some of these. I'll
start out with one, whihc is - uh - the
very first one you sent us, which is the
Straits of Magellan. Number one: photograph
land mass of Southern Chile and Argentina center,
we can do that, and do a good job. And that's
what I think we can do up here real well.
If we had a TV we could do it for you on
TV - would - might be better. If we had - uh -
we could use - L_h - some good strong
lenses and pola_iods would be even better,
if we had TV with a tape play back we would
be better.

245 20 13 49 CDR But let's talk about what we have and then
what maybe Jerry might use.
 Dump Tape 2h5-07
Page7 of i0

Photograph cities - they name some - I think

we could do that if the city's large enough.
If the cit's small - we have a very difficult
time finding it. Naked eye ball - generally
we don't see it. And try bicnoculars - unless
you know it's a Junction of rodas where you
think you could pull it in closer and see
it, when it's on the beach you can't find
the thing. And first - and - and - since
you're only over the target a little while
and - and the map that you're using are the
scales that are - where the whole country of
Spair is tow inches wide, you can see it's
not exactily like looking out of your air-
plane, with a - uh - one to five hundred
thousand scale map. We're - uh - that's
why it's difficutl to find these little places.
You know how hard it is to find SmAll places,
even with aeronautical map.

2h5 20 i_ h5 CDR And any how, - uh - I think that describes it.

Describe north/south depression east of the
Andes. We thi_ %_ can describeit, maybe,
if _here'c mountains _n cithcr zide _r
something and - uh - you're looking at it
obliquely. Whet is - what have we said -
what've we sai< when we describe it that's
useful to anybody on earth? We can't
figure it out. It looks like Just an exercise.
We're not - no6 - we're not - uh - dis-
gruntled about that exercise but let's make so
that we unders_a_nd it's an exercise. Owen
brought up a good point here, he says look if
we're trying to describe things - and see
what we can see from orbit which is worth
while, let's take some things that are
definable we know about like areas around
Houston. Or areas around - uh - New York City,
or areas around Los Angeles, or San Fransico,
or some planes - Salt Lake City, - places
that we know and have seen.

2h5 20 15 41 CDR And like E1 Paso, we've seen that area from
an airplane, we sort of know it. And - uh -
the Jetties in Galveston or something. We
ought to be able to determine from those
sorts of approaches what man can - uh - actually -
r.
h

Dump Tape 245-07

,_ Page 8 of i0

how useful he can be. Trying to do the same

thing to Rio when we don't any of us know Rio
and we don't have anything hut the large,
large scale maps of Rio - it - it m_es it
•difficult. Now, once again we could give it a
go. But it's just - I don't think
we're accomplishing anything. Uh -
probably our first and foremost thing we
could do up here is learn to find the
target. And we're able to do that except
for the ones that are are - uh - are
lost in - uh - in the middle of a country
or don't have any thing difinable about
them and one of the requests that was to
come up with - someway we could mount a
univeral mounting in the window, set angles,
and at a certain time we'd look out over
the top of it maybe the ring site is
mounted in there.

245 20 16 hi CDR And that points right at the city and then
we take our binoculars and look at that
spot - and then see if we can see it. Now
t._.czc tc _c c-i'e-'_'_"
........ llc " "
-_.h- _nvczt:ga_
tions. It's worthwhile to start thinking about.
what we have on board that we can use. We
can have our n'_ked eyeball we can try.
We have - uh - the binoculars that are very
crude -the little ones and we ought to
maybe use them. We ought to then use the big
ones. And we ought to then, perhaps, - uh -
try our little Polaroid picture, which I don't
think is gonna be too good, but we ought to
try it. And, of course, we know what the
photographs will do. And we should take
photographs when they're necessary. So when
we come over these sites, we should say - we
should understand to ourself, do they want
photographs? If they do - say to ourselve,
now look, have we ever taken one of here, or
was it taken for the last five days and have
roughly l0 good ones and we're gonna repeat.
Cause that's in some cases what's happening
some of the pictures in South America. Uh -
and over some of these swamps. In Africa we've
 "r
_

Dump Tape 245-07

Page 9 of i0

taken a picture or two every single time

we've gone over. And we're wondering, why
keep doing it. If it's an investigation of what
we see, let's work on that. If it's wanting
to photograph certain sites places let's
do it and we'll report'em. I notice that EREP
sites we don't hit day after day, after day.
We get the data and then we move onto the next
one. It seems to me that's what we should
do right here.

2h5 20 18 02 CDR Let me mention some mere on one.

Describe - number 5 - describe
the cloud patterns and their rela-
tionship to the terrain. I think
we can do that. And I think we
can do a pretty good Job of it.
And it might be helpful
because it's current,
it 's what 's happening then,
and we might be able to des-
cribe it in area's remote -
to ah - ah - man, and it might
F be useful for him. Or we might
he able to discribe unusual
features like hurricanes, and
anything else that we see along
those lines. But once again, we
need some extra information up
here, to allow us to correlate
somehow as we look at it, whether
it's the ... or the clouds, for a
hundred miles, or a 125 miles, or
a 100 miles. Right now we've
saying oh it's a couple of hundred
diameter. We don't know whether it's
300 100, or 200. And we need to -
to get some equipment up here where
we can add data to the weatherman's
book of knowledge, instead of Just
kind of talking about it. Okay let's
move onto nl,mber two, which happens
to be the - uh - uh _ site - uh - 02
SW. Pata-Pataguena mountains, or some-
thing like that. PatagOnia Mountain-
Desert-Patagonia Desert. Okay. Let
me read you a few.
 Dump Tape 245-07 ........
Page I0 of i0

2h5 20 19 2h CDR Ah 2. Dectect volcanoes, rift zones

glaciers, mountain 18/_es, marinal
[sic] features, describe
any visual signs of activity.
Maybe we could try one of them on
a pass. What we maybe ought to
do is have a list and say okay the
first time you're going over
we want you to concentrate on
volcanoes.

245 20 19 44 CDR We want you to see em as best

you can. Don't take any photographs.
Try to remember what you see and
record it. We got some photographs
here on the ground, and then we'll
relate them one to you -
one to what you said, then we'll -
uh - know what you can do. Or
maybe next time we can talk about
glaciers. Or Marinal [sic] zones
anything like that, hut this whole
big ball game is - is out of control.
One at at a time, if you want picutres
f we'll give era, but then if we'_e
continuing to ..., let's go on
to the next .one and try to go one
at a time.

245 20 20 06 CDR In addition, on this pass we're

supposed to identify laud
characteristics, agricultural
forestry, rivers. We don't know how
helpful that 'll he. People there
knc_ already what it is. But we
can do it to see if it can be
done, but it all ought to be layed up
in a - in plans. In other words a
plan today ought to be, look at
item three. Describe such and such.
Try to tell the dis - distance
between the volcanoes. Try to determine
what the ah - - dia-_ter of that
water is to give them a feel far - -

END OF TAPE
 Dtm_p Tape 245-08
Time : 2029-2240 G_T
9/2/73
Page i of 12

245 20 30 13 CDR CDR again. Now we had a dump there - uh -

a voice-recorded dump and I'm not sure how
much you missed. Let me go back and Just
mention a few things _ I kept going on
and I kept talking about what we could see
and what we couldn't see and what we
might be able to do. One of the suggestions
I had that I think would be very good for
Jerry is for him to take along a number of
photographs, relief photographs, that we've
taken of these areas and are pretty good
- uh - good weather. And then ask them
when they go over sites, instead of
photographing them, to describe the differences
between the photograph and what they see.
What can they add to the photograph that
- uh - they can see with the naked eyeball
that we couldn't see in the photograph?
How can they relate what they see in the
photograph to meybe some features in the
distance? How could they relate, say some
f-_ volcanic fields or glaciers, to something
_na_:s out oI _ne pho_ograpn_ ±_ mgn_ be
helpful to the man who has the photograph.

245 20 29 44 CDR Next, it is - t_u-

CDR ...

CDR ...

245 20 33 49 CDR I did a little real-time t_lking with Bob

there, but now -Let's go ahead and work on
- uh - the tape again. Let me mention a
couple of things. Describe the currents of
surface water and drainage systems. Even
if we could do it, I - We don't know what
- we don't know what's old or what's new.
Now if somebody wanted me to describe
surface water in Nassau B_y, I think I could
say it looks about the same as it always
does, or have you guys had a flood down
there? It looks like it's enlarged. It's
getting ready to spill here, not nnly that,
it's inundating here and watch it over there,
looks like it's gonna break through. Things
J
Dump Tape 245-08
Page 2 of 12

of that nature. - Uh - if we had photographs.

- uh - we could do it. Jerry certainly
should take the photographs-maybe a book of
them - of photographs that we've taken
recently and look out and talk about the
differences. He could see some differences
because he can see better than the photo-
graphs - say, if that's true. We ought to
try to check that out by the way. Another
thing he can do, incidentally is - uh - uh -
uh - plants determine vegetation differences,
because heps up at a different time of the
year.

245 20 3_ 55 CDR Snow covered-If he's gonna do amy useful

observation of snow covers, he's got to
know and be able to estimate distances
from peaks and dism_eters of snow covers.
And snow cover for last month - you've got
to start from somewhere. This thing-I see
a mountain that's got snow on it, is ab-
solutelyno good to anybody. But if some-
ho'_"yCu can rc!atc it-. -L_- - ".._
....
_____ _ .....
____
up for our flight even some - uh - techniques
where we use our thumbs, our pencils, our
- uh - ring sights. We're gonna start using that.
All these other things could aid us in - uh -
uh - predicting diameters or calibrating
diameters of slope, colors, or something
like that to aid. Just words are not too
useful. Now, i gave - I've given some
examples.

245 20 35 41 CDR But let's go back to the beginning. Let me

mention a few general notes that - that
we think might apply. The main thing we
don't want to do is - uh - discontinue the
effort. We thiuk you've got something good
here. We - all we want to do is try to channel
it somewhere so that we can get some real
good out of it. Okay, one of the best things
we think is to pick out some sites that
we know we have good - uh - weather on, or
maybe frequently pass over - uh - similar
sites maybe. And then say on this site we
want you to look at a bare eyeball and
-and-and see what you can see ... Now this
may be repeating.We were off the c_ for
o.

Dump Tape 245-08

Page 3 of 12

a while, if it's repeating, throw it out.

But essentially, bare eyeballs, can you see
trees from grass. No? Okay, pick up the
small binoculars. Now can you see them?
No? Okay, put them down. Pick up the
- uh - the - uh - stabilized binoculars.
Now - uh - can you see it? No? Okay, same
thing. We ought to do it on shorelines
for beaches, for boats. I was looking
near Spain today with the stabilized
binoculars to see a boat moving in the
w_ter. I hag no idea what size the boat
was. M_ybe if we knew what was going on
in Galveston, you could all know.

245 20 36 51 CDR If, when we came over there, you could say,
look down in Galveston today and there's a
big tank - tanker such-and-such and such-
and-such. See if you caa see it. We try
_rith the naked eyeball, we try it with
the - Let's ts]_e the Jetties, see if we
see it then. How wide does a Jetty have to
he to see it? Can we see the oil rigs out
in _ne - in _ne bay? £ aouo_ l_. _u_ coul_
we? How about ships in the channel? Are
there any tied up against the Esso dock?
Things like that. Okay. The equipment
we've talked about; we need you to tell us
some more things we got on board we can
use for measuring. -Uh - We've got a rather
untrained eyeball for this. We'd tried to
learn some geology. It doesn't help us
that much because we're starting from scratch.
You've got to start from somewhere. :£

2_5 20 37 37 CDR We don't have a geological map we csm look

_c and then lo_k out there and say that's a
correct one and here's some additional
dope, which is trying to describe the world.
It's like walking into a zoo and trying to
describe the animals. You can't do it.
You got somebody, now look, go over to
cage A and there used to be a zebra in
there. How about looking at it aad see
what you think. Then maybe we've got a
fighting chance. But the whole world
looking out through this window is tough.
Uh - We think we should take photos, not
 Dump Tape 245-08
Page h of 12

as many - we should - you should tell us

how many total photos you want of the swamp.
We've got millions of them now a days.

245 20 38 13 CDR We've got 15 photos of the Sudd Swamp.

Ma_be we ought to stop and Just work other
problems. How many photos do you want of
- uh - uh - any of these other places. That
ought to be part of the plan. Get a total of
five, let's say. Take five over the next
2 weeks. That'll let us say to ourselves
- Oh, it's not good today, we'll take them
tomorrow. Cause we know they're good
50 percent of the time. So we're wasting film
doing this, by the way. -Uh- We should only try
to pick only one or two things each pass to
do. If we're going to take photos, let's
take them-If not, let's say, this is one
where you look at it with the eyeball and then
with the binoculars and then with the ...
- 300-millimeter lens. Or, this one, we
Just want you to look at binoculars. We
want you to look at the shore. We want you
_o se_ W_a5 _'u_ carl se_.

2h5 20 38 5h CDR We want you to see-you know, that sort of

thing. We'd ]/_e to try to a f_iliar area,
if we c_un. Uh - Seems to me, for this test,
we ought to pick out some places, rio and
some places like Galveston, or Houston,
they're hazy, bJt Denver. We ought to try
to work Denver a lot if we can. Uh - San
Francisco, - uh -down in BaJa Callfornia, is
a good one. Try to pick out some of these
places that are good weather a lot, where we
go over them frequently and then try to dc
different things on the same exact place.

245 20 39 37 CDR That's all I've got to say. I know I re-

peated myself a number of times in there and
I know a lot of it probably is a fact.
Uh - In fact - uh - if we think we see it up
here, and we know that we're - uh - we don't
know for sure. But enough said. Send us
back whatever you got and we'll try to work
on it. Meanwhile, we'll start trying to work
on some of our own. For example, next time
/--
I do it, I'm taking no photographs.
f _ Tape 2h5-08
Page 5 of 12

I'm gonna take some binoculars up there

and l'm gonna look down and look at the
binoculars, look down, look at the
binoculars. Try. to get a difference of what
I can see. I tried that scene today.
Here's my opinion. The binoculars -
stabilized binoculars allowed me to see
things I could already see better, but it
didn't allow me to see too many things that
I had not seen before. Now, maybe that's
a littleambiguous, but that's the feeling.
Now I know that's probably not true.
Probably tomorrow when I try the same thing
or later today, I'll say "No, before, I
could see the cities; now I can really see
the streets, if I can concentrate on it.
So th- this is what we can do to narrow
it in. We need to study cities and see what
we can see with all these different things.

2_5 20 40 _4 CDR We need to study the beaches with all these

things in photos we know about. Okay?
/_ CDR out. That should get to aS I the CAP
CO_qs, get to all the EREP, get to all the
flight directors, should get to Jerry
Corr's crew completely and the advance
crew.

245 20 hi Ol CDR CDR out.

2_5 20 43 55 CDR This is CDR again. This goes to EREP

flight - uh - directors and - uh - CAPP COMM
Let's talk about these photos-hand-held
photos again. I think maybe Jerry ought to
take, in a couple of places, some of the real
good maps, too, in addition to photos. And
- uh - I'd like to say, Baja, California,
around Houston_ possibly - uh - some of the
places that don't have so much fog - uh -
and - uh - those maps ought to be of several
different scales - make a book up for him,
sort of like the EREP book. And then he can
look down and find those aress. Now ma_be
-maybe we've got that on board and I don't even
know it. See we got EREP pictures. We've
got maps. I guess - uh - I guess if we're
ever over the U. S. and we have hand-held
_ photos of EREP sites,that we oughtto look
F Dump Tape 245-08
Page 6 of 12

out at those sites. We are familiar

with them.

2h5 20 44 43 CDR In fact, that's probably a good idea. Think

the thing to do is any time we're passing
over the U. S., and an EREP site's in view, and
- uh - we're not running a EREP, how about
sending us up a hand-held photo on that
site and call it out as EREP site with a
number. We'll go to the window and then
we'll try to do some evaluations there. We're
gonna need those maps and those - uh -
those pictures and everything and our
binoculara and llke to see what we can see
that'll ira-See if we can improve the maps
or improve the photos. Or do anything - uh -
that would add some - uh - some some know-
ledge in those areas. Okay, those -

2h5 20 45 20 CDR CDR out.

2h5 21 25 38 SPT Okay, this is the SPT, on channel A, with

info_aLion fo_ ATM sci-scieaue room aad
planners,- uh - debriefing the last ATM
pass. It was essentially an unscheduled
pass end the ore preceding this was also
unscheduled. Now the one preceding this,
I think we've t_1_ed about on the real time
fairly well, but it was basically, taken
up by that - uh - reasonable flare in
active region i5. -Uh- had a good X-ray
signature, exceeded the PMEC threshold and
approached the BERYLLIUM APERTURE 1 - uh -
4000 mark and there in threshold - uh - for
a flare threshold.

245 21 26 h3 SPT And - uh - also. exceeded the - uh - image

intensity count of 60 to 70. Now - uh -
I didn't go into the standard flare programs.
I tried to - uh - essentially perform s_m_lar
sorts of things on the individual instruments
without taking up quite so much film.

245 21 27 02 SPT Stand by -

CC ...

"- 2h5 21 28 26 S1°T Okay, SPT, picking up on the - uh - uh -

_ debriefingwhere I left off a minute ago.
 Dt_p Tape 245-08
_ Page 7 of 12

-Uh - So, the flare in active region 15 was

a reasonably good X-ray signature and there is
data for most of the instruments that you
presumably already observed on the down-link.
S056 may have hung up in-uh-AUT0 1. I
would appreciate a comment back - uh - from
the - uh - back room about whether or not it
was. Uh - Manual exposures for XUV, .
scan for 55 and so on. On the last run,
we were not so fortunate to have any flares.
Uh - However - uh - more or less did the
following. There's a new active region at
about 260, 1 radius. No name given to it
as yet, but it's - uh - very near or rigjat
on the limb and adjacent to it - uh - sticking
almost radially out into the corona are
couple of - uh - large - uh - probably - uh -
peaks of prominanees; almost like very large
spicules. And so I ran the - uh - uh - uh -
shopping list item i0 which is - uh -
basically intended for spicules. But - uh -
it was a large vertie_l - uh - bright - uh -
- uh - foot extendingout into the corona,
1 _nlnk mayoe it woula be approprlame - un -
configuration for the instrmuents. So there
were two adjacent ones. I ran the - uh -
same set of item l0 - uh - work on each of
these two rays seem in H-alpha.

2_5 21 30 09 SPT And after that I - uh - took a quick look at

a couple of the large Sun spots, 15 and 9, and
took data on the - uh - Sun spot in active
region 9 for instrumentation UV, 56 mud 55.
Uh - There - uh - was an indication - uh -
sometime shortly thereafter that - uh -
active region 15 was getting a little hotter;
so I - uh - more or less sat over there for
a while in a central flare wave program,
collecting data for 55, a little bit for 82B
and 56. Uh- No flare developed, although
there were several brightenings and some
increase in the X-ray intensity. Both - uh -
seem on the beryllium monitor and seen on
the XUV monitor. Uh - then checked Sun canter
again. Uh - I had checked the Sun - the corona
the beginning of the orbit as well. I want
back to Sun center and gave 3 or h minutes of
continuous modes for S052.
/_ Dump Tape 245-08
Page 8 of 12

245 21 31 i0 SI°T And they got a little bit of extension

data for the - uh - uh -
55 group, at the end of the orbit.
And that's the way the unscheduled
orbit ran. I personslly thought
it was - uh - pretty useful - uh -
activity, expecially the first
orbit, of course, because we were
fortunate enought to have a
reasonable flare. And even the
second orbit, without the flare,
I thought was very easily occupied
and - uh - I wouldn't mind seeing one
of these come 81ong every day or so.

2h5 21 B1 39 SPT End of the message for the PIs and

- uh - planners, ATM group, from the
SPT.

TIME SKIP

2h5 22 31 21 PLT Okay, space fans. Thi'sis Jack on

chsnnel A, and the subject is - uh -
Iv_46/-2 _nar±le crew uebriei_ng.
We don't have the opportunity to
get together much for roundtable
discussion. But we think we can
save doing it inddvidually. So,
here goes.

PLT Which is preferrable, the floor/

ceiling orientation or the open
cylindrical arrangement of the MDA/STS?
How do the tasks to be performed
influence your preference of orientation?
The - uh - floor/ceiling arrangement
of the OWS is much preferrsble to that
of the MEA. Everything is arranged
much better, and I think you are able
to make more efficient use of space.
You don't have all the nooks and
crann/es to - uh - uh - _-ierd orientation
- uh - in the workshop than you do in
the _)A. One sensation I noticed when we
Dump Tape 245-08
Page 9 of 12

got to the MDA is that if I don't enter in

the same attitude every time that I
don't know where anything is. As soon as
I get 90 degrees off on n_ entry
orientation, I have to hunt around for things.
So, it's - uh - very disadvantageous from that
standpoint. It's - it's not a - it's
not a - uh - vertigo-type feeling or
- uh - sensation such as that. It's Just
a matter of not knowing where the things
are that you want to get to.

245 22 32 49 PLT So if you - uh - enter the MDA from the

wrong - or from an unusual attitude,
either from the command module and/or
from the - uh - airlock end, you have
to really hunt around to find out where
things are. The - uh - general layout
of things in the MDA also - uh -
because of it's political (?) layout has
to be approved also. For example - uh -
%_h - the STS area is - uh - or the - uh -
STS panels are a real crowdedplaceto
work in when there's a guy up there
working on the #_TM and - uh - when you want
to get in one of those - uh - windows to
look out, why it's very difficult to do that.
You - uh - there are things in the way
everywhere in the ATM, although there are
some few things - anything to grab onto.
The orientation of the MDA - uh - that
style of orientation is one I'd stay
away from in the future. I prefer to
make it - uh - modular, as you have it
in the workshop where, although there is
no up or down gravitywise, there is up
and down visualwise. And it's the way
you're accustom,_d to working in training.
Also in training, the MDA layout is a
very difficult layout to train in. It
has to be rolled around and you can't
reach things and - uh - you have to
walk all over experiments and - tth -
things that shouldn't be stepped on and
so forth. And trainingwise, it's - uh -
also much inferior to - uh - uh - the
layout - the layout like the MDA is much
superiorto one like the workshopwhere
%

Dump Tape 245-08

Page 1O of 12

everything is oriented to one gravity.

245 22 34 27 PLT And - uh - so although moving around the
workshop - uh - uh - you don't necessarily
retain the vertical orientation that you
would in one gravity. Still in a]], think
they're arranged - uh - more neatly and know
where things are so that when you do get in
the one-gravity orientation, you don't
have to hunt around for things and - uh -
all the writing is in the proper
orientation and so forth. So the workshop
orientation was preferable to - uh -
that of the - uh - MDA. Obviously - uh - the
task to be performed do influence your
preference of orientation because you won't
want to look at the ATM panel upside
down. You got to look at it the way the
writing is. Same waywith a]] the other
panels. You got to face them the way you
did in training. And - uh - it's -
it's not - uh - vertigo-producing sensation
to - uh - operate in different orientations
in the MDA but it's simply - uh - less
desirable than the way we operate in the
workshop.

245 22 35 31 PLT How adequate a_'e the restraints and

mobility aids throughout orbital
assembly? We discussed this - uh - _ny
times. It is _.repeated question and
- uh - basically - uh - there aren't - uh -
enough mobility aids in the - uh -
MDA. The restx.aints in front of - the
foot restraints with a grid in front of
the - uh - the ATM control panel in the
- uh - also in front of the - uh - EREP C&D
are good. We also needed one like that
in front of the EREP _S in my opinion
because there are times when you want
to take your hands off that panel and
- uh - and - uh - shuffle your papers and
- uh - that kind of thing and you'd
like to be restrained but youre not.
I think we needed some sort of foot
restraints on that VTS to make it better.
But the mobility aids are zero 8s far
as I'm concerned on the MDA, that's an
oversight. Oh - I'd like to build the
handrails - uh - inside the orbital workshop
9

/_ Dump Tape 245-08

Page ll of 12

right around the dome because we often

whistle up there and - uh - if we pushed
off in an odd attitude, we need something
to grab onto. The ones around the hatch are
great. The ones leading down the dome from
the hatch aren't really too necessary; we use
them once in a while. The - uh - there is a/so
a deficiency of - uh - of - uh - restraints
-or mobility aids - uh - near the film vault
and food lockers. I discussed that before.
There's Just nothing to grab onto there and
needs to be something.

245 22 37 Oh PLT Uh - The - uh - There's alsoa dificiency in

the waste management compartment. We've
discussed that before as well.

245 22 37 14 PLT Uh - How often have I also have

environmental factors - uh - and so forth
interferred with your ability to perform
a task? Uh - _hvironmental factors
have never interferred with m_ ability
/-_ to - uh - perform a task. Uh - I guess
maybe the closest - uh - noise has not
been a problem except on the - uh - speakers
interc_n. Their noise is too much
feedback. Uh - You have to go somewhere to
turn down the _olt_ne so it doesn't
interfere. It is a musiance and - uh -
and - uh 0 also very annoying. Uh -
i111_,_nation, I guess, noise, temperature,
airflow, temperature is good. The airflow is
- uh - about right. Noise, except for - so
far what I've discussed about the intercom box,
none of those three have interferred
with my ability to perform a task.
Ill_,_nation is the closest one that
has been an interference. And that - uh -
some times you Just need more - uh -
ill_m_uation and frequently - uh - particularly
for close work, I'll take out m_ pinlight
and use that. Or there is where there is -
there's not much illnm_uation or where your
head shadows what ill_rmluation there is. Then
you're tempted to - uh - go down there and
- uh -get a pinlight out.

/_ 245 22 38 25 Have any of these factors interferred with your

#

/ Dump Tape 245-08

Page 12 of 12

ability to sleep? The answer is no.

Illumination, temperature, airflow,
noise; no, none of them. The workshop
is comporatively quiet compared to
what we - what we thought it might have
been a year or two ago.

2_5 22 38 _0 PLT And I'II take time out now to take some
Earth photos. Stand by.

END OF TAPE

/-
Dump Tape 245-09
Time : 2257 to 00S8
9/3/73
P_ge 1 of 13

245 22 58 20 PLT This here ... kit. The only - only -

only - the only thing I've used out
of the entertainment kit is the
music. And - uh - I think that's a
very good addition and - uh -
we - uh - had the 18 tapes
all together ten in com_aand
moduling eight and the - uh -
workshop and - uh - I've used
everyone of them. And I think music
is one of our - uh - better - uh -
passtimes. We never get to sit down
and listen music but we - uh - do
like to have it on when we're doing
other things. - Uh - I've - uh -
cracked one of the books. They're -
couple of the books, a little
bit. Uh - never had time to Just
to sit down and read but sometimes
I'm in the - uh - LBNP why, I'll -
uh - read while I 'm haying an
experiment performed on me. So -
uh - my reco_endations for - uh -
improving recreational facilities and
equipment for future programs, and
other - uh - unique on-duty activities.
I think looking out the window is
probably - uh - one of the best -
uh - off-duty and on-duty - uh -
activities there is. And I hope
that on future spacecrafts they
make the windows bigger. And they
space them - uh - in such a manner
that - uh - so that you can see all
over. So we got those STS windows
up there but - uh - they're so
narrow and small and crowded when
ever, you get in there that lots
of time you can't get a camera in
there and - uh - and half the time -
part of the structure of the spacecraft
is obstructing them. So they're
very-really not that useful. Uh - what
we need is moe - uh - windows like
F Dump Tape 245-09
Page 2 of 13

the wardroom window, only

bigger. And - uh - if they had -
uh - protruding bubble would be
even better yet cause of course,
you can't see straight down in the -
uh - uh - edge of the windowpane
cause the thickness of window - uh -
obstructing good vision. So - uh -
one of the major addition we can
make is - uh - better out-the-winder -
out-the-window -uh - capability.

245 23 O0 21 PLT I remember way - I remember way

back one time - uh - early in the
program when - uh - they thought
of having no windows at all because
you really didn't have a need to
look out but that's wrong. We've
got lots of out-the-window photography
to do. We've got - uh - lots of
out-the-window viewing to do and we
got - uh - the starsto lookat

and so forth. And - - I don't hear him.

When he calls I'll be ready.

245 23 00 51 CDR He called. Bu% he's got his comm -

his ...

2h5 23 00 56 SPY How are you, George? Are you

with him yet? Can you read me
okay?. Loud and clear, George ....

245 23 32 52 PLT Okay this is Jack on channel A - uh -

continuing the - uh - M487-2 Charlie,
debriefing. And - uh - we
were discussing question h about
unique off-duty activities.
Oh, something else that we've
had fun doing of course, is
acrobatics in zero-g. And - uh -
we've all practice that to some
degree. But - uh - quite a lot
of fun. And - uh - I carry that little
rubber ball around with me quite a
bit.
Dump Tape 245-09
Page S of 13

I kinda play with it ; throw it

around. It's - uh - fun to
watch it do different things so
that would - uh - be good thing to
have. Haven't used the earphones in the -
uh - entertainment kit tat all cause
they're - uh - such a crnmmy outfit
and - uh - and you know they don't
stay on your head good or on your
ears very well and - uh - it's
very flimsy and also - uh - when I
plug it into the Sony why - uh -
it didn't cut out the speaker. The
speaker Just keep playing away and - uh -
so you really defeat your purpose.
The purpose should be to cut out the
speaker and - uh - play in your
ears so you don't bother your
friends with your music but - uh -
the earphone don't do any good. And -
uh - they're a piece of Junk. They
shouldn't have even been up in Skylab,
I don't think.

245 23 34 14 PLT Uh - I think you've got to - uh -

make sure that you have plenty of
exercise equipment. We need to have
a more variety than - uh - what we
have now. Something that - uh -
permits you to do - uh - exercise
all the same muscles usually
excercised in a - say, in a
gy_aasium. So that's really not
off-duty, that's part of our - uh -
regular plan duties, but - uh - still
and all there's something, a little
differences in running the ATM and other
experiments. So - uh - you - uh -
spend quite a bit of time exercising and
we need to make sure we got adequate
exercise equipment for - uh - future
spacecrafts.

245 23 34. 57 PLT How are such items an important

consideration as for a mission the
length of ours? Well, I guess - uh -
 Dump Tape 245-09
Page 4 of iB

I could live with almost or

without almost anything. Uh -
but I'd say that the - uh - music is
highly desirable. And - uh - of
course the exercise equipment is
mandatory but there again it's not -
uh - really recrea - recreation.
I don't like to exercise - uh - to be
honest with you very much and - uh -
I do it because I need to Just like
I do on the Earth. But exercise is
a lot - like a lot of other things
in life. The things that do you the
most good are the things that hurts
the most too So -uh - there you are.

245 23435 41 PLT Uh - In terms of zero-g living, -

uh - question 5, and working
experiences during this mission,
what specific habitability improve-
ments would you recow,,end for the
next Skylab crew; for future program_?
Well. I _ave this question some
thought yesterday - uh - but I can't
remember what I thought about it. Let
me think about that a little bit.

245 23 36 14 PLT I think we've - uh - for the next

Skylab crew, there isn't a heck of a
lot - uh - of things that we can do
to improve the habitability. Uh -
habitability ... and the - uh -
floor plan and the - uh - other
things like - uh - buoys and airflow
temperature, illumination and that sort
of thing and - uh - I think we are
pretty well - uh - uh - tied down in
what we have right now, habitability-wise,
for the next Skylab crew. For future
programa, why I reco_end that
you keep the noise makers away from the -
uh - sleeping area likt - uh -
that's one item that's alleged to
have been an interference. The doors
of the - uh - urine seperator's -
uh - blowers coming on during night
when somebody gets up - uh - use the
F
_ Dump Tape 245-09
Page 5 of 13

bathroom, the ... right out

the adjoining wall wakes everybody up.
So - uh - that's a bad deal and you won't
want to have that again.

2_5 23 B7 ii PLT I think - uh - maybe you'd like

to - uh - take some of the - uh -
uh - extra uses out of the - of the
wardroom - out of the wardroom.
Frequently there 's samething going
on in here that - uh - prevents a guys
eating on time, or we have to darken
it to - uh _look at the stars or
something why - uh - then a guy can't
dome in here and eat. Or if he's
rtmning an experiment on the wardroom
table why - uh - he can't come in
her and eat. So I think maybe we ought to -
uh - have out-the-window viewing in
a different place. And - uh - also -
uh - some of the - uh - experiments -
uh - ... and angle paths that are
r p_r_rmed _n the wardroom_nuSdb_
better - uh - be formed - performed
some where else. So - uh - at the
moment - uh - habitability-wise, I guess -
uh - I've got no more to - uh - add
although l'm sure I'ii be able to
think of s_ne in the future.

2_5 23 _8 ll PLT Question number 6: Discuss both the

beneficial and the detrimental
effects of zero-g on the following
types of activities. Well, for the
preface, my - uh - general remarks
is Just that ... zero-g is -
uh - very comfortable to work in and -
uh - it becomes very natural after a
while. And I think after about
l0 days why we - uh - begin to feel that -
uh - occasionally it poses a - uh -
nuisance - uh - particularly in the
MDA where you don't have a place
to fasten yourself down the way
you'd like to. But - uh - when you
want to, there's no - uh - I don't
see detrimental effects to zero-g. Uh -
in fact, I think it's all an ad - an
advantage cause you don't have to
fool along - around with labbers -
ladders.
.F Dump Tape 245-09
Page 6 of 13

And if somebody get in your way

you Just - uh - whistle over the top
of them instead of having to wait
for them to get out of the way.
So - uh - zero-g got - uh -
lots of things going for it.

245 23 39 12 PLT Individual working activities

while restrained at a specific work
location/ Well, one thing I might add
is that -uh - I no longer use
the - uh - the leg restraints at
in the - uh - wardroom table. I
Just simply use the foot restraints
and it seems to me that's pretty
much adequate wherever you want to
fasten yourself down. If there's
a place to put your feet that's all
you really need. And - uh -
those work activities that - uh -
require foot re -uh -_ restraints,
likethe - uh - ...or the ATM - the -
_ - EF_r ... or the Jazdro_ t_le
or anyplace - uh - where experience ...,
I think you can perform you work very
adequately, if you have the foot
restraint. Where they aren't
provided - uh - it's annoying - uh -
occasionally to - uh - be looking
around and search for one and not
have one. Doesn't happen primarily
in _A as I said and also the war -
the - uh - waste management compartment.
Handling and transferring various
sized equipment items' uh - zero-g's got
it all over the work-g as far as
that goes. Uh- we struggled
around with this big - uh -
fan housing in the filter over the -
uh - waste management compartment
in one-g. And here we - uh -
Just - uh - unfastened it and sort
of moved it over. And - uh - it's
like that with everything that's
large. IIts problem at all. Frequently,
I carry things between my legs - uh -
in transferring from one place to
 Dump Tape 245-09
Page 7 of 13

another like cameras, for

example. I carry a couple of cameras
between my legs or a checklist or
anything that's ... We don't have to
mess around with that darn - uh -
big old - uh - gray lader fixture
that we got in the one g trainer
either. You Just waltz up the ladder -
uh - locker or wherever you want to
go and - uh- and - uh - there you
are. You are ready to go to work.
One thing that we do need - uh -
and we do have and - uh - which was
a good idea was to put triangles
in the - uh - blue ring below the - uh -
water tanks so that you could - u_h -
get in the dome locker - uh -
have yourself fastened down there.

2h5 23 41 09 PLT So handling and transferring

• -
various items - uh - is - uh - is very
/-_ - uh - - uh - simple in zero g.
And - un - also ii"you got ±ozs of
parts - uh - and you find - find a
place - tryir_g to find a place to
set 'era,you don't have to. You can
Just sort of bend 'eraand if you don't
- uh - let 'eraout of sight for too
long, they will still be there when
you get back. _lthough I've noticed
that we lose things - uh - fairly
readily in zero g. Set something - uh -
off in mid air and plan to come back
to it and suddently it' d be gone
and you can't find it. It turns up
- uh - a few minutes later or a few
hours or a couple of days or something.
It may be up on the screens or
something like that. That's another
thing that was a really smart idea
was to put those - uh - ventilation
screens - uh - in various places -
uh - so that - uh - uh - you can
have a place to collect all the
Junk and dirt and residue and -
and - uh - crumbs and dust and what not -
._ Dump Tape 245-09
Page 8 of iS

uh - ... into the ventilation

system and also it's a good place to
look for things you lost. I think
that - uh - most of the stuff that - uh -
we lost that we found - uh - found up
there in that - uh - ... chamber
screen in the - uh - of the workshop.
Uh - we tend - uh - not to worry too
much any more about - uh -
things that get adrift - uh - like the
little pieces of paper and ... or
water or what not because it sort of
finds its way around and - uh -
don't seem to inhale it or get it
in anything because we got those
screens. We know that it - uh -
We can rest easy because it's not
going to get in the equipment, the
fans, the pumps, and what not. It 's
going to be stuck in the screens
so we Just kind a tend to let things
go.

245 23 42 54 PLT Work - Lets see. Work activities

requiring assistance from another
crem_n. Uh - really you very seldom
need another crewman to move anything
around. You can usually do it by
yourself. Uh - uh - handling equipment
- uh - heavy loads like - uh - S073
is no problem here. Just one guy can
do that with no problem at all.
S18S - any of those things that we
used two crewman for in one g and
call out. The checklist to use two
guys here - uh - are unnecessary.
Uh - if - uh - - we got one guy
working and another to say suit him
up or something like that, you got his ...
restraints -the foot restraint and the
other guy will have his legs wrapped
around him somehwere, zipping him up
and - uh - and - uh - so activities
involving two crewman - uh - are less
of a pain in the neck than they are
in one g.
• _ Dump Tape 2_5-09
Page 9 of 13

245 23 43 48 PLT Personal main - maintenance

activities personal hygiene, donnine/doffing
garments, and so forth. We found -
uh - that it's easy to get your legs in a
suit - uh - and you can
get it over your head, but that it's
very difficult to get it zipped
up compares to one g. That's
one thing that's tougher is to get
your suit zipped up. Uh - donning -
uh - outer garments - uh - I guess
this is - uh - one of the few places
in the world and'- uh - some of
the few personnel in the world that -
uh - are able to - uh - say with
a straight face that - uh - this is
the only environment in which - uh -
you can put your pants on two legs
at a time and - uh - that's different
then anybody else. So we're not
like everybody else. We don't put
f out trouserson one leg at a time.

Okay - uh - doffing garments. Uh -

it's - uh -.ea._y to get out of your
suit - out of your - your space suits.
Lot easier than in one g. But there
are other things like personal hygiene.
Uh - no problem at all. Uh - the -
you have trouble cleaning your razor,
hut - uh - I guess that's not so much
a function of zero g - uh - the you
don't have a Lot of water to blast
over it, but - uh - you can get that
done, too. Uh - I use the shaver -
the - uh - the mechanical shaver the
rest of the time, so personal hygiene
is not a big deal.

CC Skylah .... and we'll be continuing with ...

2h5 23 45 20 PLT And I'll be bafk later.

245 23 54 52 SPT Okay, SPT on channel A with

information to - uh - ATM PI's and
planners, in the particular to
 Dump Tape 245-09
Page i0 of 13

Dr. George Withbroe. George,

we are are Just now talking more
about this business of - uh -
scheduling on the - uh - uh - ATM
activities. Now - uh - A1
would like to have a little bit of
time - uh - to look around - uh -
on his schedule but basically he likes
to have the ground-thoughout plans
as carefully made as possible. Now
the present schedule, if we really
hustle, normally has about 5 minutes
or so free time in it. And so
what A1 was asking for is pretty close
to the way your scheduling right now.
Maybe a little bit of more time in it
so he'd - uh - have a chance to -
say if something's interesting, go
pick up an extra building block or -
or shopping list item. But pretty
close to the way you're scheduling
f
now for A1.

245 23 55 40 SPT Now for myself I wouldn't mind

having - uh - 20 minutes on each
orbit for less read to look around
and do whatever - uh - appears to
be the most - uh - desirable or
opportune target at the moment. Now
particularly the next weeks it looks
to me like this is especially true
cause it - uh - would appear that we've
got 2 weeks of pretty good activity and ...
on the Sun right now. Now I think
that - uh - uh - shopping list
items can be used without an excepting
expenditure of film. Uh -we'll
of course, have to watch that
carefully - uh - particularly on 82B,
I think, because _ uh - we Just can't
touch on AUTOS very often. Uh - they're
only 200 AUTOs in that - uh -
c=m_ra and half of them are gone now.
So we'll probably be relying more on -
uh - 82B single-frame exposures, and
if it's a bright region I'm normally
,f
 Dump Tape 245-09
•F Page ll of 13

thinking of l0 - or 20 - second
exposure. So I'd like - uh - 20
minutes or so on each of my orbits
to do that sort of thing.

245 23 56 33 SPT Now Jack is more or less

intermediate. He likes to do shopping
list items as well as scheduled
items. He also likes to see some
sort of recommendation on the pad,
the way you been doing about - uh -
saying next 20 minutes is observing
time and the ground - uh -
recommends - uh - uh - uh -
shopping list 13 at Sun center or a
study of active region 9 - uh - uh -
with shopping list 3 or something
like that. And then Jack will - uh -
take a look at - uh - what you have
suggested. If it looks good,
he'll do it and if not .- if something
looks better, he'll do that. So -
F uh - here's- uh - his "druthers"-
his preference. He's more or less
intermediate between the view I ex-
pressed and that for A1. Now we all
realize you cannot tailor everything
exactly the way we've Just - uh -
described, but - uh - our hope is
that - uh - this can at least be
kept in mind in your - uh - uh -
flight planning - in your - uh - uh -
summary planning. And if so, why -
uh - the Flight Plans will be tailored
about the way we prefer and, hopefully,
we'll get the best data as a result
of it. End of message the ATM Pis and
planners and especially to Dr. George
Withbroe.

245 23 57 40 SPY SPT out.

TIME SKIP
• f- Dump Tape 245-09
Page 12 of iS

246 O0 35 i0 PLT Okay, this is Jack on channel A -

uh - continuing the - uh - debriefing on -
uh - M487-2 Charlie. We're in the
question 6 - uh - stop E, waste
management and cleanup chores. Uh -
cleanup - uh - is a little more
difficult - uh - washing and so forth
cause - uh - we don't have a - uh -
shower to stand in. Uh - the shower
that we have - uh - of course - uh -
is - uh - is better than nothing, but -
uh - is not quite like what you
have at home and you've got to
go to a lots of - uh - trouble
to take one in and you haven't - haven't
got much water and the shower - uh -
suction device doesn't work - uh -
as well as we had hoped it might.
I don't like the soap in the shower and
that's one reason I don't take more
of 'erabecause it stings and it stays
on you for a day or 2 after - uh -
f you've taken a shower and - uh -
tnerezore - uh - it:s - it_ _-"
comfortable for - It's better
to - iLh - take sponge baths with a
wet rag and soap and wash yourself
off and then rise and then wipe.
And - uh - you don't worry too much
about the water splattering around
because - uh - it Just lauds on the
wa]] and drys up later and -uh -
it - uh - is no bother. Waste
management is - uh - a very - uh -
uh - clean system It - uh - it works
well and - uh - is quite tribute to -
uh - engineering design and ingenuity.
And - uh - I haven't had any spills at
all , U]I -- I had one and I think the
bag broke a little bit but it didn't
much ... out. I plugged it in one
place and I was able Just to soak
it up with a few pieces - uh - wipes.
So - uh - the waste management chores
are no problem.

246 O0 36 43 PLT The whole system works very well. I

thoughtthat you were talkingabout
 Dump Tape 2h5-09
• f_ Page 13 of 13

personal cleanup there and

I - uh - mentioned that - I
gotta go. I got to - Stand by.
I'm not sure .,.

END OF TAPE

f_
 Dump Tape 246-01
Time : 0050-0223 GMr
9/3/73
r'_ Page i of 14

246 00 P3 lh PLT Okay, - uh - here's the continuation

of - uh - M487-2 Charlie - uh -
by Jack on channel A This goes to
Bob Bond. And hopefully we will
be ahle to - tth - complete it this
time, without having to break it up
in pieces anymore. It cut off
by a dump there last time. So, we
were talking about question 6 on page 2-6
end - uh - uh - we are now in
paragraph E there. Waste management and
cleanup chores - uh - decided
that - uh - with %he - uh -
air systems the we - uh - blower systems
that we've got in - uh - the fecal
collector and urine - uh - drawer
that - uh - waste management is -
uh - much improved. And so - it's
that item right there, the - uh -
the air entrapment idea that - uh -
has taken a lot of the mess and a lot of
the work time out of waste management.
So I think that that's a real plus
pruu_m, s_u somethlng we ougn_ _o -
uh - continue to have in - uh - in - uh -
future systems. Oh - cleaning up - uh -
after a waste management - uh - uh -
exercise is - uh - no problem there's
essentiaSly no c!r_anup at all.
Uh - general cleanup chores - uh - - uh -
are - uh - a nuisance. Uh -
we - uh - we - we - I don't
- _h - think much of the idez of
this bioeide wipe - uh - procedure.
I think it's good to biocide wipe.
But the idea of going around before
hand and first - uh - washing
with soap and water and then
rinsing and lettin_ it dry and then
bioeide wiping it and then going
back and washing it off is too much
'_V[ickeyMouse" for a biocide wipe.
You ought to Just waltz up to
this place and biocide, wipe it off,
come hack later and clean it - clean
it off. And just forget about all
of the preliminary - uh - scrubbing
chores. Uh - we've - uh - said enough,
Dump Tape 2h6-01
Page 2 of14 --

I think, in the past couple

of weeks about - uh - systems
housekeeping, and what needs
cleaning and what doesn't to - uh -
to - uh - take care of the rest
of this question.

246 O0 51 47 PLT But - uh - generally there's not

too much to clean up. I think the
place that gets the messiest is the -
uh - wardroom, because - uh -
food gets loose and - uh - and - uh -
when you' re shaking up your - uh -
drinks, sometimes little drops
get out and - uh - go here and there.

246 00 52 01 PLT And when you're cutting the - uh -

membrane off the - uh - meat
dishes after you've - uh - heated
them up, why they're all pressurized
inside and they go squirting out and
gravy or meat Juice or "whatever.And
- uh - then when you - when you
roll _ha_ IILDI_ _nem'or_e ozx why
a lot of the juice gets caught up in
it and - uh -_there's no way to take
that - uh - little membrane off without -
uh - at sometime or another snapping
it a little bit _-md then the Juice
flies off. So, - uh - the way we've
been cleaning up the - uh - wardroom
is Just to - uh - take a wet rag
and going around wiping out a]] the
walls and the lockers and then - uh -
and scrub all the spots off. And
so that's the best way to do, it looks
like to me. The garbage area there,
is the place that needs - uh -
constant attention.

246 00 52 _0 PLT Because it's continually messy

and gets emptied every night. But
- uh - it's - uh - probably is the
dirtiest place in the whole spacecrs_t.
And if any place needs a biocide
wipe, that's the place. And - tth - I
think that that's probably the place
_ Duup Tape 246-01
Page B of 14

r •
where - uh -most bacteria to
grow right there. Even as opposed to the
head. I think that the head is a
real clean operation compared to
the garbage - uh - operation in the -
uh - in the food compartment.
Well, the rest of the area doesn't
requirement much cleanup.

246 00 53 i0 PLT Uh - in fact, - uh - I don't

remember ever cleaning up say
the upper dome, or the experiment
area, or - uh - anything like that
because there's never auything that gets
out there and makes them messy. And -
uh - so, it's no problem. To - uh - the
cleanup is not a real big problem
Uh - uh - the only places that
need it are - uh - the head
a little bit aud - uh - and the
wardroom need a little bit more.
Particularly the garbage area. Okay,
let'sts_Lkabout locomotion. - uh -

through the various compartments uh -

you - uh - you can - we locomote
- uh - without the fireman's pole.

246 O0 53 45 PLT That's a good way to go. We

don't need that any more. And -
uh - you kind of push off and - uh -
pretty much go where you want
to go. Now, - uh - when we're
- uh - sort of instinctively
able now to push off and wind up
where we want to. Uh - in the
attitude we want, - uh - if we -
uh - find that we're not going
in the attitude, we want, why - uh -
we can Just tuck up aud roll a
little bit. Or if we're rolling
too fast - uh - why we can - uh -
extend our arms or legs or whatever to -
uh - slow our rotation rate down.
And it's kind of come to being a
natural thing. Uh - as far as
 Dump Tape 2_6-01
Page 4 of 14

going in and out of compartments

is concerned - ,Jh - sometimes you
go in an upright position in the
crew quarters area and sometimes you
to on a- on a horizontal way,
mud if somebody's in way you Just kinda
go over 'em. Or if there're people
sitting at the wardroom table,
you Just - uh - waltz over the table
and - uh - and over the top and - tth-
hang on to the ceiling or whatever you
want to do. So - uh - locomotion is -
uh - very fun and simple, Oh -
locomotion - uh - through the MDA
is more of a pain because - uh -
there's nothing to grab on to in
there. And - uh - you can't hardly
go straight through because there's
usually a guy sitting at the ATM
panel or the - uh - little table by the
ATM panel stick out and.- uh - they're
f_ right on the stern line between the -
_i__-_n_ _ th_ airlock and the - L

uh - and the - uh - command module,

so you've got ,to divert around them.
And like I said, there's Just
nothing to hang on to.

R_6 00 55 OT PLT So, locomotion in the MDA is - uh -

is - uh - is - uh - not worth much.
Or it's - uh - locomotion is bad
if you can once you get moving and
there's nobody in the way, locomotion
is no problem at all. But as far
as - uh - getting around - uh - by
hand - uh - hand over hand, in the
MDA, you might as well forget it.
It's - it's - a hodgepodge of - uh -
things that you can't grab on to.

246 O0 55 36 PLT An - uh - question number 7.

How fast ... can How satisfactory is
the frequency of change of bedding
and clothing? Uh - frequency of
change of bedding is about right. Uh -
frequency in change of clothing is -
uh - for the trousers and the - uh -
 Dtmqp Tape 246-01
/- Page 5 of 14

jackets is about right. Uh -

the T-shirts I don't wear; I think
you ought to have - uh - one of those
a day. If you're going to wear them.
Uh - I've got a lot of them left
over and - uh - and - uh - don't
planto use them. I - ah - just
wear the Jacket over my bare skin.
And - uh - it's cool that way.
It's - there's nothing tight.
When I want to exercis@, I don't
have a lot of clothes to take off.
I've got fire protection and - uh -
I've got - uh - I've got places -
pockets to carry all the stuff I
want to carry around. So that's
about the way to go. Uh - you do
need one change of skinnys a day.
And - uh - we brought up extra
underwear and - uh - I'm
glad we did, because - uh - I
think one a day is a good idea.
The - uh - most shortsupplyitem is

should have one of those a day.

And we don'h have it and - uh -
I think we need it. Uh - so I'd
recommend to Jerry that he bring
up - uh - enough socks that he can
make it one a day. Uh -
I don't use the long handles of any
sort. So - uh - I didn't need them.
Thought it might be chilly uR here
sometime, really didn't know
but now we're here - uh - it
turns out it's uh - warm enough.
The - uh - temperature is right - uh -
so long handles are not required.

246 O0 58 01 PLT I don't use them. Uh - the shoes are

the other item. Uh - we put the - put
the toe caps on. We certainly need
them. For some reason we all seem
to be - uh - uh - uh - rubbing off
spots at the heels. Uh - two spots -
uh - either side of the - uh - the vertical
 I_np Tape 246-01
F Page 6 of 14

- _ - reinforceing strip. Uh -
it's about an inch and a half off
the sole. Uh - they're wearing through
for some reason. Uh - my - additionsJly,
my right shoe is - uh - the stitching
is coming loose along the bottom
sole. Uh - about - uh - midway
along the foot. Uh - opposite the
arch. And - uh - the stitching
is about an inch and a half there,
where the - the canvas is ripped up.
And - uh - so, the shoes - uh - by the
time we get through the mission
are going to be pretty well warn.
And they might e_en be marginal,
I'm not sure - uh - as to whether
or not we can make it with them
or not. But - uh - we might have
to Just be a little careful with
them. But - uh - shoe wise - uh -
the triangles do the Job. Uh - the -
uh - outside of _he shoes are wearing
off on them. So - uh - that's
_ind o_ takes care of - uh - uh -
M47-2 Charlie. r_'ve got to run
to the ATM. And I wish you'd
pass that information to Bob Bond
and other - uh - interested parties.

246 00 58 18 PLT And this does finally end this

debriefing. Tha_Lk you.

246 01 00 39 SPT Okay, comment - i_ _ from the

SPT, channel A, for the EREP unit
officers. Uh - the number os frames
used on the third pass of the day
with the prime - this is the second
pass with the prime magazine. Third
ETC pass of the day. Uh - was
27 frames. So - uh - that's these -
or the prime magazine, 83 on the
first pass, 27 on the second pass,
is a total of ll0 frames used out
of the ETC zero 4. And the spare
magazine, black and whie something or
other - uh - used 24 frames, as I
 Dump Tape 2_6-01
• /_ Page 7 of 14

already reported on the real-time

down-link. So that should bring you
up to date on how many frames we
used today and how many we've got
left. _d of message for the EREP
officer from the SPT.

246 01 ll 59 SPT Okay, here's the SPT on channel A,

with a message for the ATM PIs and planners.
Ah - over the course of the last
couple of days, we've had a chance to
observe quite a few isolated - er - uh
- quite a few initial phases of
sub-flares and flairs, at least sm_]]
flares. And - uh - it's been my
general observation that the XUV and
the H-alpha rise in intensity very
closely together. And that - uh - uh - for
example at the moment, uh - we
have about eight active regions
on the disc of the Sun, all of which
can be seen on the XUV monitor
withoutintegratipn.In the - in

of these regions stand out. Now

when any of -_uh - when a flare
begins, even a sub-flare - ah -
in the active re_ion in which it
starts, there'll be a very small pinpoint
of light right ab the limit of resolution.
which normally bugins - uh -
to increase in brightness. And
even if that active region has
been below the level of
visibility on the XUV MON, that
bright pinpoint would standout
very quickly; very very noticably.
And the same thing is true on
H-alpha. Except in this case I do
not get the impression that the
pinpoint is quite as small. Now, -
uh - I need to quality that a little
bit, because normally we're looking at
a much expanded view on H-alpha.
H-alpha of course, uh - uh -
having only a - uh - roughly 5 arc
Dump Tape 246-01
Pa_e 8 of 14

minute field, and the XUV MON ÷

having - uh - well, let's see, more like -

uh - 60 are minute total field,
I guess.

2h6 01 13 22 SPT So, there's a factor of l0

and that could account for the
principle difference so that the
impression that you get that it's
a smaller pinpoint then XUV. But at any
rate, it's a very small pinpoint, even
in H-alpha. And it rises, more or less,
at the same time as does the XUV MON.
And - uh - we can see these, in-
creasing in brightness, even before the
X-ray flux begins to increase as
measured on the beryllit_ or the
image intensity count. No_, I've
not placed too much reliace on the
increase in the PMEC. Although it
dows show appear to be true, that
once we get around 650 or so, it
does look like it's measuring

of a random - uh -uh - flux.

But the X-ray flux on the beryllium
counter as I'm sure all of your
telemetry shows, will go up and
down, and - uh - many of the ups
and downs are unrelated to anything
you can see visually or at least
to general impression. The principle
increases, the major increase are very
definitely related. But I think that
normally, you could see ca% i_erease
in the XUV M0N and in H-alpha before
it gets too high on the - %lh -
X-ray flux monitor. So, if we were
willing to spend, say - uh - two
or three orbits a day for the next week,
with nothing to do except look for
these bright spots beginning,
I'm confident that we could - uh -
very quickly, be on - uh - the
initial increase of - uh - of - uh -
these flairs and Sun flairs even
earlier than we have been in the past.
Dump Tape 246-01
Page 9 of 14

As a matter of fact, that's what

I intend to do with - uh - this
part of my - uh - observing time over
the course of the next week. While
we have this active Sun, I'ii simply
go to the most likely location,
and wit there for a brightening
to occur. And then you get there
very quickly before the X-ray
flux is increased much at all.

246 01 15 21 SPT Now, there's other - another - uh -

segment that seems sort of inter-
esting. Uh - I'd already commented
on the real-time down-link about the
- uh - apparent appearance of the
active regions. Almost every
35 or 40 degrees, there's another
pair of active region across the
S_'s disc right now. And - uh -
after that suggestion from the ground
that - uh - active regions 9 and IB -
uh - 9 and 15 ma_v be connected,

the XUV MON and between other active

regions - uh - with the appropriate
integration. I don't know
whether that - uh - well that's one
subject.

246 01 15 57 SPT Another subject, perhaps

related, perhaps unrelated, is the
fact that there appear to be
very few of the bright spots
that we were looking at, say
three weeks ago, now visible on the
XUV monitor. There's a lot of
plage activity of course,
associated with the action region.
But even aside from that, in between
these action regions, I see very few
of the small bright spots
that we foundin coronal holes and at
the - uh - in the polar regions
and Just scattered across the
Sun's disc, that we were looking at
3 weeks ago. Now - uh - I don't know
• _ D_mp Tape 246-01
Page i0 of lh

whether their disappearance " -

is related to the fact that we have
so many active regions now on
the Sun. Perhaps - uh - the - uh -
fields have been concentrated in the
active regions now and they're not -
uh - uh - uh - collecting or congregat-
ing at - uh - other locations, the way they
were I presume, where these bright
spots had been located 3 weeks ago.
Byt, - uh - that - uh - didn't
seem to me a general impression,
that - uh - it might be worth -
uh - checking a little more detail
on from the ground.

246 O1 16 59 SPT End of message to ATM Pi's and

planners from the SPT.

246 O1 21 49 CDR Hello. This is the CDR, and this

information goes to Dr. Bill Thornton and
__ biomed. They requestedthat we do
s_ne measurements today. During
_ae measurements and we_ve done so.
I'd like to repeat them to you.

246 Ol 49 53 CDR Another man that might

be interested in these is Mr. _ke -
Dr. Mike Whittle or Mr. Mike Whittle.
I'm not sure which.

246 01 50 31 CDR Dr. Mike Whittle. Okay, here

we go. Uh - first I'll run through
- uh - uh - Bean and then Garriott
and then Louma. And then I'll
try to tell you what ... okay.
Knee to hopbone - knee to top of uh -
uh - hip area to the big - that
bone that's - uh - the hight point
of your bone that's up around your
waist, 54.5, for CDR. For - uh -
Garriott, 52.3; and for Lousma, 57.2.
Now, - uh - let's take some distances
from the knee Joint, up the leg,
and those distances are in - uh -
roughtly one-third of the distance
 Dump Tape 246-01
• f-_ Page ii of 14

from the knee to the hip.

Here they go. Correction - let
me give you a correction on that.
What we've done here is, we didn't
know which hip joint you wanted, so
we took the top of the hipbone and
divided it by 3 and got measurements.
And then we took the hip joint itself
and divided it by 3 and got measurements.
So, here's the one for the top of
the hipbone up around your waist,
sort of. Here it comes. I'm
gonna to repeat myself now. Bean 50 -

245 O1 51 31 CDR Knee - knee to knee joint to - uh -

hip is 54.5; Garriott, #52.3; Lousma,
57.2 okay we divided those by 3, and
here comes - here comes for Bean, 17.5
centimeters up from the knee Joint;
his girth is 44.8; 35.8 up is 50.6.
Garriott; 17.4 centimeters up and 41.2;
35.8 centimeters up is 48.8. Lousma:
19 centimetersup at 49.8, 38 centimeters
i° 5_ _ _- - _ - thr_ w__ _e ?eft
leg, by the way. I gave you information
on the left leg Let me give some
information on the right leg. Okay,
once again, - uh - knee Joint up to the
top of hipbone. Bean, 54.3; Garriott,
52.6; Lousma 57. Okay one-third of the
way up, which on Bean would be one-third
of the 54.3 which would be 1 - uh -
1 - uh - 8.1, 18.1 would be 47.6;
Garriott, 17.5 centimeters up which
would be h3.7; and Lousma, 19 centimeters
up would be 50.0. Bean again, another
one-third up, 52.0; Garriott, 36.0 which
would be 50.3; Lousma 38 up which is 56.8.
Now around that point - no, omit that. The
waist at the naval: on Bean 76.3;
Garriott 71.1; Lousma 84.0. Chest,
inhale - okay, got this backwards.
Chest exhale: Bean, 88.9; Garriott, 81.0;
and Lousma, 142. Neck: Bean 37.1;
Garriott, 37.1; Lousma 41. Biceps, relaxed
but caught at their max girth, left arm:
 Dump Tape 246-01
• /'_ Page 12 of lh

Bean, 28.1; Garriott, 26.1; Lousma, 31.7.

Right biceps: 28.8 Bean; 27.6 Garriott;
and 32.8, Lousma.

246 01 54 28 CDR Now- we now give you the information

that from knee Joint to hip joint,
which we think is some information
that you want, but we're not positive•
We think that's what you're really
asked for. Here it comes. Bean, 41;
Garriott, 49; Lousma, 43.

246 01 54 51 CDR " Uh - one-third of the way up from the

knee joint which would 13.6 centimeters
for Besn, and 41.5; Garriott is 13
centimeters up 37; Lousma, 14.3 centimeters
up 45. Upper one-third: 27.2 centimeters
for Bean; 49.0 centimeters; 26 centimeters
up for Garriott, 46.4; 28.6 centimeters
for Lousma, 54. 5. The dimension, at that
point, which we will call the butt
dimension: Bean, 90.5; Garriott, 86.5;
Lousma 97.8. Now lets got to the
_-i_=_ an_ Soint up. incidental±y, ana
obviously the first one was left.
So here we go. Right knee to hip: Bean,
40; Garriott, 39.5; Lousma, 44• The
lower one-third girth: which is 13.3
centimeters up for Bean, 44.5; 13.2
centimeters up for Garriott, 38; 14.6
centimeters up for Lousma, 46.1. Upper
one-third, which is 26.4 centimeters up
for Bean, 50.0; Garriott, 26.4 centimeters
up, 48.3; Lousma; 29•2 Centimeters up,
54•5, Now we made those measurements; I'll
retain the piece of paper several dsys.
If you have any question, please call and
I - I can give you the added information.

246 O1 56 20 CDR CDR out. This goes to Mike Whittle,

Dr. Bill Thornton, biomed, - uh -
Dr. Paul Buchanan, and otherinterested
in - uh - girth measurements.

246 01 56 32 CDR CDR out.

P
 Dump Tape 246-01
/_ Page 13 of lh

246 01 59 46 SPT Comment for - uh - George Withdroe -

Dr. George Withbroe on the ATM scientist
room, - uh - from the SPT. George,
during our discussion today, you
mentioned that - uh - stand by.

2h6 02 01 02 SPT Go back to that message to Dr. George

Withbroe in ATM Science room, from the
SPT. George, you mentioned today - uh -
that you had a - uh - grating auto scan
on a bright region that peaked as
high as - uh - 60,000 cal on occupant 6.
Uh - today there have been several of
those. Uh - these were in these regions
Just beginning their flair activity and
- uh - on - uh - two or three occasions, I
noticed - uh - counts that were that
high and rather than doing a grating
auto scan, I normally went to mirror
llne scan, so you get better time
resolution. Now uh - uh - I might just
throw in a grating auto scan occassionally
f with detector 2 now, of course, that's
_.._
.....
_v_ _u_estlon here _o_ay. _4n_ - un -
uh - occasionally - uh - not very often but
ocassionally try to take the 3 minute
to give you your grating auto scan in
addition and - uh - if this stuff keeps going
llke it has today and yesterday. Why - uh -
I'm convinced that we'll see a number
of other occasions with - uh -
activity or counts that are that high.

246 02 Ol 58 SPT End of message to - uh - Dr. George

Withbroe from the SPT.

2h6 02 05 20 PLT Hello, space fans, this is Jack

on channel A, debriefing the last
ATM run which began at 01:12. I
ran off a JOP 6, building blocks 1 alfa
and 1 Bravo as advertized. I gave
you the TV down-line - uh - and took
you on a little tour of the Sun.
 =

Dump Tape 246-01

• /-- Page 14 of 14

Also, - uh - did the shopping list

item suggested, number 13 with 56
filter 3 and - uh - 52 mode continuous.
Now - uh - I had a little left over
after that so I looked for the hottest
spot on the Sun and that turned out
to be in active region ii. So I went
down there and - uh - I gave a 55 grating
auto scan on detectors 1 and 2 this
time. Uh - part of the suggestion - uh -
from the science conference with Dr.
Withbroe this evening. And also gave
- uh - 56 a - uh - single frame 2, 3,
and 4 short at the same pointing. And
that concludes the - uh - run; the
last run of the day. The ATM is in the
power down condition, ready for your
operations.

246 02 20 33 PLT Thank you very much. Enjoy working

with you, look forward to doing so again
tomorrow.
/-

END OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 246-02
Time: iZ16-1227
913173 elss r- :
Page I of i Cop_ Vco_ _u_c,_/,
• "'A"c_IIr/_/Z,.

2h6 12 17 39 CDR Here's some information fro_ the CDR

to Dr. Bill Thornton. It concersn
his friendly little - uh -- B_NI).
It's a repeatablity test. In
addition to that, it probably ought
!
to go to - _h - blomed interested
_*: _1 indlviduals. Pr. _¢hlttle _ul_
....... ; be a good one. Let me read it
to you; from the CDR. I'll read
them in groups of - three groups
of five. 625713, 625535, 625604,
626236, 625309. That's one group.
Next group. 625657, 626112, 625703,
625698, 625h04. That's the ........
second group. 625642, 62600h,
626227, 626130, 626379. Ok_7, now
that's the three groups of three.
If you have any problems call me
up.

246 12 18 h7 CDR CDR out. Goes to Dr. Whittle and

Dr. Bill Thornton.
r

END OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 2_6-03
Time: 1256-1305 GMT
- 9/3/73
•Page 1 of 3

2h6 12 57 36 PLT Good morning, space fans. This

is Jack on channel A debriefing
the last A_4 run, which began
at 12:03. I - uh - gave you some
- uh - television of the Stm
picking out two of the active
regions, and a little XUVMON,
and a little S052. Now after that I did
the JOP 5 - uh - building Just
as advertised. And here's one
other - uh - note in there is that - uh -
on the last - uh - S05h sequence
and M,6, O, S, $6, it ripped off
- uh - double and - uh - I let
it go on down to about - uh - 17
and then I truncated it. Uh - in
other _rds, it got about - uh -
six exposrues on - uh - the second
time around and I truncated it.
After that I had a little
f- - uh - absrver_ime left over and
- uh - I - uh - took note of your
information regarding the - uh -
Delta configuration of active
regin 15 and - _ - I'm not sure
that I - uh - saw what you were
pointing out, _it looked over in
the 8rea that you suggested and - uh -
I noted that on the - uh - leading
edge of active region 15 that - uh -
we had - uh - two spots and I
thought that it might be
interesting - uh - in view of
the fact that - uh - this was
a sort of a specially interesting
series, to run a shopping list
item number 5 on it. Uh - so I
ran a modified shopping llst item m,_her
5. I - uh - pointed at the
inhoad spot that is the second one
from the right. Its north was at
the top, or the second one from the
west - Whatever you want to call it.
 Dump Tape 246-03
Page 2 of 3

_"- And - uh - tried to minimize - uh -

DETECTOR B. And - tth - at that
point I - uh - ran a GRATING AUTO
HCA_T on DETECTOR i. Uh - I also
took a single frame - uh - in FILTER
4 for - uh - _056 and that was 5
minutes long. After that I moved
- uh - Just a few arc seconds - uh -
in a westerly direction to a spot -
to a point between two black spots.
In - at that point I maximized
D_'fECTORS i and 2. And I got a
single frame, LONG for S056, in
FILTER number - uh - uh - h that
time.

246 13 00 25 PLT So that complete the - uh -

debriefing for - Well, it doesn't
neither. Wait one moment.

246 13 00 51 PLT I - uh - did my daily sketch of the

corona and - uh - it appears to
me that - uh - the - uh - east
F- l_mh is about the same except
for the - uh - streamer in the
- uh - west southwest area. It
seems to ba a l_ttle - uh - less
intense - a little less pronounced
today than it was yesterday, And
- uh - that was east. I don't
know about ... southeast. And then
in the west - the western - uh -
limb of the corona it - uh - appears
to be pretty much the same as it was
yesterday. So - uh - not a whole
lot of coronal changes as I see it
from up here in the past, oh, roughly
24 hours - not quite - about 20
hours. So - - I thought that
- uh - the active region 15 - uh -
study there, in view of the fact
that you pointed out that the Delta
configuration might be something
of interest and that's what I picked
up ... extra. And we'll check your
•.. next orbit.
 Dump Tape 246-03
Page 3 of 3

246 13 02 i0 FLT Thank you.

END OF TAPE

F
 Dump Tape 2_6-0_
Time: 1405-1537 GMT
/_ 9/3/73
Page 1 of 13 _ i

246 lh 24 42 CDE Okay, this is the CDR debriefing the -

A_4 run at 13:36. Went nomianl; got
all the information for the pass. We
had a little time left over to use ...
I went back to region 15, there I
did a part of a MIRROR AUTO R_qTER.
I had the 82B pointed low and the
80 - uh - correction, 82B pointed
at - uh - the brightest spot at
XUV on detector i and - uh - I had
sector one here and then - uh - ran
the first pass of a MINOR AUTO RASTER,
which I felt possibly covered the
active region, since a little bit __
above - uh - uh - 80 arc seconds
above the - uh - the - uh -
82A and B crosshairs. Once the first
part of that was doen, I went over
and now I'm doing a - uh - a GRATING
AUTO SCAN on the hot point. I "
did the 30-second exposure, hO-second
exposure and exposure - uh -

_'_6±_,_'5_6 _,_ L;v_ou_.

2_6 lh 59 hi CDR _Kay, this is the CDR, I've Just

finished my time out. I'm gonna
now record a few numbers for you.
No, I'm not either. I'm gonna perform
ready verification. And I did it
a little awhile ago, but I'll do
it again, Just to show you my heart's
in the right place.

CDR C-14brate, HIGH, LOW, HIGH. Where it

always is. Calibrate at 92, reference
2, got it? Frames per second, it
should Just he medium frames per
second and h6 ; intervalometer 20 ;
CROSSTRACK CONTIG, 30; POLARTIY,
i; MODE, 3; range 60, and- uh -
AUTO b. All we like now is preop
 Tape
2 6-0 ......
Page 2 of 13

config and record the readings

and I do that at 10 mlnutes, as you
recall. Ten minutes from now would
be 15 :I0.

246 15 09 33 CDR Going off the COMM, end this is

CDR, that's EREP information.

246 15 i0 18 CDR Okay, I'm gonna check all the readings

for you, Houston, EREP so here we go.
Everybody's Just working along real
fine. Here we go on A. 2, 92;
3, 86; h, 92; 5, 96;, 6, 23; 7 is zero,
and that's the end of that one.
0kaM, let's got for B. B-2, 92;
B-3, 83; h is 91; 5 is 91; 6, 50;
7, 31; 8, i; 9, 58. C-2 i00 percent
plus. Now that's - uh - a little
hit high. I don't know why that -
uh - C-2 is that high. Huh, but it's
nevertheless what is C-2. Detector 3 - -

PLT All your readings are down.

CDR Huh.

PLT You have any notion of what it is -

CDR Three. Yeah, they ran enough and we've -

Where did it go?

PLT ...

246 15 11 53 CDR 3, 88 percent; 4, 94 percent;, 5,

_8 percent; 6, 46 percent; 7 -
make that 47 percent; 7, 50 percent;
8, over a hundred; 9, forget it.
0-2, 86; 3, 84; 4, 84; 5, 16;
6, 49; 7, 9 - It. Now let me
read you again the most critical
ones. Voice record B-7; B-7 is
31, B-8 is about i, B-7 - -

CDR What was that?

 Dump Tape 2_6-0_
Page B of 1B

246 15 13 07 CDE These sensors got a dose right then.

CDR B-7, how about 51 percent; B-6,

_9 percent. B-7 wasn't greater than
80. 192, MODE to - -

PLT °.. out here.

2h6 15 13 31 CDE Had to he somewhere. Okay, let's

go ahead and open the door. 92 MODE
to READY, the door coming open.
Check the lights. They're working.
And - uh - of course the - uh -
door heater switch light's going.

SPT ... Ii seconds I had.

CDR About a minute and a half. We're okay.

CC Test, i, 2. I guess I'm on the line

with you fellows?
F
CDR Yes. you are.

CD _ood, tb_n_ you.

CDR You are out there with us. Or we are

on there with you, we'r not sure
which.

2_6 15 i_ 38 CDR Okay, the READY light is on, indicating,

that - uh - the door is open. I'ii
now go to - uh - check. 92 check.
Now. It says verify and voice record
preop config, so here we go. Tape
recorder on, READY on, it is.
92, PWER 0N_ READY ON, naw, naw,
power on, ready out MODE CHECK,
door opne, that ' s good. 91 ; ON,
READY on, cooler on, we'd be in
tough shape if it weren't. Door
open. 90 ON, READY out, stand by
as door opens. You bet it's open.
Dump Tape Zh6-O_
Page _ of 13

93 R, STANDBY, READY out; 93S, OFF,

READY out; 93A, OFF, READY OUt;
94 ON READY out. Now let's take
a look at a couple of these quantities
again that are a little bit strange.
Let's look at C-2. C-2 at the
moment is a - uh - C-2 at the moment
is - uh - a 42 percent, which looks
good. C-3, 89 percent.

PLT 7 is down. That's out of limits.

CDR Still out of limits.

PLT That's okay, it's got an attenuator

thlng.

PLT Uh=huh.

246 15 16 9 CDR 0ky, you're right. I'm sorry, that's

for the HIGH/LOW, h_h? -Okay, 4 is
72, 5 is 83. Okay. (Yawn)
n,_j_h_u_ i: :hay now.

2h6 15 16 40 PLT Nearan I can tell, we're properly

configured.

PLT (Whistle)

246 15 18 16 PLT Gonna hit the coast at - uh -

23 roughtly; 5 minutes, 5 minutes
to the coast.

PLT I hear them trying to lock up.

Over Vanguard. We'll turn the ...
off. Nope, better turn it off,
cause it's gonna whistle.

246 15 19 30 SPT How we doing on Z-LV, Jack?

PLT We're almost there. We're there for

practical purposes.

PLT It's a 22-minute maneuver. Uh - we

ought to be there, Just about there,
right. We need a foot restraint
by the IPI_.
/_ Dump Tape 246-04
Page 5 of 13

CDR I know it. This way we can hold c_

by our hands, it's not a good spot.

246 15 19 59 PLT Naw, you got to many other things

you want to do with your ahnds, you
want to grab stuff, shuffle your
papers, all that kind of thing.

CDR I'm suppose to go EREP start in

about 40 seconds, Jack.

PLT Okay, old buddy. You'll be there

and I'll be there. Another classic pass.

CC Absolutely, guys, we're looking forward

to it. 9-1/2 m_,utes through Van_mrd.

PLT Okay, they're listening.

CDR There they are.

246 15 20 30 PLT Give you a tour of where we're going

h_.v-_, t.nday. W_'re co,dng In_
across South America from the South
Atlantic, we gon_a cross the coast
at - uh - Santisgo, Chile, go up
over Asuncion, _araguay, up over the
capital city of Brazil, which is
Brasilia, and tDen we'll leave the
coast of - uh - 8outh America
at Fortaleza, Brazil. Up over the
Cape Verde islands, off the
northwest coast of Africa, across
Gihralter, northern Italy, and
the - uh - EREP pass will be over.

2_6 15 21 00 CDR MARK. EREP star_; in MODE MANUAL.

PLT Then from there we go over Budapest,

over Mobilgrad and on over the
T,k1-_an Desert, China, and -
uh - leaving the China coast
around Canton, ...

CC DO a lot of traveling.
_" Dump Tape 246-0_ ............. _---
Page 6 of 13 " - ..........

........ PLT Yeah, well it's the Big 0. You

know, he always wanted to go
places fast.

246 15 21 34 PLT Okay, we're approaching the coast

of South America.

CC Gonna be cloudy, initially, should

clear up over the coast and get
cloudy by the time you get to the
east coast.

246 15 21 53 PLT Okay, the clouds start right at the

coast. Right at the coast.

CDE 22:06 MODE to READY on 192. That's

right now, MODE is READY. 22:32 MODE
AUTO. That was there.

PLT I've got i0 minutes to look. Okay,

everything 's running. Okay, we
should be about over Santiago.

CDR 22:50 and 192 5_DE CHECK.

PLT There's the Andes coming into view.

I'm looking downstream 45 degrees,
so we're not quite there yet, O.

CDR 40 right there. Okay, MODE to CHECK.

VTC CAL at 24. A few little
192 's there.

246 15 23 06 PLT Okay, we're crossing the Andes now,

and they're snow-covered and very
beautiful as useful. There's sort
of desert terrain on the east side
of the Andes. Se whet appears to
be - uh - it's either patchesof
forrested area or - uh -

246 15 23 26 SPT MARK UV photo.

PLT - - areas of volcanic activity.

Dump Tape 246-04
Page 7 of 13 .............. J

r • . ......... •
CDR 0., your volume's not very high.
You may want to check it. Or maybe
ought to get your - uh -ccmm
close to your mouth it's not
going to get on tape.

246 15 23 40 SPT MARK, end of exposure.

PLT That ahoy, O.

SPT That was 3200, coming up on a

2700 Angstrom.

CDR 24 minutes, VTS to AUTO CAL. I'i

get it for you, Jack, so Just
float right where you are.

PLT All right. Passing over some huge

salt flats. .:

CDR Okay. AUTO CALING right now.

PLT Still a few salt flats.

CDR 193 S to STANDBY. 942.

PLT I thought we had a glacier there.

Got ...

CDR Okay, go to STANDBY.

PLT Huge salt fairs.

246 15 24 14 CDR READY ON 191 at 26:40. Okay, we'll

watch for it.

PLT See the roads and highways.

246 15 24 23 SPT MARK. UV photo.

246 15 24 39 SPT MARK. End of exposure.

PLT O. give you the word, does he?

Far way, I don't know where he is.
_tch, the invisible camera is not
triggering, so you'll have to go
on the - uh - location by the voice
comment so that ought to he close enough.

__ l
r-_ Dump Tape 2_6-0_ ..................
Page 8 of 13 i

CDR 21 - 26 :40.

PLT They're gonna hate my down there.

SPT Comes another 3200 Angstrom. 16-second

exposure.

PLT The kid is standing by for 32:01.

Dave, among other things, today,
_'re going to obtain some information
for the Brazilian government, for
the use of the overall understanding
and control of the - uh - national
resources of the Amazon Basin area.

246 15 25 48 CC They Just fo_md a new river down

there, we'll tell you about later.

PLT What's the name of it?

SPT Amazon. (Laughter)

CC (Laughter) Haven't named it yet.

PLT ... the hie river at the moment.

CDR 26 :40.

246 15 2_ 13 SPT MARK, beginning XUV - or UV.

PLT See the fire down there? The farmers

must have burned off some of their
crops. See the smoke? It
parallels our l_ue of course and it
goes to ... Therefore -

246 15 26 30 SPT MARK. End of 3200.

PLT Wind must be in the northeast.

SPT Everything goes bad.

PLT Or ...

CDR Okay, 26:40 -

 Tape 246-04 _-....................
Page 9 of 13 ............... :

2_6 15 26 _0 CDR MARK. Light on and the regs-on 6. ...........

PLT Lots of fires.

CDR Intervalometer to i0 on ...

PLT Monday must be flre-light day down

there. Boy look at all of em -
I BET I can spot at least 30 to
40 fires. VTS.

246 15 27 i0 CDR MARK. 27:10. We Just went to

intervalometer i0. Stand by.

PLT Somewhere around Campo Grande.

Right over Campo Grande one of
these day.s

CC Jack, Europe should be good and clear

for your special drill i.

PLT Special drill i? Okay.

CC That 's for ...

2_6 15 27 46 CDR MARK.

PLT Right. Thank you, very good.

CDR Stand by for S ON and R ON.

PLT Glad to hear that.

CDR S ON, R ON.

PLT Getting hazier by the mile down

there right now. Don't like
that much.

2h6 15 28 01 SPT MARK, end of exposure 2700.

PLT Attaboy, 0.
 Dump Tape 246-04 ............ ,z -.
Page 10 of 13 ............ -.-._

....... CDR .... 28:24 is gonna be MODE READY on

192. Get some good scat - good
working on our RADIOM_'_ER - -

PLT Oh, boy.

CDR - - and SCA'I'_EROM_I'ER. 28:24 stady

by set back. And -

246 15 28 24 CDR MARK, we're MODE READY. Tape motion

looks good. 28:55 and 190
intervslometer 20.
i
PLT All sorts of cities down ther on
this pass. More habitation areas
than we've seen over this part of the
_ world. ' "

(_R Interval0meter to 20 at 28:55.

PLT You're doing all right for a rookie,

0., attaboy. Keep er up.

SPT (Laughter) I'll show you. I

will teach you.

PLT There he is.

246 15 28 59 CC LOS in a minute, at 15:40.

PLT Roger, Bob. His calls, now-

do@_one it.

CDR 29:24, intervalometer to MODE CHECK.

CDR Yep, MODE is in CHECK for 192.

30:_ is going to he MODE READY agaln.

246 15 29 41 SPT On that visible camera, Bob, I can

trigger it from down at the camera
but this remote triggering is not
functioning. Closed the microswitch
up here by hand and it doesn't trigger.

- CDR 32:27. 30:34.

 /- Dump Tape 2h6-0h o ......
Page ii of 13 _........... _ ,

PLT You can see Brasilia now. We're

close to it.

CDR 30:34 MODE to READY. Stand by -

2h6 15 30 27 SPT MARK UV.

246 15 30 35 CDR MARK, 190 to MODE READY.

2h6 15 30 36 SPT MARK. End of UV exposure.

CDR Okay, S and R are STANDBY. 193

S, OFF; R, OFF. Standing by for
131 which is 93 A to STANDBY.

2_6 15 31 00 CDR MARK 93 A STANDBY.

SPT Stand by.

2_6 15 31 23 SPT MARK, beginlng.

F 2h6 15 31 23 PLT Oh, we go good ... now.

2_6 15 31 32 SPT MARK, end of the UV. That was a

270..

CDR 32 :38, MODE to C_CK.

2h6 15 32 hO (:DR Okay, MODE is in CHECK, gentlemen.

3h:h0, 139 ON. All right.

PLT Oh, boy, there is the river now,

I see the river now. They've got
good Sun onthe river. You can tell
about where we are. We're Just
about in the right place. If that's
the right tlver.

PLT Okay, we have to get off that one

and get to the next one.

CDE 3_ :hO, A ON.

SPT How about a i12_? I fixed that.

SPT Stand by for a couple of UV's.

f-
F Dump Tape 246-04
1213 _
246 15 34 24 SPT MARK.

246 15 34 36 SPT MARK, the second one. Oh,

gosh. I'll do that agin, I'll
take an extra photo in there.

CDR Okay, A is on. I'm standing

_y for 35:40. when - READY out
on 190.

SPT Stand by.

CDR Stand by again.

246 15 35 19 SPT MARK.

246 15 35 22 CDR MARK. READY's out - -

246 15 35 _2 SPT MARK.

246 15 35 45 CDR - - going for 19.

245 15 35 45 SPT MARK.

CDR An intervalometer of ... where we

... an extra one at 38:50, I'm
going to go 193 % to STANDBY.

PLT Got both on the 'era climbing over it.

CDR Good. What were they?

SPT Okay, you want them in ...

PLT A couple of forested areas in Brazil.

CDR Excellent.

PLT Okay, we're go to stand by at

what - 2700 ...

CDR STand by.

CDR Okay, old buddy we're on hi:46, get

that one too. It's going to be a
 F Dump Tape 2_6-01L .............. ,_--
Page 13 of 13 ..............

......... little different. Okay, now the

trigger, we'll try that one
again. Okay, stand by.

CDR 38 :50, Jack.

246 15 37 0h pLT MARK. All right, baby, we got

them. Got to mark the end.

PLT Stand by.

!

246 15 37 23 PLT MARK. w_rk the end.

END OF TAPE

p .................
 Dump Tape 246-05
Time : 15 37-1605 GMT
9/3/73
• /_ Page 1 of 11

246 15 36 43 CDR Get that - need a little fixin.

Okay, that was the trigger, we'll
try it again.

CDR Okay, stand by for 38:50, Jack.

246 15 37 03 PLT MARK. Come on, baby. We got era.

Got a mark again. Stand by -

246 15 37 24 PLT MARK. Marks again. Stand by -

246 15 37 47 PLT MARK.

246 15 38 04 PLT MARK, the final.

CDR Okay, photo 50, and we're going

to go 93A to STANDBY.

PLT Okay, there were the 40 16 exposures,

=1_ at 2700 action.

CDR Owl You got it all plotted, Jack?

PLT Yes. sir.

246 15 38 51 CDR 38:50, we Just _-ent STANDBY on

A and then we're going to go on
at 39:05 again.

246 15 39 06 CDR 39:05 it is. N_w let's take a look

at 190 MODE to SINGLE at
40:05. 40:05, I'm going sin@le.

246 15 40 06 CDR There's a single frame at 40:05,

I'm going to take another at 40:30.

PLT Okay, here came the Cape Verde Islands.

CDR The which one?

PLT Cape Verde.

CDR That's what we're taking single fr=-_s

of, apparently.
 Dump Tape 246-05
Page 2 of ii

246 15 40 19 CC Back with you for i0 mlnutes.

PLT All righty.

PLT 146 we're over a cloud.

246 15 40 30 CDR MARK. 40:30 that's another.

We'll 6o a single again at 41:30.

PLT Got em both on Brazil, there,

Bo. Climbing over it.

CC GReat.

PLT That'll be - uh - 703 and 705.

704 had a slight - uh - northwest -
uh - a few miles. Say about -
uh - 25 miles. Trying to get it
through a hole in the clouds.
And we took it over a uniform -
what apears to be foreeeted area.

r CC Okay.

PLT The - uh - first one appeared to me

to be right on -. uh - a - uh - a
direct Sun angle I believe I got -
the - uh - Rio i'arnalba River. And
- uh - we're right in the - uh -
bend of it. whe.'e we wanted to be.
Best I could ms_e out from my maps
up here, 146.

246 15 41 31 CDR MARK. We Just took another single.

Go MODE AUTO.

PLT It's all right again. It's going to

be into clear water. No clouds.

246 15 41 46 CDR MARK.

PLT Well, Bob, at the moemnt I don't see

any water color monitors. Then ...
some Sun angle changes, but a
predominanat one to - uh - put
Dump Tape 2_6-05
Page 3 of ii

her off-Sun high at - uh -

zero zero and - uh - push data
pushbutton and play here ...

CC Roger, Jack. That sounds oaky.

PLT It's a little hazy down there. Can't

see the clear deep blue of the
water. Nothing like ... zero zero.

CDR 42:54, MODE AUTO.

246 15 42 54 CDR MARK. MODE AUTO ON 190.

PLT Okay, you want me to stand by?

CDR ...

PLT We're going to 46:29, anyway. Not

there yet.

CDR 28, 29, 30, okay -

246 15 43 31 CD_ MARK. We're _here. MO_E reaay.

A ON at 43:40.

PLT Okay, now, Bob, I'm taking data and

I'm at 00 and I have - -

246 15 43 40 CDR MARK.

PLT - - haven't reached 00 time yet,
so maybe that's why I haven't reached
the water coloretion boundsry.

CDR 45:54is -

PLT Five m4nutes fro::here.

CDR Okay. 45:54 for 190.

PLT Keep looking. That's the data

pushbutton you press all this time?

CC All right, Jack, it should start

cooling up right around here for your
speicial zero 1 cross track.
Dump Tape 246-05
Page 4 of 11

246 15 hh 18 PLT Okay, the - uh - water's clear down

there, and I got blue water all the
way, at little bit hazy but - uh -
you can't see the water coloration
boundary at the moment but - uh -
I've got 5 minutes to look for it,
looks like to me, from 45 down to
zero and - uh - So I Just got the
data pushbutton depressed and I'm
taking - uh - DAC pictures at the
rain magnification but I'm looking
around for - uh - difference of
coloration. And if I get it, I'll
61ore onto it. Both sites 8re dovn
there.

PLT Might get it if we could clear the -

close to the coast, I would think.
Any rnte I'm - uh - set for the
nadir swath and whenever it comes
up, I'll use it.

2_6 15 _ 38 PLT Right over Canaries! Right over, got

rxgn_ under the pipper.

CDR 45:54, we're going to go MODE to CHECK.

PLT Hello, down their Canaries, your

doing a great Je'o, babe.

2_6 15 45 57 CDR BEADY out at 46, maybe. READY out

at 46, we're in STANDBY, for the
special instructions, known as pass.
Frame 23. InteZ-_alometer 20.
47:13 we go 190 MODE AUTO.

PLT Here we're coming up on _6:29, which

is where I should really see the
boundary nt 00. So far no boundary.

246 15 46 31 PLT MARK it. That's where it was.

CC Got a handover coming up in about

30 seconds from Madrid; I might
lose your for _ little while.

PLT Okay Bob. We're be here when you get back.

 Dump Tape 2h6-05
/_ Page 5 of ii

CC Hope so.

PLT Huh.

PLT Okay, coming up on the northwest

coast to - uh - Africa, now. Wish
I could find a boundary there.

246 15 47 0_ SPT Okay, Bob, I'm doing a little trouble-

shooting on this visible trigger and -
uh - closure of this microswitch on
the UV mount simply does not
acuate the visible camera down in the
window below. And - uh - verified
all the other connections, and
so - uh - it looks like it would have
to be a multimeter troubleshooting
Job or something like that.

CC Too bad, 0wen. I'ii be with you

agaln through Madrid.

F PLT Okay, we're right over the west coast

where the coastline is split in our

view finder. See the white sand
along thebeach. Rest of its kind of
brown with a little bit of darker
ureas, kinda like - -

CDR Let's see, take this one off. STANDBY

with A, and now go OFF at hS.

246 15 h8 00 CDR A if OFF.

PLT Okay, now it's dropping backdown on

the coast ngA4n. Gonna head inland
a little ways. Up over MOrocco over
Casablanca. Good ...

CDR •.. 190 running. Nice picture.

PLT Okay, there she is, coming to -

uh - Gibralter. There's Gihralter.

CDR The colors are of Hercules ere

visible at the mcemtn, huh? h9:lO.
Dump Tape 2_6-05
Page 6 of 11

PLT ... Gibralter.

PLT There _ are, locked down to

the Straits of Gilbralter.
And now we got to go back
to work.

CDR Have any trouble identifying

em?

CDR _9 :i0.

2_6 15 _9 03 PLT Okay, we're crossing the southern

coast of Spain. Mountainous
area down there. See the
miO

CDR Okay. The intervslometer' s

at 10.

PLT Straight down the river.

- - - _'6T__ ... c .._ _ci_s back to

20.

CDR Right on time, I guess.

PLT Brown and dark colors.

Yeah Mountains with
vegetation on t/_emand
sume ... --
 Dump Tape 246-05
Page 7 of ii

kind of volcanic material, I guess. Okay -

2h6 15 49 35 PLT MARK, gotta to go.

CDR See Don Quixote down there? 50:05 we go

to 20.

246 15 49 51 PLT Now we're nadir swathing.

CDR Swathing it, huh? 50:05.

PLT Okay, we Just left the coast. Camera off.

CDR Okay, intervalometer is now 20. 50:30,

we're going to shutter speed slo_.

PLT Okay, we - uh - Just crossed a little

island down there. Dark island.

CC You'll be coming up on Majorca Just up

ahead.

I-- 2_6 15 50 30 CDR Okay, there it is 50:30. Shutter speed

S&O_ •

PLT You're right, O. - Crip.

CC ... libery.

PLT Over Palma.

CDE There he goes, again.

PLT We don't have any of that up here.

CC Do what?

CDR 30.

PLT Confiscate our liberty cards.

CDR Not until they get a better attitude.

2_6 15 50 53 PLT I'm gonna home in on Minorca for O.

CDR 51 :3_, 192 MODE.
 Dump Tape 246-05
,_ Page 8 of ii

PLT By golly, ther it is. Got some DAC

pictures of _norca. That'll be enough
to remind him.

CDR 51:34, MODE to READY.

PLT Open it a little further, see what else

is on the horizon. There's more land.

CDR 2,3 - -

PLT Corsica. Old Corsica in the field of view.

CDR - - 4. MODE to READY.

246 15 51 38 CDR It's there, 51:40, 190 ...

PLT Put the DAC on Corsica. Little bit of

snow on the mountains down there.

CDR 52 even, we're ready to go to inter-

valometer lO.

PLT Very rugged terrain.

CDR Where are we over Switzerland or over

Italy or what?

PLT Over Corsica.

SPT The Alps are just off to the left.

CDR Say again?

SPT The Alps are Just off to the left.

CDR Okay. I'm on intervalometer 10, we may

be getting some good pictures of them.

PLT Now let's move over to Sardinia, here.

246 15 52 lO CDR I've got 192 data on the old noppy [?].

PLT Very high ridge running through the whole

island of Corsica. Push on to either side
of the sea. Very rugged terrain.

PLT Can you roll your ... to the ... ?

/- Dump Tape 246-05
Page 9 of ll

PLT That's it.

CDR 52:50, we're standing by.

PLT Crossing over Italy.

246 15 52 51 CDR MARK. Stand by. I'm gonna put 190 to

STANDBY in a minute.

CDR Any spaghetti bushes down there?

PLT I see spaghetti growing all over down

there.

CDR Ah, ther it is. Okay, 53:02 VTS AUTO CAL.

Do you think -

PLT There's a water boundary, I'll take a little

data on either side of it.

246 15 53 17 CDR 54 - start S1 maneuver - 15:54 started

S1 maneuver. That's exactly 40 seconds
from now.

PLT Okay, that's Just about the right time.

CDR All right.

PLT Took a little data off the - uh - north-

east coast of Italy - uh - water boundary
there, Crip - uh -

CC How's the time? As far as what's loaded?

PLT Oh -

CC Maneuver time looks good.

PLT How about that! Now that's the way

to operate, by golly!

246 15 53 45 CC Okay, Owen, you might check the visible

cotmter - uh - visible camera countdown
timer - Correction -, countdown counter
to see if it's at zero. All that Palma
liberty got to me.

SPT Yeah.
/_ Dump Tape 2_6-05
Page i0 of ii

CDR Yeah.

SPT It is counting down _roperly, it's

sitting on 26 now and it is counting - -

PLT MARK. SI right on the money. No mibs.

One mib, 2 mibs, B, B mibs on number 1
there. We got no mibs going into Z-LV,
by the way.

246 15 54 1B CC Copy. See you at Honeysuckle at 16:29,

16 :29.

PLT Okeydoke, sey you at Australia.

CC No problem on the mibs.

CDR All right.

PLT (Whistle)
I--

PLT Are we in it - _ell_ I guess. Yeah.

CDN What 'd we come up?

246 15 54 59 PLT Well, we're coming up over - uh - the

Black Sea. Carp - Carp - Carpathian
Mountains, over Romania we 're going
nowhere - no, w_'re not crossing the
Black Sea, we're crossing the mountains
over there. Khar'Kov, Just south of
Kiev, Russia.

CDR Okay.

PLT North of Rostov, north of Mobilgrad and

Kapushnar.

CDR Okay.

PLT Be dark there. Getting dark, dark on

the ground.

2h6 15 55 26 CDR READY ON at 55:42. Actually it'll be a little

bit later, I guess, about 4 seconds late
on this cal. I couldn'tget there from here.
 Dump Tape 246-05
f--" Page Ii of ii

PLT How come my little dinger didn't go

off?

CDR I don't know.

PLT Remind me.

CDR Try to put it on here.

PLT It is on, I just couldn't hear it.

Thank you for reminding me.

PLT ... 10. Okay, that's what we're -

the power's - -

246 15 55 52 CDR Adn the name of the game is EREP stop,

that's it. Okay, power down this little
bird.

PLT ... for 5 minutes INHIBIT TACS.

F- CDR Okaylet'scheckit -

PLT ... ±ong, ou_ it is.

CDR Prep.

CDR I'll voice record B-7 if noboby minds -

okay, B-7, 31 percent, 31 percent; 192 door
coming closed. I'll close and latch
190 window if you don't mind, I'll do
that.

PLT How about doing that?

CDR Okay.

246 15 56 36 PLT We got some more VTS sites. Next thing

on the ops pad is - uh - what's next?
That's the EREP number 13, ...

OF TAPE
• I_D Tape 246-06
Time: 1638-1802 GMT
_-_ 9/3/73
" Page 1 of 9

246 16 38 05 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on c_-nnel A

debriefing the 8063 run Just completed.
Information goes to the S063 PIs,
Wally Teague, and Js_k Lew. Now we had a
problem with that visible c--__ra, which
I talked about on the real time down-link.
Uh - the visible camera would not trigger.
But it turned out that we had a piece of
tape on the battery in order to prevent
inadvertent triggering when we've had it
down at the window. And - uh - I didn't
get that piece of tape off. So that's
the reason that that didn't work, and
I'Ll have - put in the checklist an item
•to check that earlier in the run. I
could have found it - uh - this morning,
I think, if there had been more time
on the Flight Plan.

2_6 16 38 _2 SPT As it turned out I - uh - m--_ed

to get down to the point where I picked
r that one extra fr-_e before the run,
_ust about 3 or 4 minutes prior to the run.
An_ _nere was _ust no uppor_u_i_y _or
to - uh - uh - uh - psyche the problem
out, and - uh - figure - uh - the
difficulty in time to get it fixed.
Uh - checked the microswitches and
check the - lever - cocked - uh - all
that. But I didn't get the problem
figured out until after the run. Uh -
in general, I like to get these th_ngs
set up ahead of the operation and get that
work to the Flibht Plan, l'd much
appreciate it, 'cause I don't llke to
have a prep which cempletes and
_m-_diately go into the operation. If
there's any way to separate those with
_other activity, I'd prefer to do it
that way. Now back to the run itself. I
started with a UV fr--_s r_4n_ng on 26,
and ended with the UV frames re-_ing
on 15. That is - uh - get that Bravo
Victor 15. Did I say 15? I didn't
 Dump Tape 246-06
_--o Page 2 of 9

mean that. I started with the frames

remaining 26, and ended with frames
remaining 11, eleven. That's a total
of 15 frames used. Now, on the pad,
there are 11 fr-m_s scheduled for data.

2_6 16 _0 01 SPT In addition, I took one extra frame at

the beginning to make sure that the set up
was working. That's - uh - i UV frame,
the visible of course did not trigger.
That's where I found out I had a problem.
Uh - that still leaves - uh - 3 fra-_=s - uh -
unaccounted. Uh - 11 data plus i at the
beginning. One extra UV frame was taken
between frames 7 and 8 on your pad.

2_6 16 _0 32 SPT That's the one that required - uh - two

photographs of the same target. Now
- uh - the reason that an extra DV photograph
was made there is because - uh - I did not
drive the lever far enough to lift that cam above
the point where it would retrip the UV
_ camera as I returned the drive mechanism
to the startln_ point. The _am_ _bln_
that happened last time, and I think it's
going to happen every time. Uh - you're
in a big hurry at that point to - uh -
move your drive _echanism back to it's
initial position so you can get back on
the target. As i said on the preceeding
run, there simply is not time to do th-t.
I'm - uh - even more convinced now that it
is not possible _o get a MARK in the center
of your field with a DV camera, then drive
heyond that cam, raise the cam - the lever
with that cam, bring it back below that point,
reengag the drive mechanism, reset your
cam, and change the filters.

2_6 16 _i 38 SPT And then drive up the and track the same
target. That's simply as unreasonable task.
We never practiced that in - uh -
simulation because we had no accurate
simulators. We only sort of walked through
the operation. We didn't really realize
how fast the - the ground target was
moving. And if you'll pin up that
 Dump Tape 2_6-06
Page 3 of 9

simulator and really time it from the

point where it crosses the - uh - middle
of the field of view where UV camera
trips, then go through all the steps beyond
that, I think you'll find that it's it an
unreasonable task. And I think there's
no point in trying to schedule -uh - two
photographs with two filters on the same
ground target. There is simply not time
to do it. Now one way to perhaps get
around to it - would be to alter the
procedure, and allow - uh - a manual
exposure doom low in the field as soon as the
target comes into field of view.

246 16 42 32 HPT And Just press the timer once with your
left hand. Then stay on the target and
- uh - perhaps - uh - with the same left
hand, switch your filters and then press
it again. Now that might work. That would
be a change in the procedures and it would
/-_ be worth a try. But this Business of - uh -
trackin_ uw through the - uh - normal place where
the UV triggers, and then going through the
full steps to bring it back to the
original position, is Just not a practical
scheme. So - uh - that was where the
second UV fr_,e - uh - went. Now in
addition to that: step 8, I was supposed
to switch filters to 3200. I believe in
the hurry to do that, I did not from 32 to
27, excuse me.

246 16 43 18 SPT I think I left it at 3200, so you probably

had two 3,200 - _h - photographs with a
2-second exposure. Now obviously it's
not of a same target, although there was
a attempt to do that. And that leaves
- uh - two others - uh - outstanding, and
I don't know where those two UV frames
went. It's quite possible that on - uh -
uh - another of the - uh - UV photographs
I did not drive beyond the point where the
camera hit that trip lever. So they
could have disappeared in that direction.
So I can account for 13 of the 15, and I
don't know where the other 2 went. That
leaves us with ii frames on Bravo Victor 15,
 Tape 2_6-06
"_ Page 4 of 9

and in terms of a visible - uh photography,

we started on 3_, took about two manually
and - uh - that's all that we should chalk up to
- uh - S063. Uh - there were so_e more
frames taken with that camera, but - uh -
uh - not S063 work.

246 16 44 27 SPT And - uh - all of the MARIC_ for the UV

photography are on channel A. And - uh -
I'm very hopeful that will pin point
precisely - uh - the ground location at which
the UV photographs were made. Uh - they
were obviously taken near the center of
travel of the - uh - tracking arcs
because that's where the UV photographs are
automatically triggered. So it looks
to me as if no data was lost because of the
fact that we do not have visible photography.
And Just the fact that you won't have a
record of it, you'll actually know precisely
where it was, but - uh - you'll not have
a ground picture uh - to relate those UV
/_ photographs to.

2_6 16 45 I0 SPT So - uh - I'd appreciate your comments on

whether or not - uh - most of it was over
water, and - uh - uh - of course if you
were looking for a correlation with clouds
or something, you'll not have that except
from the EREP data.
246 16 45 27 SPT It's possible that some of the ER]_
data was being taken during that interval,
and - uh - that can be used - uh - for - uh -
correlating, or far substituting the visible
photography. Uh - end of message from
the SPT to 8063 PIs, Wally Teague and
Jack Lew.

246 16 _6 44 _FI' Uh - SPT is back on channel A with

information for the S063 Pls Wally Tcague
and Jack Lew. I Just checked with Jack Lou-ma
tO verify that, and it does look llke there
Is - uh - a PAC photography -11 during
that same ..., looking uh - straight
down to the - Z axis. So it looks like
that should be equ_11y good - uh - or at
 Du_ Tape 246-06
/'_ Page 5 of 9

least a comparable substitute for the

- uh - visible camera. And - uh - we
- uh - dO have all the times on cb-nnel A
to get it from. End of message from the

SPT Testing i, 2, 3 - -

2_6 16 _8 _ SPT Uh - SPT is back on channel A with

another comment for S063 Pls Wally Teague,
Jack Lew. I - uh - Just put on the tape
recorder here, I think, a few m_nutes ago
a fairly lengthly explanation of - uh -
the UV frame counter. - How the - uh -
how the frames were accounted for, and
a discussion of - uh - of substituting the
DAC photographs for the - uh -
visible photography which was missing.
Also some discussion of - uh - _hat I
_elieve to be an tmreasonable task of getting
two UV photographs, different wavelengths
of the same ground target. Now if that
f- stuff did not get on channel A, I would
_yr=ci=_ _ _ulce c_il up [L.u_ r_,he ground
via the CAPCOMM to let me know that that
information should be repeated.

2_6 16 49 35 SPT So - uh this - uh - request needs to be

handled as rapidly as possible to 5_t
that request over to the CAPCO_@Iso I can
get the information down promptly. End
of message from the _%TT.
 Dump Tape 246-06
Page 6 of 9

246 16 05 Oh SPT One more comment to add to that. Uh -

the - uh - PLT has noticed the fact that
all across the Atlantic where this
0 zone photography was being done - uh -
the weather was essentially cloud-free.
Obviously no landmarks, and, essentially,
very few clouds were seen. So I think
the ground, or the surface terrain is -
uh - apt to be very beautiful for the
whole pass• End of - uh - postscript.

246 16 52 20 SPT Okay, SPT on channel A. With information

for the }4110 PIs and Dr. Paul Buchanan
and anyone interested in - uh - hematology
urinalysis. The - uh - blood draw
went very nicely this morning, the -
uh - ASPs used on mission day 38, are
CDR, serial 185, SPT serial 167, PLT
serial 154. Now - uh - I also took
specific gravity this morning - -

246 16 53 20 SPT The specific gravlty of the first

F urine samples are as follows: Commander

Jack had 1.033. 0wen had 1.028. A

re-check of the refractometer after these
measurements showed zero water with a
reading of 1.0035. And the - uh -
modifications - the attempt to recalibrate
the refractometer - uh - was discussed
last night on the ground loop. Essentially
the screw could be backed out s]1 the
way above the - uh - surface, and the
reading will not drop below 1.0035. I
therefore put the screw back in until the
reading started up, and then sealed it
at that point. So I assume the
refractometer is down in the linear range
at this point, and you can get - uh -
some good measurements from it.

246 16 54 30 SPT If there's any question, I would sug-

gest that you take a - uh - similar
refractometer on the ground, simply
drive the screw into a measured
1.0035, and - uh - then see how much it
changes - uh - other measurements -
uh - in the vicinity of 0020 and 0030,
where ours are running. And it also
 Dump Tape 246-06
/'- Page 7 of 9

looks like a new refractometer for SLIV

would be in order. Okay, the next thing
was the campil - the hemoglobin measure-
•ment uSing capillary blood fr_n the
finger prick.

246 16 55 09 SPT First measurement on A1, using my right

eye, numbers are: 14.2, 13.7, 13.9, 14.0,
13.7, lB.7. Using my left eye there
were: 14.2, 14.0, l_.0 14.1, 14.1, 14.1.
On Jack's blood, we Just took a prick, my
right eye: 17.0, 17.5, 17.4, 17.4, 17.3,
17.1. With my left eye: 17.6, 17.6,
17.5, 17.6, 17.4, 17.4. On my own blood,
Owen, right eye: 15.3, 15.2, 15.4, 15.4,
15.2. With my left eye: 15.7, 15.6,
15.6, 15.5, 15.5, 15.5. Electrically
for hemoglovin measurements : they _I I
look pretty consistent; I hope they are
accurate. My left eye as is the case
us_11y, show a couple of tenths higher
than my right eye. Maybe a little bit
f smaller scatter also. And - uh - that
_es care oi" II_, hemagoollm, aria
specific gravity for mission day - what
are we up to - 38. Right. End of
message to - to M]10 PIs Steve Kimsy,
Paul Buchanan and any others interested
in hematology urinalysis.

246 17 33 08 CDR Say, this is the CDR debriefing the

run that occurred at 16:45. I made some
comments about it previously; let me
mention a couple of more. The PAD went
Just as planned. At the completion of
the PAD, lwent over to active region 12
because it didn't look like you were
giving it a lot of attention today, and
thought it might be a good - uh - shop-
ping list item. Did shopping llst item -
uh - uh - uh - 13 because I noticed you'd
been giving a lot of those to other
active regions; thought you were interested.
Filter 3 got 7-minute exposure there.
Meantime I did a mirror auto raster on
the site, and then started a grating
auto scan. Grating auto scan is still in
progress, about 4000 frames with 245 to
#" go. I'm expecting, you know, pretty good
 D_p Tape 246-06
. /._ Page 8 of 9

data on that. Certainly more than

nothing. And - uh - looks like we got a
lot of active regions at the moment, but
there's none of them that are p_tieularly
standing out relative to any other right
now.

2_6 17 36 02 CDR Okay, this is the CDR with some information

for the hand-held photograph. I - uh -
did look down and take 3 pictures with
the - uh - 500-millimeter lens and
300 millimeter Midon on the plains of ...
It was right there. I'm pretty sure that
I completely eomvered that _rea. I looked
then with the bionoculars to try to see
anything of interest. It was good and
clear down there. Uh - near the mountains
towards the south part of - uh - that area
I could see some marks on the dirt - the
plains. I was not able to tell whether
they represented a spider or a landing
field or anything else _ .but there was
certainly a - lot of straight lines
/- kind of criss-cross.

246 17 36 46 CDR Now, next time I go over I'll try to have

the bionocluars a little better adjusted;
I'll use the gyro stabilized binoculars,
which are the best ones we have, and see
if there's anything else I can see. I
think we ought to quit taking pictures of
it maybe because ,-e've got plenty. But -
uh - think we ought to try to keep
track of the ... And appreciate it if you
would send up some information and tell
us what we're looking for exactly. The
words sexcribing exactly where it is
relative to me finding that little mouse
down there. CDR out.

256 17 45 53 SPT Ckay, information goes to Dr. Steve K_m_ey,

and Mll0 PEs. A note here - uh - on
Med Status Report tods_v, indicates that
the ASP serial numbers for the third and
fourth runs have not been found. Please
recort these numbers. Uh - I do not have
records of those serial numbers, and if I
should go into the - uh - uring try to

find out - to try to establish which the

 Dump Tape 246-O6
Page 9 of 9

third and fourth runs were, I run the

possibility of getting them mixed up.
Now they're already clor-coded with the
red_ white, blue colors for each man,
end - uh - they are particularly for these
early runs, in exactly the correct slots
that the original Flight Plans and any
other alterations that /lave been up-licked
from the gorudn required. So all fo the
blood is in the proper slot, particularly
on these early rungs. I'm sure that
there's been no deviation there.

246 17 46 58 SPT The only possiblity for an error, it seems

to me, is that since we take 3 samples
each time and - %Lh - that leaves one ...
extra containers. There's a possibility
that the same nam nay have been the - uh -
solo contributor to the same - to that
one container. In other words, he got
into that container on the first run, and
then also on the second run he was the
one odd man out contributed to the same
_ container.

246 17 47 27 SPT Now if that shou/d be true, at this

point I have how ay to establish whether
it was the first sample or the second
sample, in n_ example. So it's no - itls
of no value for Ke to try to p1_]] the
urine trays out and establish that now.
I think the best thing to do, as soon as
these uring tray_ come out is to very
earei%_]]y to observe Just what comes out
every slot. And then you can establish -
uh - with this one possible one source of
error exactly who is in what container.
And so - uh - I'm doing nothing else on
this request for serial numbers - uh -
because I'm giving you all the inform_tiom
I have, and if I try to get into the
urlng container, it's apt to get it mixed
up. And I think that it's better to
leave it Just as it is and let it all get
logged very carfully on removal on the
ground. _d of this messsge from the SPT
to Dr. Steve Dimsey, and MII0 Pls.

_VD OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 246-07
Time: 1853-2002 GMT
9/4/73
Page1 of 6

246 18 54 XX CDR Okay this is the CDR with some information

that goes to Dr. Bill Thornton, and other
Biomedical perso_mel interested in weight.
I just did - uh - 1y2 PR-1; wanted to tell
you what I was wearing. I was wearing
a watch, just had lunch, wearing - carrying
a pencil, had on my shorts, T-shirt, socks,
and had my ring on. Here they go. Zero
weight: 628380, 638335, 628176, 627909,
286704. Now that's - uh - with no weight.
Now I put the 50 gram weight in my sock.
Here's what I read: 628349, 628125,
618418, 628852, 628306. Okay, then I'm
put - took the 50 gram weight out again
and here's what I read: 628810, 628533, 628471,
628406, 628079. Then I put in a 150 gram
weight. The both of them together, in
other words. And I read this: 629636, 629233,
6]8598, 6]9003, 628822. That's the
information for Dr. Bill Thornton - uh - i
ah and other interested in the Biomed area
of weight, or }4172. CDR'out.
w-

two or three days ago. I don't remember

which day it was, but there's some question
as to whether or not you have the data - uh -
I have it here, and I will repeat it.
And - uh - you can compare it with that
which you already have, and if it is - uh -
uh - the same dats, then - uh - throw
it away. If not, why - uh - then you can
use it. Uh - the first - uh - test I
didwas the BMMD repeatability test.
And I got the - uh - following numbers:
for the first - uh - time, in I got 6.973,
6.971, 6.971, 6.974, 6.976. And I did
it one more time, and I got: 6.971, 6.972,
6.974, 6.974, 6.975. I then did the B_94D
subject stability test. And uh - ... the
cue card - uh - step number 5 was as follows:
6.991, 6.991, 6.995, 6.993, 6.994. And
uh - if I didn't do enough - uh - steps
 Dump Tape 246-07
Page 2 of 6

for the repeat ability test then you

can - uh - take that step 5 there and
ad it to the - uh - repeatability test - uh -
minus the weight of the - uh
-repeatability test - uh - minus the weight
of the - uh - extra strap. Step 6
of the - uh - stability test was this:
6.986, 6.989, 6.991, 6.990. Step 7: 6.983,
6.991, 6.982, 6.990, 6.985. Step 8
was 6.986, 6.984, 6.988, 6.993, 6.991.
Step 9 was 6.998, 6.995, 6.990, 6.991,
7.002. Uh - M172 - uh - FR-1. And - uh -
I got the following five readings with
no extra weight: 6.969, 6.974, 6.970, 6,971,
6,973.

246 19 02 19 PLT The I put a 50 gram weight on me and I

got: 6.972, 6.981, 6.976, 6.976, 6.973.
I put the I00 gram weight on me and I
got: this is i00 _otal, not 150, but
i00 by itself. I got: 6,972, 6.974,
6.969, 6.973, 6.972, so an additional
/- _0 grams doesn't do much.

246 19 02 54 PLT And then I put ])oth of those together,

and I got 150 grams - uh - tucked away
in - uh - my - uh - along with me. And
I weighed the following: 6.976, 6.974,
6.970, 6.975, and 6.973. Again there was - uh -
appreciable chang. But - uh - so that
the total - uh - set data for the - uh -
last BMMD repeataLility test, subject
stability test, and PR-1, which I did two or
three _ys ago. If there's any questions Just
give me a call. Thank you.

246 19 09 18 PLT Hello, space fans, this is Jack on

channel A and the subject is S019. This
information goes to Dr. Carl Heinize.
We're starting with the - uh - 19 ii run
on day 246. This will be a 900 second
unwidened exposure on field 107.
Rotation 62.1 is doublechecked and tilt
of 19.5, is double checked. The NU z on

the pad is minus 2.2; the NU in the

z
Dump Tape 246-07
Page 3 of 6

spacecraft is minus 2.2 also. No

correction required. The prism is there
by the BN, and we are working film
cauister serial number 003. In a
moment we'll - uh - start this exposure.
Film hatch is open. And - uh - we got
about a minute to go before we can start
the exposure. Nine h_ndred seconds,
works out to be 15 minutes flat. It'll
be 15 minutes on my watch.

246 19 l0 37 SPT Uh - Jack could I have a couple of

minutes on that - channel A here, or
are you about ready to go?

PLT Uh - I'm going to - uh - start an

exposure here in about 30 seconds, and
I'd like to get MARK in. And then after
that it's your for - uh - 15 minutes, O.

SPT Okay, fine I'll just stand by.

PLT Okay, thank you.

246 19 ll 15 PLT Okay, stand by to open the shutter.

I had to go and pick a slide. Slide
Rh_I'HACTED. Back to close. Getting my
watch off so I can punch ... at the same
time.

246 19 ll 28 PLT MARK. Shutter OPEN; the watch is started;

frame number 128 field lO_, a 15-minute
exposure. And we'll be going off the air
now and - uh - checking in with you later and
uh - turning the recorder over to my friend
Dr. Garriott. It's yours, Owen.

246 19 ii 47 SPT Okay, thank you there Jackson. And I

wanted to debrief the last ATM pass with
information to the ATM PIs and planners.
Uh - we had word at the beginning of the
orbit that there migh t have been a filament
lifting off from the - uh - west limb over
about 110/1. I took a look there at the fila-
ment - uh - was clear. At lesst the foot of
the filament was obvious in H-alpha. It
did not appear to he moving, however. Uh -
I did take data for S055 - uh - 56. Uh -
 Dump Tape 246-07
f-_ Page 4 of 6

then went back to Sun center - uh - uh -

did two building block 2s at two different
rolls as requested on the ATM schedule. Uh -
no - uh - obvious transient underway in the
corona, particularly near the west limb.

246 19 12 33 SPT Looked very carefully. Uh - your one notable

feature of the corona at this point is the
very thin narrow - uh - bright spikes that
extend out the east limb. Uh - it's been
there for a couple of days and I assumed
was related to active region 15. I may be
mlstaken. Uh - but - uh - it's still
there today. It may have been narrower
and brighter than it was before. Uh -
surveyed the active regions quickly with-
out taking any data because they all seem
to have clear potential but - uh -
none - uh - has the beginnings of any - uh -
activity. I went back to the - uh - took
a couple of mirror auto rasters. Took five
at - uh - different grating scads; 756 and
/'_ 1153, I believe, for - uh - differen_t oxygen
ionization ±eve±s. And also wor_ec in a
couple of long exposoures for S056. And of
course, the S054 exposures that were
requested in the - uh Sun center position.
And that about filled out the last orbit.
This goes to the ATM PIs and planners from
the SPT.

246 19 26 34 PLT Okay, space fans, here we are back

again with S019. We're getting ready
to close the shutter on - uh - frame 128,
field 107 the - uh -15 minute ex -
_widened exposure. Stand by.

246 19 26 °_7 PLT MARK. Precisely 15 minutes. Next

one is 960-second unwidened exposure ;
we'll - uh - have time to run that one.
And we start here at 158.8. I will in a
minute, A1, I'm cranking this around_ 158.8 is
set in rotation and the tilt 27.4. Okay,
doublecheck those now: 158.8. 27.4.
This is 960 seconds unwidened, which is
precisely 16 minutes. And the time is
now 27 and a half, 43 and a half. We got to quit.
 Dump Tape 246-07
Page 5 of 6

Sunrise is not til 45, so we're in

fat city. That means we're going to
make it. So we go to SLIDE RETRATED.
Stand by to open the shutter.

2_6 19 27 41 PLT MARK. Shutter OPEN. Clock started.

The frame number is 129. This is a
960-second exposure on file Lima Mike
Charlle, L, M and C. lll may be. And -
uh - since this takes quite awhile, why
I'll just set my little timer here, and
we'll go off the air, but - uh - don't
go away little lady, we'll be back.

2h6 19 43 31 PLT Okay, here we are with S019 again, folks.

Uh - we're about to terminate exposure
number 129 on - uh - field IMC, L_m_,
Mike, Charlie, 16 minutes.

246 19 43 41 PLT MARK. Shutter CLOSED. And that's the end

of this pass. And - uh - sunrise doesn't
/-- come for a whole minute yet. So we're well
ahead of schedule, and - uh - we completed
the - desired objective for this pass.
And - uh - this information on SO19 goes to -
uh - Dr. Carl Hen_ze. That's the end of
the message.

246 20 00 49 CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I Just completed the -

uh - cinerator adjustment on 192. It
went well except for one minor item. After
I got finished - uh - with 192 con-
tinvator adjustment, I was looking down
at the bottom of the page, and it says
"If you lose reference, you cam go Clockwise
a certain number of turns." I tried that
Just for fun, even though I hadn't lost
reference. And only ... go 5-1/8 turns.
I went l0 complete turns; that's 20 half-
turns, clockwise, and - uh - uh - I hadn't
hit the stop yet. So I _mmed safely back
down to 20 turns-20 half turns or lO turns,
and left it there; at that same count ....
goes l0 turns without hitting the stop,
and you think it only goes 5-1/8, you
/'-" Dump Tape 2h6-07
Page 6 of 6

could have a problem, all right. But I

think the thing to do is after each run
check it, and have them fool with it ,
because that could be your main problem.
CDR out.

246 20 02 00 CDR By the way, that information goes to

EREP. And - uh - the EREP officers
I think will be interested in - uh -
S192 adjustment. CDR out.

END ,OF TAPE

F
 -" Tape246-o8
Time: 2225-2235 GMT
• 913173
_ Page i of 2 ---

246 22 25 40 PLT Okay, space fans, this is Jack on channel A,

_ebriefing the last ATM run, which began at
21:23. They ran off a JOP 6. And the - uh -
JOP 2-Alpha, both of the, with no problem.
Got the data you wanted there and observed your
roll there also - uh - so that 82A would
be happy. And - uh - that was done - uh -
right in that J0P - uh - JOPE 3
s - Delta. And - uh - we - uh - made
the - uh - 82B's come out for
54 seconds in auto. We used the
timer. And - uh - it cuts it off in
AUTO Just fine. Uh - what I did there
was to - uh - find the - uh -
neutral line, which was pretty evident in
active region 9. MY first - uh -
J0P 2-Delta was taken - uh -
15 - of - uh - the neutral line.
The second JOP 2-Delta was taken right
on the neutral line, and the third
was taken west of the neutral line.

246 22 26 38 PLT
........
+_....
So - uh - that pretty much - uh -
_ - deb i fi
on that REV, and we'll pick you
up on the next, one. Thank you.

246 22 26 51 CDR Okay, thi_ is the CDR. We've Just

started 92 on the SPT, Dr. Owen K.
Garriott. He - uh - measures
a 12-1/2 inches on his right claf,
and 12-5/8 inches on his left. All
the rest of the equipment is
standard equipment we use for Dr.
Hilii ard.

246 22 27 i01 CDR CDR out. I will be back on from time

to time. The less you hear frem m,e
the more you know that the N_nl s
going nominally.

246 22 33 42 CDR Okya, this is the CDR again. When

we got down to about a little before
18 minutes - about about 18:30, we
dsicovered that the irises were not
tight enough around Owen's - uh -
 Dump Tape 246-08
W -_ Page 2 of 2

stomach, so we elected, rather

than - uh - adjust them - uh - with
vacuum on, I dropped the vacuum
to zero adjusted them quickly
theu I got 30 on by 18minutes.
So, I don't believe that this will
affect any of your data. C -
M%ybe I should rephase that mud say
that it doesn't. I don't believe
it - uh - it - uh - will affect
the validity of the test_ in my
own opinion, sc I don't plan to run
it agiau, unless - uh - told -
uh - otherwise.

246 22 34 21 CDR CDR out.

E_D OF TAPE
Dump
Time :Tape 247-01 (_4T
0017-0023
9/h/73
1of
3

247 00 17 47 SPT Okay, this is the SPT on channel A.

And I want to talk about M07 - or uh -
M171. That goes to their PIs in
particular, John Rtu_mol and Ed Michel,
and - uh - anyone else interested in
the - uh - metabolic analyzers. Now
following our M171 normal run in MODE II -
uh - we took the 5-minute rest and then
set - uh - for the - uh - MODE I run
exactly as on the cue card on the back
of the M093 observer cue card. In
particular, we followed down, after the
MITI complete, until we got to the point
where the tape recorder should have been
turned off. And we did not turn them
off. And we - uh - then attached the -
uh - extra inhalation hose and picked
up at the start of }4171 run, on the
observer uce card and went right on down
the line. The title, where we picked up, was
"Mlyl run." So - uh - I was then going to run
uh - option A - _o it all in MODE I.

247 00 18 55 SPT But during the first 5 minutes of MODE I

I no_ice_ tna_ _he o ao_s were no_
reasonable - uh +.he 2 generally were running
from 20 to 50 _pe[¢cent higher than the
MA CO 2. Uh - t_e CO 2 - dot was running
about as expectel, Just about like the
MI71 run prior _o this. The M C02-dot
was - uh - subst:_ntially too high. Now
it wasn't as much too hgih as it was -
uh - their error was a factor of about
6. I've forgotten whether it was hgih or
low, but it was about a factor of 6 in
there. But still the 02-dot was 20 to 50
percent too high., it appeared. So after
5 minutes in MODE I - uh - A1 switched to -
uh - MODE 2 - uh - for 5 minutes. And we
Just - uh - compared the numbers there to
make sure they were reasonable and they looked
4 _-_ Dump Tape 247-01
Page 2 of 3

Just llke they had for the preceding

171 run in MODE II. So it looked as
if everything was still - uh - working
correctly. All the setup was accurate
and ... MODE 2.

2h7 00 19 56 SPT So at the end of i0 minutes, when I

increased the workload, we again switched
back to MODE I and completed the last
l0 minutes at work-level B, all in MODE I
and the - uh - dot - 02-dot - uh - numbers
uh - appeared quite erratic. Our number i
minute - uh - readout looks fairly
reasonable. But after that, they were
as high as 50 percent about the - uh -
C02-dot. So I - uh - uh - think there
must be either something wrong still
with MODE I or you have an unusually large
calibration error that you know about and
I don't - -

247 00 20 27 CDR 0wen, the checklist says continue down the

doesn't really set you up right.

SPT Okay, and A1 just mentioned another

alternative and that is, if the - uh - cue
card checklist - uh - might - uh - be in error
so that we don't enter, the right place.
And so I will rel,art again Just what we did.
We followed righ_ down through the 171 run
until we got to "experiment recorder turn
off" _ud we did not - we stopped there,
short of turning off the recorders. We
then picked up at the title "MITI run."
Except that we selected MODE II. So you
might verify that's the correct procedure
and also let us klow what you think of the
data on - uh - this - uh - uh - MODE -
uh - I attempt. Uh - That's the end of the
message from the SPT for - uh - Ed Michel,
John B_n,mel, and others interested in
metabolic anyalIser performance.
)

_-_ Dump Tape 247-01

Page 3 of 3

247 00 21 48 CDR This is the CDR now for ... still

continuing on 171. This eveing for
on lyl l'm gonna give you the cabin air.
Uh - PERCENT 02, 62.3; PERCENT H20 , 3.74;
PERCENT C02, 2.20.

END OF TAPE

F
/

• ill
 Dump Tape 247-02
T_-_ : 0140-0246-G_r
9/4/73
_ Page 1 of 13

2_T Ol 40 4_ PLT Okay, sp_ee fans, this is Jack

on c_-nnel A. The subject tonight is S073
T025. We're about to begin our - uh -
first exposure. Stand by for
a mark on exposure i, it's
going to be 2 minutes long. We're
coming up on i_i.

2M7 01 41 01 PLT MARK. Shutter is open. Our

first exposure -

PLT Okay, we're still working on

cur first exposure - uh -
for T025/S073.

PLT And, we're about to terminate

it. I'll give you a mark,
than we'll go right into the
next one. That's going to be
minutes long. Stand by.

247 01 43 01 PLT MARK. Shutter closed.

Stand by for shutter open.
(La,1_ter)

247 01 43 06 PLT MARK. Shutter open.

PLT One minute.

PLT I'm going to go off the

recorder while we're waiting
an_ I'll be back shortly.
Stand by, don't go away.

247 Ol 47 56 PLT Okay, here we are again,

space fans. We're going to
secure the second exposure.
Stand hy.

2_7 01 48 06 PLT MARK, shutter closed. We'll

go to the next one now. Stand by.

247 01 48 13 PLT MARK, shutter open. I th4nk

we've got them switched around ,_
her a little bit. I think - uh - :
• _ Dump Tape 247-02
Page 2 of 13

that was a five minute exposure.

Kina of lost track here - uh -
working my watch the way I did.
.. So tell you what we'll do, we'll
make this a 4 minute exposure.
Just m-ke sure it's right on the
record that the first one is
2 minutes, the second one is
5 minutes, the third one is
minutes. And I'll do a
better Job in keeping track. Uh -
zero's exactly at 1 plus 41.
Took a two minute exposure, that
would have been 43, and the
third was i_ediately on the
next one. It was 48 when I counted
terminated it, so that must
have been 5 minutes. Now we're
going to go up to 52 and I got
my second hand - uh - restarted
here so, - Just remember the order
that they're in and - uh -
it shouldn't be any problem at all.
It'll be 2 minutes, 5 minutes,
_utes, and 6 minutes.
And - uh - we're - uh - 1 minute
into the - uh - four minute
exposure at this time. I'll go
off the air for a little longer
and be back in a little while.
Stand by to close.

2_7 01 52 14 PLT MARK, shutter closed. And we'll

start a new one here. Stand by.

247 Ol 52 26 PLT MARK, shutter's open. Okay, the

shutter is open on our last
frame and - uh - that's - uh -
supposed to be 6 minutes, but
it's only going to be about
5-1/2. Don't forget the 178 -
uh - before the time is up. And
in between this - uh - 3rd and 4th
exposure here. - uh - I touched
the button Just very lightly
once or twice and - uh - ripped
 Dump Tape 247-02
" _ Page 3 of 13

off a couple of very quick

frames that won't have anything on
'era, but - uh - we're starting
successfully now on our last frame,
and so there'll be - uh - couple
of frames - uh - gone frc_ practice
in there. Practice and operating -
uh - shutter button. And - uh - . _
while this is t_m4ng out until - uh -
two minutes to two why we'll - uh -
gO off the air and he back in a
little while.

247 01 57 38 PLT Okay, we're getting ready to

terminate this last exposure on -
uh - S073/T027. My friend AI Bean's
gonna give me a mark when the
mission clock says 58. I
notice you didn't leave me any t_e
in between exposures here so, you can't
expect to get a full 6 minute
exposure in the last one.
f- That's 2,4,6, that's 6 Ii.

CDR Stand by.

PLT Stand by.

2_70l 57 57 CDR MA_K.

247 01 58 00 PLT MARK. Shutter closed. And

that turned out to be a
five minute and 33 second
exposures. Now, as I was saying,
let's see, you added up - uh -
6 ii 17 minutes worth of exposure -
from - uh - one plus four one,
to one plus 58. Yeah, you can
turn 'am all on. What I'm saying
is you gave me 17 minutes for this
17 minutes worth of exposure. So,
if you want to have your numbers
in - precise, you're going to have to -
uh - lenghten the time that we
can work, or shorten the
exposure by - uh - 30 seconds
or so, so that we can - uh - have
_ _ of 13
Tape 2h7-02

t1-_ to stop our watch, reset

it to zero, and start it over
again, and tripthe shutter,
and so forth. Uh - that's the
reason the last exposure wasn't
the I_,11 6 minutes. Now, we've
got to record the fr_s on _- : ::
the back of here. And it's frame four. __: : :
We started at ii and we ended up
with four. So, I - uh - guess I -.
took three for practice in there
somewhere. Yeah, you can turn the
light on. Uh - and that - and
that occurred between the - uh -
3rd and 4th exposure. WJen I was -
uh - trying to set my watch,
finger - uh - inadvertently touched
the button. But I didn't - I
_ver did - take it off once the
exposure was started. So we got
three real short ones, but the
ones that I gave you are exact of
f" length - uh - 2,5,4, and about 5-1/2 mlnutes
in length. So that - uh - concludes
SO73/T027 for this evening.
And if you want to do this
again sometime, why - uh -
_on't be afraid to c_11 and ask us.
That's a]1 for this evening.

2_7 02 00 19 PLT End of message. Than_ you.

PLT Oh - uh - by the way - uh -

I don't know exactly who this - uh -
information is gonna go to. I
imagine ultimately it's going to
wind up in Dr. Dunklem_n's
hands hut - uh - in interim time -
uh - you can probably start with
our friend Waily Teague over
there. He's the guy that wrote the
procedures and Jack Law for
Martin LIU. Those guys will
probably have a good idea where
to - uh - where to send it.
If there's any questions, Just
have them let us know. Th--_ you.
 Dump Tape 247-02
- _ Page 5 of 13

247 02 02 13 SPT SPT on chAn_el A, with a note

to the ATM, PI's and pl_ners,
and also in particular, to
Paul Patterson and A1 Holt.
It has to do with the way we are
Znrnning - uh - the XUV M0N - uh -
and the electronic crosshairs.
Uh -we found it convenient to ...-
leave the electronic crosshairs
on - uh - monitor number 2 - uh -
coali_ned with - uh - H-alpha 1 -
bh - pointing. There is fairly
east to by simply - uh - pointing
at any bright features near a
s_-11 bright spot on the disc,
which shows up well in hot H-alpha
and XUV. Or - uh - a llm_ of the
Sum ... use bright points. And then -
uh - coalign the electronic crosshairs
with that and - uh - I think this
would be a convenient way to - uh -
fly to either a bright spot on the -
_- uh - monitor or to see - uh -
where we are pointing and what .the
XUV signature at that point looks
like. And I suggest that we - uh -
may want to - uh - get that - uh -
fr-nked into the trainer over there
at the - uh - building 5 and - uh -
let Ed, and Jerry, and Bill - uh -
try 'em a little bit and see if they
like to use it that way. But
they're - uh - really convenient
for - uh - finding - uh - a
bright orange points - uh -
in the network - uh - especially -
uh - when the H-alpha signature
is - uh - not particularly - uh - -
uh - evident.

247 02 07 48 SPT End of message from the SPT.

247 02 i0 42 PLT Hello, space fans, this is

Jack on - uh - channel A. The
subject this evening is - uh -
 Dump Tape 247-02
•_ Page6 off3

NL photograph and out the window

observations. And this goes to - uh -
the Earth resources folks. I had
the opportunity to - uh - look at
a couple of sights - uh - the past
day or two - uh - one of them was -
uh - the earthquake scene at - uh -
= :_ _ Mexico, which I reported over s_ real
time. But I - uh - photographed
the - uh - Chihuahua Mexico site - uh
Just- uh - south of the border
yesterda. I had no difficulty in
locating it because it's located
Just south of the big - uh - - uh -
dry lake bed. Who is shape is an
outline of our map, about the way
it is on the ground. I photographed
that area - uh - around the salt flat
was mostly - uh - sort of a desert
area, except - uh on the west side
there were some - uh - very - uh -
what appeared to be very low hills -
F uh - or very low - uh - - uh - rugged
peaks - uh - not very high, but.-
uh - somewhat Jagged, eno1_gh to view
from the - uh - from our - uh -
Position. - Oh - other than that -
uh -it appeared - uh - on the
south side, there was - uh - some
sort of a kind of a a valley like -
as I remember. - Uh - or a least
- uh - perhaps there was enough water
there to support some - uh -
agriculture, but - uh - I think the
are that - uh - you're interested
in is - uh - south of there Just a
few miles. And that area was a
little bit under clouds, but as I
remember it - uh - looked like - uh -"
it was sort of hilly. Uh - but - uh -
not rugged hills, more rolling
hills and the - uh - uh - their
erosional features in the area. It
looked like the - uh - ground - uh -
was poor - uh - but that it supp-
orted - uh - some venetation - spotty
vegetation. Uh - as you looked
 !

!
!

f. Dump Tape 247-02

Page 7 of 13

further - uh - south and I could

not co_ent on the - uh - value
of that area as a mining area,
however. Although I was able to
locate it, and - uh - was able
to - uh - see the - uh - points
that I - uh - discussed already.
• -" I also looked at the _ uh - site - uh - - :.......
_ust w_st of - uh - White Sands, on m_ ........
map s_d - uh - shows that it's - uh -
.right on the -

247 02 35 05 PLT Stand by i.

247 02 35 22 PLT Okay, I got my map out the - uh -

you know that site I was t-]_Ing
about, we labeled number 14, and
the - uh - point that I'm going to
talk abou_c now is - uh - one we
label number 13 - uh - Just - uh -
w_st of - uh - White Sends, Alamogordo,
and the - uh - Rio Grande Valley.
_" The point that I have on my path is -
uh - _h - from Alaska it's your"
latitude and longitude and it - uh -
is right in the - uh - valley.
I need to make another observation
there - uh - but uh - Just to
look right in the valley if - uh -
that's where the point is. But I
noticed - uh - primarily - uh -
in the - uh - mountains - uh - west
of White Sands but into the
Rio Grande Valley, that - uh -
there was a ridge - uh - there
which is - uh - probably well
known to everybody, that - uh -
drives along that highway along
.... Uh - it kind of runs -
uh - north and south - uh - from - uh -
west of White Sands up toward
Albuquerque.

2&7 02 36 28 PLT And - uh - one thing about that

ridge that I noticed is this.
The ridge had some - uh - tier type
faults in it .... had hit his sort of
_ Duap Tape 247-02
Page 8 of 13

northwest southeast. Because if

you were to think of that as a
solid ridge, - uh - it appears as
though - uh - somebody had taken a
big cleaver in about three places
and - uh - chopped down through it,
sort of at a eastwest location,
and then that the - uh - ends that
were left over after the cleaver ._
went through kind of got rotated
_rotlnd toward White Ssands. So
that - uh - at one time it appears that
that was a ridge that - uh -
was continuous, but somehow - uh -
the ridge got broken up so that -
uh - parts of it shifted and turned
toward White Sands leaving - uh -
a gully, or a canyon - uh - between
the Rio Grande Valley and White
Sands. So - uh - that's one
possible - uh - explanation for
what I saw and that is a sheer
f_ fault in that area. Now, I'Ii
also look a little more closely
at the point that I've got on my
. map, which Just west of that - uh -
but I 'm thinking

PLT that perhaps - uh - that was the -

uh - the feature that was of
interest in the area. Uh - other
than that - uh - there was - uh -
it was obviously - uh - there was
obviously a lots of the agriculture
along the Rio Grande Valley and that
area - uh - could see that there
was a fair amount of population,
because - uh - it was a fertile looking
area. White Sands obviously is no
problem to pick up and nor the hills
on either side of the Rio Grande V,11ey.

247 02 38 09 PLT That's _-uh - the only geologic

information that I can come up with
at the time, but - uh - a few
other general comments I might m-_e
are these. Uh - the Sua angle is
 Dump Tape 247-02
Page9 of 13

very important in noticing -

uh - uh - alt - terrain elevation.
And if you're going to look
for a fault, you're going to look
for - uh - ridges and canyons and -
uh - try to - uh - to distinguish
some sort of - depth perceptually. - -
It's necessary to have - uh -
some kind of a lower Sun angle, -
uh - rather than a - uh - high Sun -
angl@. I think that - uh -
"fairly sb_11ow - uh - uh - de-
pressions or - uh - canyons can be
detected if the Sun angle is right.
This is not a new story. We
learned this in making landings
on the Moon. That - uh - we couldn't
land in a zero phase. We could ran
into neo-phase and - uh - nor can
you see a whole lot from up here -
uh - uh - depth wise. Nor from
zero phase either. You've got
_- to have some kind of a Sun angle.
So - uh - this is - uh - something
that - uh - we've - uh - thol,ght
about before, in relation to the
moon. Uh - I noticed the other
day in looking at the Patagonian
Desert that - uh - I was asked
to look for a canyon - uh - and a
few other - uh - uh - things
that required depth of perception.

2_7 02 39 30 PLT However, the Sun angle was very

high and I had a very tol,gh time
seeing any of that, but I feel
I've got to make some more
observations on the Patagonian Desert.

PLT Another observation I make is this.

If you want to make real close - uh -
uh - you want to make real close
observations of - uh - details,
you've got to have maps that are
consistent with those details.
Uh - it's not good eno_,gh to take
a map up - uh - which is the old
 Dump Tape 247-02
• _ Page i0 of 13

sea. Uh - if you want to look

for a place where there's a bend
in the road, or crook in the river,
you've got to have a map that shows
that bend in the road or crook in
the river. And - uh - some of the
maps we have are not adequate - the
maps that we have are not adequate
for some of the sites you want us
to look at, but in other cases they
are. It depends on the level of
_detail. Uh - I had another point
I was going to make - uh -

2_7 02 _0 2_ PLT I can't remember what it was

right at the moment, but I'ii pro-
hably come up with it at a later
time and I'ii pass it along to you.
So that's the status moving observa-
tions at this point and we'll con-
tinue to - uh - to see what we can
see from - uh - from the air. I
f- notice that - uh - uh - today with
the naked eye I could see - uh.-
s_me air fields, l've been able to
pick out Fordham[? ] Air Force base, Cherry
Point, North Carolina, the air - the ...
air station in Cherry Point• l've
been able to pick out a few other -
uh - air fields with the unaided eye.
I've been able to see roads, pro-
vlded the - uh - provide a high
contrast. And - uh - I think this is
something that we had discovered
long-long ago in EREP. In - uh -
looking for - uh - site in the VTS.
We realize that - uh - the major
requirement was at the - uh - these
sites that have hight contrast.

2_7 02 _i 20 PLT For example, one site that I

had this morning was in - uh -
Brazil .and - uh - the - uh -
site selected was ... River.
New - uh - when I homed in on
that site, I couldn't tell that
• f- Dmmp Tape 2_7-02
Page ii of 13

it was the right place. But

as I kept tracking it and we
suddently cam_ to the place where
the - uh - Sun reflected off the
riwer and glinted in my eye and
it became very clear, at that point,
that we were in the right place,
a little further, I could no longer -- _ _
see the river. And - so when you're _
thinking about using water as a
_heckpoint, - uh - you ought to
consider uh - uh - are water being
used, a river say or a lake is
being used as a - uh - an IP to _ _ - _-
site another area.

247 02 42 07 PLT You ought to try to - uh -

schedule - uh - those around the
Sun angle such that same time or
other that the Sun will glint off
of them and will show their shape.
Otherwise, - uh - water - uh - is
_" really not a very good checkpoint
unless it's like on the coastl_ne.
There are some lakes that would
seem like they're very easy to
see but - uh - uh - they blend in
so well with the background that
there's no contrast unless the
Sun shines off them, then you
know where you are and you can
see their outlines completely.
So the optimal situation in - -

2_7 02 42 _2 SC Help

247 02 _2 43 PLT in using water bodies as

checkpoints or IPs for other areas
is to schedule some time when the
Sun is gonna be reflecting off of
them and into your eye. So Sun
angle is also important in - uh -
locating bodies of water. Uh -
the same way with roads. If the
road is the same color as the
surrounding terrain, you're
not going to see it. Or, if it's
f-
• f- Dump Tape 247-02
; Page 12 of 13

blacktopped you're not going

to see it. But if it's - there's
a contrast - uh - such as a super
highway in the middle of the
main belt - uh - why you're pro-
bably gonna you're probably gonna
pick it up with the m_alded eye.

2_7 02 43 25 PLT I - uh - I want - yeah I think --i_ .,_ _

the other thing I was gonna mention
is thls. In lots of the - uh - uh -
sites that we look at, you ask
• us to look for many different
things. And we go over these sites
so fast that it's impossible to ..
see a11 those different things in
one - one crack. So, I think
the smart thing to is, to - uh -
keep from running over places
real fast, I think you can m-_e
an evaluation on - uh - on m_ny
of these items which you request
evaluation on, but you can't
t'_ make them all in one pass. You're
gonna have to pick one item and
concentrate on it, and then another
item on the next pass and concentrate
on it.

247 02 _ 00 PLT For example, one time you might

concentrate on - on - uh -
vertical features in - uh - in the
volcanic activity or something
like that. Then the next time
around you might com- comment on -
concentrate on the - uh - water
bodies in the area. The next time
around concentrate on agriculture
in the area. But to pick them
all up in on fell swoop is - uh -
at four miles a second over the
ground - uh - with the e1_1_-v
windows that we've got to look of,
it's a-small wonder. And - uh -
they aren't using any wrong
orientation and plus find
spacecraft structure in the way of them -
uh - it's unrealistic to try to
f--. see them - uh - to look for all
4

• F Dump Tape 2hY-02

Pa_e 13 of 13

features in one pass over the

target.

2_7 02 _4 42 PLT So - uh - those are Just

a few co_,ents that I've got. Will
probably come up with more and we'll ,.
continue to work on the - uh -
out-the-window sightings. I -_"
think there's a lot that we can
_o particularly on a macroscopic
-scale which is - uh - what we're
reA1_y here to do. If you really
want to look at it close, you
can do that with photographs
and we can do some of that too,
hu_ we've got to have the map that -
uh - uh - that are consistent with -
uh - the detail that we're looking
_or. And I think you ought to tell
Jerry Carr that if he's got some -
uh - observations to do in specific
area which are fairly detailed, he
better _et some real good maps.
photo@Taphs of that area much
like we have for our EREP site to -
uh - make sure that he is able to
find all the checkpoints he needs
to locate - first locate the area
and then to locate it precisely,
and then to - uh - discuss the
detail that's represented in
that area.

2_7 02 45 35 PLT That's the end of the message.

It's for the EREP folks.

_D OF TAPE
 Dump Tap9 247-03
e-m Time : 0421-0426 GM_

_w_--_I 9/4/73
Page 1 of 2

247 04 21 45 SPT This is the SPT debriefing ... done on the

last run here .... 7330, 2598, 104, 652,
5061 and then the ... is 20. Uh - when the - uh -
orbit first started there was a very bright
point in active region 12. I believe there
was as high as 60,000 on 6; in other words,
detector 3, grating zero. So I ran a grating
auto scan and by the time the gas had finished,
the intensity of oxygen 6 at that same
point had diminished to - uh - in the vaeinity
of 6000. And I moved it over to another
point and it - uh - it peaked up about
16,000 count dropping to about 6,000 in
only 2 minutes. After watching this for a
little while I went Sun center and did
43 seconds of fast scan for S052. I also
picked up the last position mirror auto
raster for S055, out toward the northwest
limb that had omitted from the previous
run. Incident=11y, I assmne all these
mirror out in the northwest ... tend to be
covered with large craters of brightness
_-_" in the SUV wavelength. On the SUV MONITOR,
a i_ of"_%e two on three active regions
slowing the northwest limb were al 1
connected by ]_right clouds - uh - in the
SUV MON. And - uh - the relationship I
presume is one of those things you're
studying in there with a]] of those mirror
auto rasters. Uh - should be interesting
on the 82A, a photograph, I would think
would be the relationship between these
active regions. I suppose that could be
picked up on your ....

2_7 0h 23 29 SPT Back to what we were doing on the last

orbit - then went to a new active region
over on the east limb, around 260.95 and
uh watched a bright point for some
i0 minutes or so, operating between about
20,000 counts, down to 5 and up to 20.
Mostly in mirror line scan, I gave 56 - uh -
several SINGLE frames during this interval
Dump Tape 247-03
Page2 of 2

and during some of the other intervals.

We took ... in SINGLE frames and ended up
a grating auto scan on active region 12
again. And that about takes care of the
last orbit. Uh - Wasn't as exciting as it
might here been, but it was worth staying
up a while for.

247 04 24 I0 SPT That message goes to the PLTs - ATM Pls and
planners - uh - from the SPT. Message
complete.

END OF TAPE
 Dip 27-0
9//73
- Page %of 10

2_T 12 08 36 (_R 0k_, thts is CDR de_rle_-_ the _:23

ATMrun. Uh-we hegan-uh-rare-
rather - uh - typicall_. Got down - uh -
- uh - J0P 2A, step _, b-_la_ug -
uh - block 36A, completel:r. It Just -
it came off okay. T_- went to B - uh-
" by the _, in A I berlin - Uh i _7 -_ -,_
..... ftlter 50 - uh - . .. what it vasst_posed -
...... _'-
to be and I turned it off. We then
went over and began - started out
doing B and _ust as we did, _e noticed
there _u_ a - uh - flare over in actiwe
re_$ou- uh - actiTe region ...
subl_Lre over in active re.on - uh -
Ictive region ... at were btrhg -_
]DV at its briEh point. Uh - significantly
brighter than anything else ou the UV.
It vls also brighter in H-alpha so I
_t over there and the ensstr_m - the
reading when I got there was about
3600 on D_II'_.CTOR3, BERTT.LTUN. So I
rotated the - uh - uh - T.V_E to three
;_'--_ points that _e're nov s_ov_; tvo
on UV end oue on H-alpha. Vertically,
they can sit under the V SLIT. Begain
teeing d_ta, _ave - uh - uh - _ seconds
- uh - AUTOs to - uh - 82B did a - uh -
on 5_ we gave them a - uh - M, 1, O, S,
6_ and an )4, 3, 9, S, 6_. We _ave - uh -
PATROL, SH_T and _hen - uh - SINGLE
FRAME _{ORT, 1 and 3 to - uh - 56.
Un - di_ MIRROR LINE SCANs, obviously -
uh- on - uh- 5_. Stayed there for
ab - mY guess would be about 15 minutes.
Uh - energy went up to _000 ou
a couple of times - 3950. It dropped
• t___*_.Fi_,_v when it d_;pe_ down
tO the 3000 range, I discontinued data
there and went back to the JOP 36B.

2_7 12 10 50 C_R By the way, bY - by that time, the two

points in the UV had gone _ovn to
about the 8_e intensity as the rest of
the points ou the scope. Uh - H-alphs
was still a little hlrhst but not giving
_, Drop Tape 2k7-0_
Page 2 of 10

sir-4 ficantly bright. Uh - went over

and - uh - started on - 36B and completed
it, then went down end began on active
region 9, JOP 2D, step 6, building
block 10. Got through the first two,
did not get to the GRATING 26651, ...
l_ - everything came off okay on it. _ ....

_ "" _"...... _t_tUV MON,

flare as it I al_pear_din
said, in two .bright
uh .
. _ _Int. But it appeared _ - uh- A -
H-_pha as three in sort of a chain.
_h - my opinion would be that the two
bright c_es were the - uh - at the roll
on 96 - ... 1 forget, were the two -
upper enes, so we ended up getting a -
uh - D_:CTOR - uh - 3 count of - uh -
around 12 - no, no, no - around 7000.
And - uh - so we felt that that bright
hot - I vent down and checked the
bottom bright point and it ... produce -
uh - quite that much. It Just produced
4own in the 3000 area. So that's
W llke you to give a point as the -
uh - MIRRCR LINE SCAN point. I began
the MIRROR L_: SCAN at and moved it up
to -uh -uh -

2_7 12 12 35 C_R I assume that this is the 25 the treataent

that you want us to give these. S_ne-
_here - in other words, had over
there and - uh -_tart working on them
in the building block way. If they
ever go above the flare mode, then
give it the t_,_1 flare treat m*-t. And
that way we'll have some good
preflare data and also if a flare occm's,
then we will be right there and ready
tn get good flare data. So we'll continue
I;ouse that technique unless we hear
otherwise frem you. Incident-lly, the
flare that I had last night in
buil_Ing blo - correction , in active
regien 12 seemed to have quite a bit _.
more energy, and particuarly in the
H-alpha. The UV was bri_t but
the H-alpha was even brighter, and it -
 1
_
"-
DumpTpe 2 T-O4
Page 3 of I0

I mean relative to the - uh ther

active regions that we have on the
disk. It Went as lttgh as 3800 in
step 2. Uh - X used the s -m_ te_4que
there although I didn't give a single
frame, to - uh - to - uh - _ which _:?_
_ .... - r._.
: ' _ we'll do next time because I tb_nk We can
save a frame and still get them vhat
bey 1_ant there. If - uh - those :.:.
_ 5XN@LE FRAME, SHORTS on 1 and 3 aren't
the proper things, we'll I think -
I tk4n k the thine to do would be - uh -
let us know and we'll put down whatever
you think are the best. I _as t6m_t_d
to give 82B a 20-second exposure
of time but - uh - decided not to.
It might be an interestinE thing if
you - uh - sent up inf_tion on that -
whether that's desirable.

247 12 14 08 CDR Another point is - uh - 2 days ago

/--_\ vh_ we had our - uh - science debriefing,
George mentioned that - uh - desires
on the part of the film saying. How
the position was. What each experlment
would _4_e to do with his re,_ninE.
In other words, I've spent 5_. Rather
than tskeing shots of event very _-,_h, •
he want %o do some - uh - uh - overall
etudes of certai_ areas. Could you
send that information up on a pad so
that We could put it up here and then
better anderstend itY We'd sure
appreciate it. Any questions you have en the
flares or anythinE else we're doing,
• please - uh - Eive us a call.

247 12 15 50 (:DR CDR Gut. Now that goes to the AM -

ATH science room. CDR out.

247 12 16 07 PLT Gkay, space fans. This is Jack en

channel A. The subject today is
TOC2-1. That is star to star sightings.
., °

Dump Tape 2_7-0_

Page _ of 10

This information gOes to our friend -

uh - Bob Randle s Ames Research Center
and - uh - I think Robert Nute might
llke to see some of it. And the - uh -
two stars that we've got in mind today
are - uh - Fcmelhaut and Peacock -
uh - both of which I've been able to
loo_te out the window. And - uh -
thq St_ has Just gone off the antenna,
so - uh = it's about time for us to
start. And - uh - we'll start by getting
zero bias settings here and - uh -
going through the other - uh - calibrations
meti_s that - uh - are necessary,
mainly that the - uh - temperatures of
the sextant is 70 degrees and the
diopters are a minus - uh - 0.5.
okay.

2_7 12 17 28 pLT Okay, I got some zero bias settings.

2_ 12 17 58 PLT okay, Duml_er i is 0.006.

PLT Number 2 is 0.006.

PLT Nmeber 3 is 0.005.

PLT NuRSer _ is 0.003.

PLT And n-,_er 5 is 0.005 again. So there's

Fc_Ahaut and - uh - let me -_e sure
I got Peacock. Yeah. He's a likely
subject out there. But let me Jsut
stop and check this here star chart.
8caTy to make you east in the dark
here, A1. _,--?

CDR ...

2_7 12 20 32 pLT flkay, we've - uh - correctly identified -

uh - Peacock there and - uh - will go
to work now. Your suggested angle is -
uh - 38 degrees. That's probably
something that's - uh - fairly good
for - uh - as much time in the past an -
"_' I)tmp Tape 2_7-0_
Page _ of 10

uh - the future as it has _een tll

past. ,_o - uh - we won't attempt
to - uh - change that too much.

PLT Pretty bright moon we're getting.

We're off in a corner, though, at the • . ............
_ant. Cc_ner of a window, that is. " • - '
(]ka_V, there's about 38 degrees. _ _ "
Now let's hunt for these stars. Kinds _, ...... _._
...... L_t_to _ the sextant on its side
for this. Turn out the reticle light.

2_7 12 23 09 PLT Well, there's the old ... Now I'll

go down this _. • ........

I_T Uh - there's a pretty bright star right

there. Wonder if that's it. Yeah,
that's it. _, I got Peacock in the -
vh- lower optical path. I might check
the field Lround it. There's none
below it. There's a triangle of stars -
_ _h - tell, narrow triangle. It's a
good idea to get some checkpoint
_d this star wehn you got it 'so that
_u know - uh - next time you 8o to
find it. If you see so_e around it,
you'll _ow what to look for. NOw,
_'IX try to Ia.4 FccnLlhautin here.
You're right. It _s close to
degrees. Giving me too --,chhelp there.

PLT Cka_., here ve go. Got a little light

in the reticle here. Nab - _ don't What
that.

2_7 12 26 50 PLT . MARK. 37.901. I know that these -_ks

are not time critical, hut I'd
rather read 'eradown on the voice tape
than to copy 'en down each *4me.

2_7 12 27 25 PLT MARK. 37.90_.

2_7 12 28 38 PLT MARK. 37.905.

2bj 12 29 29 PLT HARK. 37.900.

/
 Page 6 ef i0

21;712 29 56 PLT MARK. 30.901.

21;T12 30 16 PLT MARK. 30.901. Each time I'm cranking

the cranks off for the - uh - setting
which is read for the -_k. Rotating
it beck inthe same direction each time.
As you face the dial it would he __
. _ counterclockwise with the sextant held
in the upright position.

21;712 31 06 PLT MARK. 30.902.

21;7 12 31 36 PLT MARK. 30.906.

21;Y12 32 12 pLT MARK. 30.912. Let me see if we got

the right stars. Yep.

2h7 12 33 00 PLT MARK. 30.901. I don't know what

happened on that one there. That we
got thrown out. I might have - uh -
put the wrong stars together. I got
//- _ the tight oues now though.
2_"j' 12 33 _3 PLT MARK. 30.900.

2_7 12 3_ 28 PLT MARK. 30.899.

21;712 3_ 56 PLT MARK. 30.901. Correction - 37.901.

2_7 12 36 20 PLT MARK. 37.899.

2_7 12 37 13 PLT MARK. 57.900. Looks like they're coming

up pretty consistent, to me.

2_7 12 37 51; PLT MARK. 37.90M. There must he 10 or 12.

I figure that's oue set, at least, right
there.

21;T 12 38 1_9 PLT MARK. 37.900.

2_7 12 39 37 PLT This Is a good eye test.

21;7 12 _0 03" PLT MARK. 37.901.

21;712 _2 38 PLT MARK. Manl That was way off. 3 - 37.916.

We're gettina a clear angle off is the ._J_
 2_7-0_
Page 7 of i0

problem at the m_ment. And this

stLtionery attitude is buggin8 me at
the _-_ut, too. Don't know how
to angle in the window. Got to
see if I ca- find mY stars a_=_- here.

2_7 12 _ 22 PLT MARK. 37.895. I don't know what

happened to the mark before that.
It wasn't much ...

2_7 12 _ _9 PLT MARK. 37.906.

2_7 12 _5 25 PLT MARK. 30.903.

2_7 12 _5 51 FLT MARK. 30 - correction - 37._5. I

don't know if I've been saying 59.
c_ 37 but they are all 37 degrees
plus something.

2_7 12 _6 2_ PLT MARK. 37.901. Check mY diopter setting

... must be moving. No ti's not ....

f_ 2_7 12 _7 51 PLT MARK. 57.905.

2_7 12 _8 20 PLT MARK. 57.905. I don't know the reason

for those two readings that were lef_
out in left field there. I may have -
uh - bmaped the knob as I was going for
the - uh = little light s_ritch.

2_7 12 _8 58 PLT MARK. 30 - 37.902. I've got that bad

habit of saying 30 all the time when I
meen 57, so when you get a bunch of them,
throw them out.

ZM7 12 h9 50 PLT MARK. 37.899.

2_7 12 50 17 PLT MARK. 27.900.

12 50 PLT MARK. 37-uh- 998.

2_7 12 51 26 PLT MARK. 37.98 - correction - 57.895
in what that that is.

PLT Ah - it's starting to get to light to

do any more. Losing our stars. T.4_ht
Page 8 of 10

ou the window. Although l - _e s

can still see the major stars, which
are the cries we're looking for. Might
be able to get a couple 'more.

211"/ I2 52 1_7 PLT MARK. 57.899.

2h7 12 53 16 PIT MARK. 37.900.

2_7 12 53 _6 PLT MARK. 37,906.

2h7 12 511'
15 PLT MARL 37.9 correction - 37.899.

2_7 12 55 19 PLT MARK. 37.905 -_; 37.90_.

21¢r 12 55 _7 PLT MARK. 37.901.

2_7 12 56 08 PLT MARK. 37.901. It's getting to he twilight

now.

2_7 L_ 56 39 _-_ M_. _.901.

2b,7 12 57 08 PLT MARK. 37.896.

2_7 12 56 _ PLT MARK. 37.899.

PLT And wlth that I guess we're I'm gonna

have to crank it off. That's the last
one I can see. It's light now. The
_th is lit. They only thing I can se
is Jupiter out there now. That was
the very last m--k I could possibly make.
It Might be worth while to - uh - -_k
that time with relation to - uh -
tutorise so you can see Just how much time
you do have, and - uh - the way it _rks
up here is that - uh - about 10 m_-utes
before you get to this point, we get
light on the - uh - solar panels and
ou the - uh - disco_e antenna, which
- uh - k_n4s light up the window a
14ttle bit and doesn't permit us to
see the stars. Then it doesn't get
_, _ Tape Z_7"0_ •
Page 9 of 10

any lighter till the Sun really eo-,es

Over - _t,mlly c_es over the horizon.
SO - uh - that's - uh - a lot of m_'kB
right there. I don't know bow many it
vaa. It was more than 20. It might
even be more than 30. So I figures
that - uh - knocks off two sessions
of star to star, and - uh - it looks
to melt_J we've already got four
....edgar to star sessions. We _ need
Etx so according to n_ tabulatiions -
we uh - got we're complete on star to
star and won't need to do any one of
those. Uh - you'll want to let me know if
that's true or not, but according to
re@orals _ get all fixed star to
star series. And I figures that
_'ve - uh - canpleted two of 'era cn
this pass. And - uh - the temperature
of the - uh - sextant is - uh - 78 degrees
end - uh - that completes the series
of,_ks start to star c_ - uh -
*/_ Peacock and Fcmmlhaut Information goes
to - uh - Bob l_ndle Ames Research -
Ames Research Center and Bob Nute in
building _ at Nasa. That's the and
of mess - message.

21_712 59 53 PLT Thank you.

CC Skylab, Houston. We're at -

214713 09 59 PLT Okay, here we go. This is - uh -

T double - TOI3. We're gong to
calibrate FMU numher i now. Remo_e
•the CAGING PIN Perform - CAL HANDLE
to the stop position for 5 seconds
end l_ck for 5 seconds twice. Oks_,
there's one.

2_7 13 09 57 PLT MARK. There's am,m_er 2 - uh - calibration

on FMU number i. That's fine, AI.
Now get this Gne. Okay.

2_7 13 i0 13 PLT MARK. I gave you three calihrati_s

FA_J_,m_r I.
j.--
!

I>,-TTape 2_7-0_
Page i0 of i0

2_7 1S 10 16 PLT MARK. Calibration off. Okay, here's

calibration on I_U n,,_ber 2.

2_7 13 i0 21 PLT MARK. I001, 10C_, 1003, i00_, 1005.

2_7 13 I0 26 PLT MARK. Calibration off. Okays stand by.

2_7 IS i0 33 PLT MARK. Calibration comp_teJ_ _d_ uh - .

we're gonna Just leave - uh - everything
on. _e'_re in 103. Cir_uit_hreake_
is on. EDS POWER is doubleehecked to
on.

C_EW eee - .

PLT I did already. And - uh - we're in IH.

The light is on. We got the camera set
up. We're gonna do test number 3 - _rse
ease inputs. And we're standing by here
for - uh - Houston to come up.

_, 2_7 IS ii 18 PIT So - uh - we're going off the air for

_D O_ TAPE

f--
 Du.prape
*_6 _ Time: 01:43 to 01:_7
9/_/T3
Page 1 of 3

PLT Okay, - uh - here we go. This is a

T double - T013. We're going to cal-
ibrate FMU number I, now. Hemove the
caging pins. Preform - the CAL handle
in stop position for _ seconds, and back
_-_ . for 5 seconds, twice. Okay, there's one. k_-._,

PLT MARK.

PLT There's number 2. Uh - calibration on

F_J _,mber i. That's fine, AI. I'ii
get this one.

PLT He gave you three calibrations on

D11m_er i.

PLT MARK. Calibration off. Okay, here's

calibration on FMU n,_her 2.

_ PLT MARK. i001, 1002, 1003, i004, 1005.

PLT MARK. Calibration off. Okay; stand by.

PLT MARK. Calibration again on FMU number 2.

PLT MARK. Calibration complete. And - uh

we're 8onna Just leave - uh - every
thing on. We're in IE. Circuit breaker
is on; _S power is double checked to be ON.

PLT I did already. And - uh - we're in I-H.

The light is on. We've got the camera set
up. We're going to do task number 3, worse
ease inputs. And we're standing by here
for - uh - Houston to come up. So - ub -
we're going off the air for a minute.

SPT ... tape recorded the sites.

CDR Got to be careful of dumping the data

recorders. That's the ones - uh -
we're putting TO13 data on ....

CC Got another recorder _nning for you.

 Dump Tape 247-05
Page 2 of 3

CDR ... Let me tell you what we've done.

We got the TOI3 circuit breaker on. We
got three tapes. We've got ... one tape
recorder on it. We've got EDS power ON
and we're ready to go ....

SPT War to check it?

PLT Let us know when you're ready to go,

CC We're ready to go and ...

%

CDR We've even got it *,mnlng right now.

PLT We'll be on tape recorder number i.

SPT Tape ... voice...

CDR -No, we're getting voice ... voice tape

is not z-tuning at this time.
"_" We'll - uh - up the ... time.

PLT ... record and lock it out.

CDR They don't think I can give m-_ks. It

won't run ... marking on time.

PLT Okay, Hank, we're getting ready to - uh -

as a worst case inputs, T double -
TOI3 .... eno1_gh recorders pillling in
data. Right?

CC ... That's affirmative

PLT Okay, here we go. He's gonna rapidly - uh -

move both arms up and down. l, 2, 3, _, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9, lO .... Crouch and quickly
straighten body, as in push-offs, five
or mix times. That's l, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, 10. Okay. Now he's gonma croch
and straighten body for 10. l, 2, 3, 4,
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, lO. Now he's gonna
disengage his feet frc_ ... restraints.
Forcefully push off ...

PLT MARK. He's on them.

PLT MARK ....

 Dump Tape 247-05
Page 3 of 3

PLT _. Off.

PLT _ ....

PLT MARK. He was off.

PLT MARK.

PLT MARK. off

PLT Okay, now it's up... gonna give you sc_e

marks. Ready, AI?

- CC Skylab, Houston. Uh - break, we'd like to .......

verify that the - uh - DCS [?] switch is
OFF on panel 204. That - uh - does have
something to do with our data recorder.

SPT Btand by.

_ SPT Okay, Hank ....

CC Okay, we copy. We Just had to verify on

that.

SPT ...

CC ...

PLT Okay, we're ready. Stand by.

PLT MARK.

CC Skylab, your marks are ...

CC Skylah, no need to acknowledge. One

minute til LOS. G--m at 56.

CDR After this. I understand. How do you

like the plan, Hank? Not answering.

CC Looks good.

CDR Okay.

f-- CC Hey, I think we're approaching the Atlas

Mountains. I see slight color changes.
But I'm starting to see ...

end of TAPE
 Dmnp Tape 21_7-06
_ Time: 1_i0-15_0 GMT
9/4/73
Pa6e 1 of 23

2_7 i_ 17 51 PLT Okay, space fans. This is Jack on

channel A. The subject is - uh -
Earth resources.

2_7 14 18 50 PLT Okay, space fans. This is Jack on

channel A. Uh - the subject this
mcrnlnE is Earth resources, first pass
of the day. Just turned - uh - 190
RODE to CHECK. And Delta 6 is
readlnE 57 percent, 57 percent.

247 lh 19 ii PLT And we'll gO off the air for a little

while now, but don't go away cause
we'll be back.

247 14 31 05 PLT C_ay, here we are again, space fans.

It's T minus 10 on _ and - uh -
we're getting ready to go. We're
gonna check all the monitor readings
here. Alfa 2 is 60 percent. That's
good. Alfa 3, 86 percent; okay.
_, Alfa 4, 71 Percent; okay. AlfaS,
_ 6_ Percent; okay. Alfa 6, zero;
okay. Bravo 2, 56 percent; okay.
Bravo 3 is 76; okay. Bravo 4 is 71;
okay. Bravo 5 is 73; okay. Bravo 6 is
50 Percent; okay. Can't miss on that
one. Bravo 7 is 30; okay. Bravo 8
is Ol percent, i percent; okay.
Bravo 9 is 58 percent ; okay. Charlie
2 is 44 percent; okya. Charlie 3
is 88 percent; okay. Charlie 4 is 70
percent; okay. Charlie 5 is 82
percent; okay. Ch=rlie 6, i_ percent;
okay. Chsrlie 7 is 51 percent ; oaky.
Delta 2 is 86 Percent ; okay.
Delta 3 is 85 percent ; okay. Delta 4
is 72 percent; okay. Delta 5 is
14 percent; okay. Delta 6 is 56
percent; okay. Charlie 8 is read_uE
tape recorder - uh - quantity 74
percent. And - uh - it says here if
Charlie 7 is greater than 80, which is
is not, read Bravo 7. Bravo 7,
 Dump Tape 2h7-06
Pa_e 2 of 23

30 percent ; Bravo 8, I percent;

Charlie 7 was 51 percent ; Delta 6
was 57 percent. Okay, S192 MODE
to READY; READY it is. We'll get the
door open here in about a m_-ute.

2h7 i_ 3h _0 PLT Okay, while we're waiting for that - .

uh - door to come open, we'll -
uh - verify that the HEAT_ _4ITCH
light if off on 190, and we'll
PRESS to TEST the lights on panel
117, and they both work.

2_7 i_ 35 26 PLT Start with the preoperate configuration.

TAPE RECORDER POWER, ON; READY light
is on; S191 POWER is ON; READY light
is on; COOLER is ON; DOOR is 0_,
as always. S190 - The POWER is ON;
the READY light is out. We are in
STANDBY. The door is verified to
be opened, cause light's coming
in around it, and I'll doublecheck to
r_ m_ke sure it 's AlI the way open.
......
Okay, ,18_ .Rols _.ST_NDBY _ _X£DY
light it out; 1.93 S if OFF; the
READY light is out. 19_ -POWwH
is ON and the READY light it on.
192 - uh - the POWER is ON; READY
light it out. We're in check and
the door is open.

2_7 lh 36 33 CC Skylab, Houston. We're copying you

for the next i0 minutes; Vanguard.

SPT Say , Hank, I noticed the - uh - what

appeared to be a rather large radio
noise burst - uh - before leaving
the ATM panel at 13 :31 Zulu. Uh -
could you ask - uh - Jeff Smith
or Joe Harriman from NOAA back there
if they happend to have any record
of that. Now - uh - I did checked
for a coronal transient and apparently
there was none at that time. Over.

..................... .-v
F •

Dm_p Tape 247-06

Page 3 of 23

CC Copy. We'll check.

2_7 I_ 37 21 PLT Okay, everything is - uh - set up

and ready. The preoperate configuration
is complete. I'ii douhlecheck 192.
Go to READY, the READY light comes
on; therefore, the door is open.
Go hack to CHECK. 192 POWER is ON;
READY light it out. We are in
CHECK and the door is open. Ready
to begin at 14:_i, AI. Standing around
with your hands in our pockets ;
all dressed up but no place to go.
Good picture on your m_nitor there.
Lots of clouds. Good picture of
clouds. What day is it down there,
today Hank?

CC Thursday.

PLT Tuesday, huh? Okay. Okay, getting

any rain from that storm, yet?

_CC _Not yet. _ _l'_h_ven_°mhec_e d''in_the

last hour or so, hut it Just looks
a little angry outside. Not much
wind nor rain.

CDR *** 23 ... -

PLT 0keydoke. Everything is EPJ_ nominal.

CDR You bet. Looks like we Just crossed

the coast of Chile.

2_7 i_ 38 _ PLT Sb-11 we give them a tour?

CDR Oh, we could give them a tour.

We've crossed the coast of Chile
and we're Just aboue 200 miles south
of Snatiago. We're going to move
up - uh - right through Argentina.
Looks to be about a i00 miles east
 Dump Tape 247-06 ............... =--_,
Page It of 23 __ ..................

.................. of Buenos Aires and up into

Paraguay, up into Brazil and off
the coast a little bit north of Recifa -
Recife - or Salvador.

PLT ...

247 14 39 i0 CDR Now the question is, we're supposed

to shoot a - Let's see. Wait a
minute. 39:14. I've got to pick
up a target at 40:23. Hank, we've
been wondering where - uh - where
this Yolc_n4 c field is on Sardenla.
We've got - we know where S_rdenia
is, but we don't know where that
volcanic field is. Could you give us
a feel for it after this pass over
South America?

PLT You know _ isn't even gonna be on

when you're doing that. I don't have
14 - 14:41 till START.

CDR 40 :23.

247 14 39 hi PLT How about that, EREP? He's got i

a VTS that starts at of 40:23,
and I got the START switch doesn't
go on until 41. You want me to 1
start when he does, or what? _
.J

.... CC Set it up.

:, PLT Say again.

: CC Seconds.

PLT Okay, the problem is the EREP START

doesn't come until after the -
first first VTS - uh - track time,

i CDR Looks like we're gonna have good

weather. 40:23 we're looking for.

F
 Dump Tape 2_7-06 .............. T--
Page 5 of 23 ......... _--

2_7 14 _019 CC " - ,_ylah, Houston We'd like for you ................
to stick with the pads.

PLT Stick with the pads. Wilco.

CDR 2, 3. Okay, IMC, ON; CAMERA, ON. ..

Let's zoom in because we got haze,
foam. Now we're gonna look for
some pampas here. See if we can
find some we think is good. This
looks like cultivated area here.
It's awful hazy. See if our haze
filter'll help. Not much. Okay,
now there' s some cultivate_ area.
I'll - uh - look around a little
bit more until I find some grassland
because that's what I thought psmpas
was. You know what pampas is?

" PLT Tall grass; pampas is very tall grass. "

CDR Okay. Well where .

,e Wait n minute.

247 14 40 59 CDR MARK. EREP, START .... cultivated

• aran ..Q - - ;

PLT 194 to MANUAL. 41:13 next, AI.

190... --

CDR ... looks like that could conceivable

be tall grass but it looks cultivated.
" We'll go ahead and take it though,
because I don't see any other choice.

247 1_ 41 13 PLT MARK. MODE to AUTO; 190. -

CDR Okay, we're in - uh - I'm not sure

we're at the right place. What does
EREP say, big Jack?

PLT Stand by for MODE to READY on 192.

_and by.

247 14 41 29 PLT MARK. MODE, READY on 192. There goes

the tape burner, off and running - -
 DumpTape 2_T-06 ...................
Page 6 of 23 ___ _ ....................

........ _R That was the end of that one. ...............

PLT For 1 whole minute.

CDR Let me move back ... - -

PLT Looks like to me we ought to turn

this FLARE ALARM off.

CDR Let's see if I can find anything that

looks like pampas. There's some
rangland looking stuff - -

PLT South Atlantic Anomaly.

CDR Let's soon in or it and we'll take a

little data there. Okay there you go.
Xou - that could be some.

PLT I thought pampas was paper diapers.

CDR Maybe it is. Give them a little of

this, whatever it is. =

' pLT _2:30. Standing by. Good Charlie 8. •

-_ Looks like we got around 72 percent
on the - uh - Charlie 8 tape recorder
" supply reading. Standing by for
a MODE to CHECK.

'" _ 247 14 42 30 PLT MARK. MODE to CHECK. _3:10 next .

... Standing around waiting.

CDR raN* look see. What - see what our

attitude is. Will you, Jack?

PLT It's darn close to all balls with

_ a 0.2 - -

,, C_R ... I'm on a field here. I'm not

sure why we didn't have pampas awhile
a_o.

PLT Still looking for the pampas or

i s_nething different? Okay.
 Dump Tape 247-06 .............. ----
Page 7 of 23 . ! ..................

247 14 43 11 PLT MARK. INTERVALs to i0 on 190 ....

CDR ... here.

pLT ...

CDR ... There's some nice pampas over there. "_

f

247 14 43 21 pLT MARK. R_'_RENCE to ... om 191.

CDR ... on this one for you. Somewhere

in .11 this there's gotta he pampas.
Move out ahead and see if we can find
some more of it. Okay, now here's -
might he some. Long as we"re Just
doing TV, I'll give you s_mm of this.

PLT Okay, I'm gonna reach under here and

give you an AUTO, CAL, momentarily.

CDR Okay.

PLT Stand by.

247 14 44 20 PLT MARK. AUTO, CAL on 191. Lights out.

Understand you want the _ to RECORD
here, right?

CDR Yeah, whenever it says.

i

: PLT (_ay, here we are. VTR is rmzning.

CDR C_ay, that means ... - -

PLT Stand by INTERVALS, 20.

247 14 44 35 PLT MARK. I_TE_VALs to 20 on 190.

Stand by for READY out.

CDR ...

CDR Back a little bit and see ... see.

And we're back. Let's go over to
the coast and see if we can see
it.
 D_p Tape 247-06 ..... _ ....... _ --.
Page 8 of 23 ................. : .

........ PLT ... There goes another 190 fr-_.

CDR Can't get to the coast.

247 14 45 50 CC Skylab, Houston; i minute to LOS.

Coming up on Canaries at 57.

PLT Okay, we'll see you later, _-_k.

247 14 _6 00 PLT MARK. READY out. Right on time.

You guys are great. Right on time
for 190. MODE to STANDBY, frame to
12. Okay, we got the frames in
i and 2, and INTERVALs to i0.
There we are. We're all ready to
go. Stand by for that 191 light. _-
That ought to be cut and dried.

2_7 14 _6 25 PLT 191 light on the second.

J

; : CDR ... see some ... there.

PLT And the READY light is on on 191 ....

" A to stand by. -

247 i_ 47 20 PLT MARK. A to STANDBY. 93, MODE to AUTO.

247 i_ 47 23 PLT MARK. MODE to AUTO. 190 and 192 coming

up.

PLT Stand by. ..

247 14 47 44 PLT MARK. Mode to READY, RECORDER MALF

light and TAPE MOTION light is off
. . and back on. Okay, 48, -_k ...

247 14 48 00 PLT MARK. REV 6 on 191. 49 ...

_ Standing by.

247 i_ 49 00 PLT MARK. MODE to CHECK. TAPE MOTION light

off, back on. Stanalng by for
,, READY out on 190.

247 14 49 23 PLT MARK. READY out on 190. Okay. MODE

_ to STANDBY.
 D_u_p Tape 247-06 F.........
--
............
Page 9 of 23 ...................

......... PLT FRAMES are 08. They got the zeros

in ther this time. Good deal, 08;
193 R off. Never did work ..., I
don't think. 93/A, ON. Standing by
for that.

CDR Picture of a dam here. Right over

here's is over Africa.

CDR No, we're still over ._uth America.

PLT Ohl

PLT ... 345. I've got to get am a nadir

swath.

247 14 50 46 CDR Maybe we aren't. Maybe we crossed the _

ocean and never saw it. Can't believe
it though, but _yhe so.

PLT I'm Just coming up on the northeast _i

corner of Brazil.

CDR They want to get the coastline here.

PLT Standby for ALTIM_f_:R, ON.

247 14 51 24 PLT MARK. ALTIM_,'EH, ON.

CDR That was it right there.

PLT ... more we're gonna get a single

frame over something. What are ._
we getting over right now? _:

CDR Well, we Just crossed right here ....

SPT ... between Retire Bay and Port ...

247 14 51 40 PLT MARK. SINGLE, 190. What did yo_

i say, 0.?

. _ This is the corner - ... corner of

Brazil between Port ... and Recife.

PLT I guess that's what they wanted

a picture of.

.Z
i
 Dump Tape 2E7-06 _........... _-_
Page i0 of 23 i.............. __

............. L ....

_R Very interesting agricultural

areas down there.

PLT Stand by for MODE to SINGLE.

2_7 I_ 52 37 PLT MARK. We got a SINGLE on 190.

Stand by for another one. We've "-
got a minute yet.

PLT Says turn on the DAC. Here there is

no DAC. A11 you do is Just press
it on.

CDR Yeah. ,
4
--!

_ PLT No, gotta be centered. Okay, we're _

gonna give another MODE to single
here on - uh - 190. Standby. i, 2, 3, -

i_ 2_7 i_ 53 50 PLT MARK. MODE to SINGLE on 190.

CDR Okay, we're getting it straight down -

_', . a nadir swath.

CDR Up welling.

i_ 247 14 54 45 PLT MARK. ALTIM_,I.Ed_to STANDBY. Standing

by for MODE to AUTO on 190.

i 247 14 54 52 PLT MARK. MODE to AUTO on 190.

247 14 55 01 PLT MARK.

SPT ... something wrong with these EREP

e9 e -- m

247 I"4 55 03 PLT ALTIM_?A'_:,,ON.

SPT Did they give us a correction?

PLT ALTIM_-A._ is ON. eoe N

CDR What'd you ask, Jack - 0wen?

SPT •.. something wrong with these _ ...

,_ DumpTape 2_7-06 ..................
Page ii of 23 _ _..... _ ....... __

.......... PLT Ours is okay, isn't it? ..................

CDR Ours is okay. You should he - uh -

PLT 9.8 west, I think.

CDR Yeah, 9.8 west.

SPT eeo

CDR You'll suddenly appear on the second

line when you flip around is what n_y
_e a little hit confusing .... the
first line over South American and
the second line over Europ_. Maybe
we're not. We didn't and up in the
psmpas. I'll give you a clue.

co.

PLT That's where we're supposed to cross.

_i_i" ...

2_7 i_ 56 1 PLT MARK. 190 READY light out. ::

PLT We go to STANDBY. FRAMEs are set to

i0. Our shows us crossing right
there between Recife and Port ..., O.

_T eoe

CDR Okay, now when you flip over to the -

uh - European side, are you passing _
:" at the north end of Sardinia? Just
north of Rome. Next ... - -

CC Skylab, Houston, ...

SPT Okay.

CDR Got it centered on 9 - 9.8, west. Okay.

eee

SPT ...
; °

Dump Tape 247-06 ..................

Page 12 of 23 ! .............

......... CDR --- ... you're cutting out down there, Hank.

CC How do you read now?

CDR Much better. Much better.

CC Stand by for ... - - "_

21_7 14 57 26 PLT MARK.

CC You had a question about the volcano.

i
CDR Yes. ",

CC It's located at 4020 north" L uh -

850 east, and that's Just south of
your gro_dtrack. And it's a ridge
that's - uh - uh - aparallel to
you flight path Just above the ::
center part of Sardinia. And - uh -
that volcano should be in - uh - _
the lef%hand side of the island
or the west side.

CDR Okay, now I'm approaching the island

from southwest. And I - according
to my little chart, we 're going to
go right across -Imost the western
tip of it, northwestern tip of it.
SO your saying I'ii have to look _
slightly right of course to find
the volcano.

CC That's affirmative. There's a ridge

there that parallels your course and -_-
it's on that ridge - uh - and
about a third of the ways across the
island.

247 14 58 13 CDR All right. So I'ii be setting up

with a - with a - uh - right ... - -

247 14 58 17 PLT MARK. ALTIks"A',:Rto STANDBY.

ALTIMs"I'_. OFF.
! *

Dm_p Tape 247-06

Pa@e 13 of 23 _ ' !

........... CDR_ ....

.-.. and - uh - hit the time and ..............
then look for - ... about a third of
the way across the island. Okay, will
do.

CDR Thank you. It's not on our

chart. You need to send up "_
those sorts of pieces of
• information when they are
not cm our chart. Then
we can kind of get ready f
for them.

CC Okay, it's not on your e*m It

is on your big map book.

CDR No, I looked in there and

couldn't find it. Maybe it's
listed under some other name
• or I Just can't read, which
is possible.

CC Okay, the volcano itself is

......
_ot _marke_ on _ _What I "-
meant was that the map of
Sardinia is ther, and you
could see the ridge on the
mountain.

CDR " Uh - that's true.

PLT Hi !

247 14 59 04 PLT MARK on READY for 192.

• CDR Okay, I'm ready for - uh -

PLT Yesh, it might be on that

other set of maps.

PLT Uh-huh.

CDR Good luck on the water

welling. There's not nothing down there.

!
I
 D_v,',p.
14 of 247-06 ............. i--,
Page Tape 23 ...................

2h7 14 59 21 PLT TAPE MOTION light is on.

Going to SHU'I'I'EH SF._._D,
FAST here momentarily.

: CDR ... an_ I'm Just going

to scan around here.

247 14 59 30 PLT MARK. SHUTI'_.'R _I_D to

•FAST.

CDR ... Maybe I can find it

that way.

PLT ... 53.... .."

CDR That 's good. Tan miles

off shore somewhere.
: Pretty hazy down there.
I don't see any upwelling.

.o

i
i
f'_ Dump Tape 247-06 .............
Page 15 of 23 ..............

i PLT Now.

_ CDR ...

247 lh 59 53 PLT MARK. MODE to AUTO on 190.

CDR ... sparkles down then on the water.

I'll take some data on in• I don't have
•any confidence in that being any upwelling,
but - The problem with taking upwelling, it
looks like is - uh - it's difficult to tell -
uh - subtle color changes through this -
uh -the optics, here.

PLT That's it. ""

CDR Okay, I - I don't have any confidence in

that one being anything. Just - doesn't
• have it. You can't. I'm looking all a-
round and some of the ocean looks light
blue near the shore but very gray, and
then some of it looks kind of an ... It's -
subtle color changes are not obvious through
....
this - uh - ... sight.

PLT Maybe that's what you're looking for.

CDR They're looking for subtle color changes.

PLT " So maybe that's ... - -

2h7 15 O1 52 CDR No, the color was next to shore•

PLT Oh -

• CDR You know how we can tell ... You can see

- i that, but you can't see anything else.

. Also, it looks like it's a little bit -
uh - hard to discernthat from - uh -
•i _ from Just cloud changes or cloud showdows.

PLT Yeah.

CDR It's - uh - _**different than you might

-: think.

PLT It looks as if it's almost hazy. I

................... don't know if its hazy down there or not .......
I think it's ...

i
• i

.... J................................................
_.< DumpTape247-06 r--
Page 16 of 23 _ . _ ::...............] -:

L ............. CDR ......".3.6 is what they want. -.._-- ............

247 15 01 30 PLT MARK. READY light on right on time.

MODE to STANDBY for 190. Standing by to
turn off the tape burner.

CDR Think I'ii zoom in and see what's there. .

247 15 01 50 CDR "Mark. MODE to CHECK on 190 - 2, that

is. HEADY light - TAPE MOTION light is
hack on. And - uh -

CDR Oh, that's great!

PLT ... down here for 5-112 minutes.

CDR 656 is the number we're looking for, Jack.

: PLT Okay, you want me to run down and

"- look. Want me to run down there and
looknow?

eDR -If_y_u-_e_t. _No-need _ ..uh- I looke_ on

it and saw the ridge but - uh - you can't
: tell which - -

PLT ...

CDR " No, no, no. We haven't come to it yet

hut there's - uh - You know, the little
map doesn't show the volcano. Look a there.
We're over - approaching -We're over
Spanish Sahara. We're approaching Morocco
aud the Atlas Mountains. Let me see if
I got a ... Not yet. We're still in the
' Spanish Sahara. And a pass near Algiers.

247 15 02 49 PLT How you doing down there, 0.? Doing okay,.
I guess. No, you gotta be on channel A.

SPT How do you read me now?

CDR Good.

'. PLT Better.

' _........... CDR Okay, we're still over the desert, ..........
,_ a multiple sand pile.
 .J .

Dump Tape 247-06

Page17of23

i ............. FLT - - The_rookie says he's doing okay. " ...............

247 15 03 30 CDR I'ii start the maneuver to SI after

this, right after this. Time has set in.
How do you like the time, Hank? ....

CC Looks good.

CDR . Okay. I think we're approaching the

Atlas Mountains. I see slight color
changes, but l'm starting to see patches,
which gives me the feeling there may be
some -

PLT Across the north coast of'Africa to

Algiers, huh?

: CDR Yep. Okay, I can see the coast of

Africa, now. I'm waiting for time 656,
_: and - uh - ;

PLT See the French Foreign Legion down there

_.. i-_ anywhere ? _ ._

_ 247 15 04 22 CDR Let me look at these.

_- CDR We ought to be here, it's Morrocco.

PLT Check them standing there with their

; rifles blazing. Bugle blown.

CDR Today I'm probably looking down at the

area that could be considered - uh -
Casa Blanca. Let's see, I do not see
_ .45 ... off of the coast a little bit
different, than I had imagined. Algiers
is probably to my right. Here's a little
point of lan, it's hard to tell from these
charts. It could be Algiers. Okay, I
want to stand by for 656. And that's
45 up, 3.36 right. I don't see Algiers
down there, anywhere. 656. A minute
• ' from now, okay, we should be crossing
the Mediterranean. I don't see any of
the Bolarie Islands, although it indicates
we might pass one within the field of the
view.
 /-_ Dump Tape 247-06
Page 18 of 23 _ ' ;

_................PLT .... Their coming up right in the head of .......... i

youon theleft.
i
CDR Okay. It looks right one of them might
be right beneath me on this chart.
i

PLT And Sardinia is up ahead of you. !;

CDR .Okay.

PLT Nice and clear.

C
CDH Good. See any volcanoes?

PLT Yeah. Probably see a couple out there.

i CDR Okay, we're coming in, we're looking

for 656. 629, now. Okay, there's
Sardinia,l'm goingto zoom in a little -
bit, so we can get a better shot now down
: of this volcano. 656. It's off a little
to the inland there, I imagine. 656.
/_ Okay, we've got Sardinia right, hut, where _ _
..... .we_auther.

• PLT Hey, that's it.

_ CDR Now, let's zoom in and find that volcano.

_ CDR- Okay. I'm going to stay 1_idehere, and

see if I can find one.

PLT And that's real good, Owen ...

i

CDR Ah, there's a nice one with a caldera -

it looks like. There's another one.

SPT Right down the stove pipe ...

:_ CDR I got it. Got some blustery clouds

•. around it. Hope that's it. The only
: one I see that looks like it could have
; a caldera. A lake immediately to the
'. lower right of it - yeah that's it.

_. SPT Attaboy.
i

' ............. CDR We got you ............................ 7 ....

/_
P •

f'_ Dump Tape 247-06 ............r---

Page 19 of 23 ............. __

............. PLT .... Kind of Wiped down a smoke stack there, .....
Hank.

: CDR I don't see any - uh - water in it or

: anything like that. I'm going to inter-
grate around Just a little bit. See, we've
got the 19. I'ii take a little bit more
then I'll back out and look for anything
•else.

247 15 07 53 PLT MARK. 190 to AUTO.

CDE Taking data for another 5 seconds and

I 'm going to back up and look around.
-J

247 15 08 07 PLT MARK. MODE to check - READY I mean - -

CDE ...backup - -

PLT ... motion light is OFF and back ON.

CDR ... see any other volcanoes around.

_/ Look for them. Going over it - it
: _might --_chere _mtght --_-t_ere_s - one right
there. We'll try to get it.

247 15 08 27 PLT 2 minutes for the maneuver.

CDR Okay. Okay, couldn't get in on it, ran

out of time. 0kay, we got the data for
them. Okay, that ... the end of that one,
I 'ii get ready for the maneuver. I have
it loaded and we go back at 15:10:B0.
Timenow15:09. ..

!2_7 15 09 00 PLT MARK. Rev 2 on 191.

CDR ...the VTR off.

247 15 09 06 PLT MARK. MODE STANDBY on 192. 192 POWER OFF.

!
! CDR Say, Hank, those VTR operations ought to
! be on the C&D pad, he's next to it and

i he's watching
the VTR pad. the time. As opposed to
i i

" i PLT I don'tknow if he's there, i

• i

r_
,./_ Dump Tape 247-06
Page 20 of 23 ;..................

' .......... CDR ......

May not be. "...............

SPT 930, Jack, 2 seconds, TV off.

247 15 09 30 PLT MARK. READY light out in 190, right

on time. MODE to STAND BY. VTR off.

CDR Okay. .!

PLT Uh - 940 - uh - stand by.

247 15 09 43 PLT MARK. On -

CDR To 190, do it.

CC Skylab, Houston - uh - sounds like a good

run. We're about twenty seconds from
LOS. We'll be coming up on G1_m at 56 -
uh - 36.

CDR Okay. Allright.

247 15 09 58 PLT Hey, Hank, the Mediterranean's clear all

_the way 9rein _ardini_ te_ the uh-
Eastern ... you can see the whole thing.

SPT I0:30 is the time.

CC You got some good data then, I hope. ,,I

PLT Could be.

• SPT •.. 30. '_

"-" PLT And we've got a MODE MANUAL there at _<

40 on the uh 194 so we've got everything
• done.

PLT Okay, you've got - uh - i0 seconds.

, CDH Thank you, Jack.

:247 15 i0 29 PLT MARK.

CDR Okay, there's that sight right there, no

mist, good news.

• • _........... PLT ._ Good calculations .........................

, 7.2

[
._ Dump Tape 247-06 ......- ______
Page 21 of 23 ...................... ___

CDR All we lack, then, is to inhibit in the

•.. - 15:35.

CDR Finished taking pictures?

PLT Yeah, I got uh 190 power is on yet; though.

CDR But nothing's being spent.

PLT No, uh-uh.

SPT Put that up. You want it up?

PLT Uh - everywhere is mountains. _

2h7 15 ll 33 CDR It looks great when you sail like this,

doesn't it?

PLT Yeah.

• PLT What are we over Hungary and so forth?

:i
!_ 2_7 15 II 45 CDR Uh - maybe past it. Doesn't take but a
f-_" " .,_f_ImLah
to. go ,pa_tJ.these ......
c_u_tries. -

PLT I saw Lake Balkhash this morning. We

; went right over it.

_. CDR •.. here you go. Romania Yugoslavia

_ Romania those maybe the crests of ..

PLT Carpathian Mountains?

CDR Carpathian Mountains, yeah.

FLT That's a ridge that we ought to see.

CDR There's the Black Sea. See it?

PLT Yeah.

CDR We are - we're right - right in here.

PLT I see. We crossed the Carpathians back

there.

PLT Stand by for 12:40• Tape recorder's

........................ reading right around 30 percent, somewhere.

i
i
i

.r
 "-_ Dump Tape 247-06 " ..... -_--
Page 22 of 23 ................ i__

12_7 15 12 41 PLT _ " MARK. 199 - i READY light ON and ..............

EEEP stop.
!
• _ CDR ...

247 15 12 47 PLT Okay, space fans, that ends the EREP lh

data take. And - uh - we're going off :
the air and we'll be back later with
• another EREP pass. See you later.

SPT Okay, for the EREP officer m_ frames

remaining at the end of uh - this last
uh - portion of the run is 52. I actu-!ly
let it run on beyond 9 minutes for a
little ways - uh - because" the pad shows
me to - uh - uh - run it to film depletion.
Although - uh - the end of the run was
norm_lly scheduled at - uh - 9 minutes.
So I still haven't used up all the film.
I'll run it out uh as on the cue card,
but - uh - you should expect to get some
exposed frames somewhat beyond the time
_. f_.,. that's listed on the pad.

CDR Way to go, Big O.

247 15 lh 36 PLT Okay, here's another comment for the

EREP world. Uh - Bravo 7 at the end of
this pass is reading - uh - 30 percent.
And I don't see any reason to stay on the
headset, so we're going to turn off record
now, long as my friend, 0., is done with it.

SPT I'ii tell you one thing down there, Jack,

I Just came up to record this a minute ago,
and the record light was not on.

PLT I know, I had Just turned it off.

SPT Okay, it's back on again.

PLT So we're all okay.

SPT ...

247 15 22 26 SPT Okay, comment for the EREP officer. Uh -

I cut up the end of this film in the

!
 P

Dump Tape 247-06 ........... .....

Page 23 of 23

following manner on this - uh- prime ........

magazine. Uh - depress the - uh - film
advance button until the end of film light
appeared on. Uh - then went - uh - to
single frame and - uh - pressed or de-
pressed single frame 3 times. Oh - the
counter has apparently moved back from 53
to 52, and then with 3 mere single frames
.it advanced up to 55. Now it's my ...
that - uh - I held the - uh - film advance
button down long enough, more or less
trying to count the number of frames as
they were going by - of course they don't
read on the counter. But it sounded like
about 20 frames went by. -So - uh - I
don't whether your count was off or what or
:: how it happened that we had that many frames
; left,but it did seem that there were
something like - uh - 20 frames that cycled
through before the end of film light came
on. Uh - end of message for the EREP officer
: from the SPT.

..... "247 15 "27 37 _BPT H_r_Ls •,a--_o'mm-_ut •for -'L@Tefli_ght plmnners

from the SPT. Uh - you'll note that I
Just - uh - Just finished using the prime
magazine - completed all the film that was
stowed in it. Oh - you did not have me
reloading that. Oh - I hope you reschedule
me to reload that magazine at some time
prior to the next ops. In other words, do not
put the film load i_nediately preceeding the
operation, because if - if there's any
problem with it, or if it takes longer; I
want to make sure I get that magazine
loaded on time.

247 15 28 04 SPT Uh - flight planners from the SPT, message,

out.

: END OF TAPE

: i

: i

i
• i _ ............................. L ....................................

i
.!
i